Honeywell Mk Vi Users Manual INSTALLATION DESIGN GUIDE 020
MK VI to the manual 16455e12-dbdc-4a58-95f4-56980e94c42e
2015-01-23
: Honeywell Honeywell-Mk-Vi-Users-Manual-261567 honeywell-mk-vi-users-manual-261567 honeywell pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 326
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Airlines & Avionics Products
Honeywell Inc.
15001 N.E. 36th Street
Redmond, WA 98052
MK VI
MK VIII
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
(Class A TAWS)
Installation Design Guide
Hardware/Software Part Numbers:
965-1180-020
965-1190-020
965-1210-020
965-1220-020
Release Date: July 14, 2003
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 1 OF 326
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Copyright 2003 Honeywell, Inc. All rights reserved.
This document and all information and expression contained herein are the property of Honeywell International
Inc., and is provided to the recipient in confidence on a “need to know” basis. Your use of this document is strictly
limited to a legitimate business purpose requiring the information contained therein. Your use of this document
constitutes acceptance of these terms.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 2
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Typed names constitute approval signatures. Actual signatures are on file at Honeywell in
Redmond, WA.
DRAWN
Larry Matter
14-JULY-03
Larry Matter
14-JULY-03
Jim Mulkins
14-JULY-03
CHECK
ENGR
MFG
QA
APVD
APVD
REVISION STATUS OF SHEETS INDEX
ADDED SHEETS
ADDED SHEETS
SHEET
REV
SHEET
REV
SHEET
REV
SHEET
REV
SHEET
REV
SHEET
REV
NUMBER
LTR
NUMBER
LTR
NUMBER
LTR
NUMBER
LTR
NUMBER
LTR
NUMBER
LTR
REVISIONS
SH
REV
DESCRIPTION
DATE
APPROVED
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 3
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 4
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION ..........................................................................................................13
1.1 INTRODUCTION.........................................................................................................................................................13
1.2 APPLICABILITY.........................................................................................................................................................13
1.3 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT ................................................................................................................................13
1.4 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS .........................................................................................................................................14
1.5 DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................................................15
1.5.1 MK VI EGPWS Computer ....................................................................................................................................15
1.5.2 MK VIII EGPWS Computer..................................................................................................................................15
1.5.3 MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Configuration Module ..................................................................................................15
1.5.4 GPS Antenna and Cabling....................................................................................................................................16
1.5.5 OAT Sensor ..........................................................................................................................................................17
1.5.6 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface) ........................................................................................................................17
1.6 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................................................................18
1.7 UNITS SUPPLIED .......................................................................................................................................................18
1.7.1 MK VI EGPWS .....................................................................................................................................................18
1.7.2 MK VIII EGPWS.................................................................................................................................................19
1.7.3 Configuration Module ........................................................................................................................................19
1.7.4 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface) ......................................................................................................................19
1.8 INSTALLATION KITS AND ACCESSORIES .................................................................................................................19
1.8.1 MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Installation Kits ..........................................................................................................19
1.8.2 RS-232 Cable......................................................................................................................................................20
1.8.3 Smart Cable ........................................................................................................................................................20
1.8.4 Terrain Database Cards .....................................................................................................................................20
1.8.5 Flight History Card ............................................................................................................................................20
1.9 ACCESSORIES NOT SUPPLIED ..................................................................................................................................20
1.9.1 ARINC 453 Terrain Display wiring....................................................................................................................20
1.9.2 GPS Antenna & Cable ........................................................................................................................................21
1.9.3 Circuit Breaker ...................................................................................................................................................21
1.9.4 Annunciators & Switch/Annunciators ................................................................................................................22
1.9.5 Cockpit Speakers ................................................................................................................................................23
1.9.6 Temperature Probes ...........................................................................................................................................23
1.10 TOOLS REQUIRED .................................................................................................................................................24
1.10.1 Crimping Tool - P1, P2, P3 .............................................................................................................................24
1.10.2 Contact Positioner - P1, P2, P3 ......................................................................................................................24
1.10.3 Insertion/Removal Tool - P1, P2, P3 ...............................................................................................................24
1.10.4 Spare Connectors and Contacts - P1, P2, P3 ..................................................................................................25
1.11 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................................................25
SECTION II - INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................29
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 5
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
2.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................29
2.2 UNPACKING AND INSPECTING THE EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................29
2.3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ....................................................................................................................................29
2.3.1 General ...............................................................................................................................................................29
2.3.2 MK VI/MK VIII Computer Location...................................................................................................................29
2.3.3 MK VI/ MK VIII Computer Installation..............................................................................................................30
2.3.4 Configuration Module Location .........................................................................................................................31
2.3.5 Configuration Module Installation .....................................................................................................................31
2.3.6 GPS Antenna location.........................................................................................................................................40
2.3.7 GPS Antenna Installation ...................................................................................................................................40
2.3.8 OAT Sensor Location..........................................................................................................................................40
2.3.9 OAT Sensor Installation .....................................................................................................................................40
2.3.10 Cockpit Lights...................................................................................................................................................40
2.3.10.1 Description........................................................................................................................................................................ 41
2.3.10.2 Location ............................................................................................................................................................................ 42
SECTION III – SYSTEM PLANNING ...................................................................................................................51
3.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................51
3.2 SYSTEM WIRING/ ELECTRICAL INTERFACES ..........................................................................................................51
3.2.1 Primary Power Input ..........................................................................................................................................51
3.2.2 Chassis Ground ..................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.3 GPS Antenna ......................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.4 Analog and Digital Inputs ..................................................................................................................................52
3.2.5 Discrete Inputs....................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.6 Serial Outputs .....................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.7 Audio Output.......................................................................................................................................................53
3.2.8 Discrete Outputs .................................................................................................................................................53
3.2.9 Configuration Module ........................................................................................................................................53
3.3 CATEGORY 1 - AIRCRAFT / MODE TYPE SELECT ...................................................................................................54
3.3.1 Aircraft / Mode Type...........................................................................................................................................54
3.3.2 Mode 1 type ........................................................................................................................................................54
3.3.3 Mode 2 type ........................................................................................................................................................54
3.3.4 Mode 3 type ........................................................................................................................................................55
3.3.5 Mode 4 type ........................................................................................................................................................55
3.3.6 Bank Angle Type.................................................................................................................................................55
3.3.7 Runway Length (MK VIII EGPWS only) ............................................................................................................56
3.3.8 Instructions .........................................................................................................................................................56
3.4 CATEGORY 2 – AIR DATA INPUT SELECT ...............................................................................................................57
3.4.1 Analog (Cat. 2 ID 0, 3, 4, 11, 12) .......................................................................................................................57
3.4.2 Digital – ARINC 429 (Cat. 2 ID 5, 1, 6, 13) .......................................................................................................59
3.4.3 Digital –ARINC 575 (Cat. 2 ID 2)......................................................................................................................60
3.4.4 Shadin 2000 (Cat. 2 ID 10).................................................................................................................................61
3.4.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 2. ID 255).....................................................................................62
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 6
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.4.6 Instructions .........................................................................................................................................................62
3.5 CATEGORY 3 – POSITION INPUT SELECT ................................................................................................................63
3.5.1 ARINC 743 Format.............................................................................................................................................63
3.5.2 GPS Altitude (Label 076) Reference...................................................................................................................63
3.5.3 North-South East-West Velocity labels...............................................................................................................63
3.5.4 ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 0,1,4,5,10-13).........................................................................................................64
3.5.5 RS-232 Transmit-Receive, 9600 baud (Cat. 3 ID 3) ...........................................................................................65
3.5.6 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 253 & 255)....................................................................................................66
3.5.7 Instructions .........................................................................................................................................................66
3.6 CATEGORY 4 – ALTITUDE CALLOUTS ....................................................................................................................67
3.7 CATEGORY 5 – AUDIO MENU SELECT ....................................................................................................................68
3.7.1 Audio Menu Selection .........................................................................................................................................68
3.7.2 Instructions .........................................................................................................................................................68
3.8 CATEGORY 6 – TERRAIN DISPLAY SELECT.............................................................................................................69
3.8.1 TAD & TCF Selection.........................................................................................................................................69
3.8.2 Terrain Display Configuration Group................................................................................................................70
3.8.3 Display Input Control Group..............................................................................................................................70
3.8.4 Output 429 Bus Group........................................................................................................................................71
3.8.5 Instructions .........................................................................................................................................................71
3.8.6 Sample Display Schematics ................................................................................................................................71
3.9 CATEGORY 7 – OPTIONS SELECT GROUP #1...........................................................................................................88
3.9.1 Steep Approach...................................................................................................................................................88
3.9.2 TA&D Alternate Pop-up .....................................................................................................................................88
3.9.3 Peaks Mode ........................................................................................................................................................88
3.9.4 Obstacle Awareness............................................................................................................................................88
3.9.5 Bank Angle Callout Enabling .............................................................................................................................89
3.9.6 Flap Reversal......................................................................................................................................................89
3.9.7 GPS Altitude Reference ......................................................................................................................................89
3.9.8 Instructions .........................................................................................................................................................90
3.10 CATEGORY 8 – RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT..................................................................................................91
3.10.1 Radio Altitude Input..........................................................................................................................................91
3.10.2 Decision Height Discrete Input ........................................................................................................................91
3.10.3 Digital Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 2) ..................................................................................................91
3.10.4 Analog Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 0,1,3,4).........................................................................................92
3.10.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 8 ID 251- 255)............................................................................92
3.10.6 Instructions .......................................................................................................................................................93
3.11 CATEGORY 9 – NAVIGATION INPUTS SELECT .......................................................................................................94
3.11.1 Navigation Inputs Select (Glideslope & Localizer Inputs) ...............................................................................94
3.11.2 Glideslope Validity ...........................................................................................................................................94
3.11.3 Localizer Validity .............................................................................................................................................94
3.11.4 ILS Tuned Discrete Input #1 (+28V) and #2 (GND) ........................................................................................94
3.11.5 Analog Glideslope Interface (Cat. 9 ID 0,1,5)..................................................................................................95
3.11.6 Digital Glideslope / Localizer / ILS Select Interface (Cat. 9 ID 2,3,4).............................................................96
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 7
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.11.7 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 9 ID 250 - 255) ...........................................................................96
3.11.8 Instructions .......................................................................................................................................................97
3.12 CATEGORY 10 – ATTITUDE INPUT SELECT ...........................................................................................................98
3.12.1 Roll Angle .........................................................................................................................................................98
3.12.2 Analog Pitch & Roll Angle (Synchro) (Cat. 10 ID 0,2,4) .................................................................................98
3.12.3 Digital Pitch & Roll Angle (ARINC 429 High Speed) (Cat. 10 ID 5 & 6)........................................................99
3.12.4 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 10 ID 253 & 255) .......................................................................99
3.12.5 Instructions .......................................................................................................................................................99
3.13 CATEGORY 11 – HEADING INPUT SELECT ..........................................................................................................100
3.13.1 Magnetic Heading ..........................................................................................................................................100
3.13.2 Analog Heading (Synchro) (Cat. 11 ID 0)......................................................................................................100
3.13.3 Digital – ARINC 429 AHRS Input (Cat. 11 ID 2 & 3)....................................................................................101
3.13.4 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 11 ID 254 & 255) .....................................................................101
3.13.5 Instructions .....................................................................................................................................................101
3.14 CATEGORY 12 – WINDSHEAR INPUT SELECT .....................................................................................................102
3.14.1 No Windshear .................................................................................................................................................102
3.14.2 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 14 ID 253,254,255) ...........................................................................................102
3.14.3 Instructions .....................................................................................................................................................102
3.15 CATEGORY 13 – INPUT / OUTPUT DISCRETE TYPE SELECT ................................................................................103
3.15.1 Input Discretes................................................................................................................................................103
3.15.1.1 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete ............................................................................................................................................. 103
3.15.1.2 Landing Flaps Discrete ................................................................................................................................................... 103
3.15.1.3 Audio Inhibit Discrete..................................................................................................................................................... 104
3.15.1.4 Landing Gear Discrete .................................................................................................................................................... 104
3.15.1.5 Glideslope Cancel Discrete ............................................................................................................................................. 106
3.15.1.6 Momentary Flap Override Discrete................................................................................................................................. 106
3.15.1.7 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete........................................................................................................................................ 106
3.15.1.8 Autopilot Engaged Discrete ............................................................................................................................................ 107
3.15.1.9 Terrain Awareness and TCF Inhibit Discrete.................................................................................................................. 107
3.15.1.10 Self Test Discrete.......................................................................................................................................................... 107
3.15.1.11 Steep Approach Discrete #2.......................................................................................................................................... 108
3.15.1.12 GPWS INHIBIT Discrete (alternate action).................................................................................................................. 108
3.15.2 Output Discretes .............................................................................................................................................108
3.15.2.1 Lamp Format................................................................................................................................................................... 109
3.15.2.2 Flashing Lamps............................................................................................................................................................... 109
3.15.2.3 GPWS INOP Discrete..................................................................................................................................................... 109
3.15.2.4 TAD INOP Discrete........................................................................................................................................................ 109
3.15.2.5 GPWS Warning Discrete ................................................................................................................................................ 109
3.15.2.6 GPWS Alert Discrete...................................................................................................................................................... 110
3.15.2.7 Glideslope Cancel’d Discrete.......................................................................................................................................... 110
3.15.2.8 Flap Override Discrete .................................................................................................................................................... 110
3.15.2.9 Steep Approach Discrete................................................................................................................................................. 110
3.15.2.10 Audio On Discrete (TCAS/TAS Inhibit)....................................................................................................................... 110
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 8
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.15.2.11 Terrain Display Select #1 & #2 Discrete....................................................................................................................... 111
3.15.2.12 Terrain Pop up Discrete ................................................................................................................................................ 112
3.15.3 Instructions .....................................................................................................................................................113
3.16 CATEGORY 14 – AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ............................................................................................................113
3.16.1 Instructions .....................................................................................................................................................113
3.17 CATEGORY 15 - 17 – UNDEFINED INPUT SELECTS .............................................................................................114
3.17.1 Undefined Input Select....................................................................................................................................114
3.17.2 Instructions .....................................................................................................................................................114
SECTION IV – CONFIG MODULE PROGRAMMING AND REGIONAL TDB LOADING ......................117
4.1 INTRODUCTION .....................................................................................................................................................117
4.2 HARNESS CHECKOUT AND POWER CHECK ...........................................................................................................117
4.3 UNIT INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................................117
4.4 EGPWC INITIALIZATION AND CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................................117
4.4.1 RS-232 Communication with the MK VI/VIII EGPWS .....................................................................................117
4.4.2 EGPWC Front Panel Test Connector...............................................................................................................118
4.4.3 WinVIEWS ........................................................................................................................................................119
4.4.4 WinVIEWS Operation.......................................................................................................................................119
4.5 CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING ..........................................................................................................119
4.5.1 CUW and CMR Commands ..............................................................................................................................121
4.5.2 Configuration Module Reprogramming ...........................................................................................................122
4.6 TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING .............................................................................................................................122
4.6.1 Effectivity ..........................................................................................................................................................122
4.6.2 Description .......................................................................................................................................................123
4.6.3 Approval ...........................................................................................................................................................123
4.6.4 Material – Cost and Availability ......................................................................................................................123
4.6.5 Accomplishment Instructions............................................................................................................................123
4.6.6 Verification of the Terrain Database Version ..................................................................................................125
SECTION V – CERTIFICATION.........................................................................................................................128
5.1 INTRODUCTION .....................................................................................................................................................128
5.2 CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................128
5.2.1 Equipment Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................128
5.2.2 Equipment Location..........................................................................................................................................128
5.2.3 FAA Requirements ............................................................................................................................................128
5.2.4 Ground Test ......................................................................................................................................................128
5.2.5 Flight Manual Revision ....................................................................................................................................128
5.2.6 Flight Test.........................................................................................................................................................128
5.2.7 Pilots Guide ......................................................................................................................................................129
5.2.8 Failure Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis.....................................................................................................129
SECTION VI - MK VI GPWS TO MK VI/VIII EGPWS SIGNAL MAPPING ...............................................131
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 9
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX A - CUSTOMER WORKSHEET .....................................................................................................137
APPENDIX B - SAMPLE WIRING DIAGRAMS ...............................................................................................141
APPENDIX C – WINVIEWS OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS.........................................................................146
APPENDIX D - VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION...................................................................................150
APPENDIX E – INTERFACE DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT ..........................................................................153
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 10
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 11
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION ..................................................................................................................... 13
1.1 INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................................................. 13
1.2 APPLICABILITY.............................................................................................................................................................. 13
1.3 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 13
1.4 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS .............................................................................................................................................. 14
1.5 DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................................ 15
1.5.1 MK VI EGPWS Computer ..................................................................................................................................... 15
1.5.2 MK VIII EGPWS Computer................................................................................................................................... 15
1.5.3 MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Configuration Module ................................................................................................... 15
1.5.4 GPS Antenna and Cabling..................................................................................................................................... 16
1.5.5 OAT Sensor ........................................................................................................................................................... 17
1.5.6 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface) ......................................................................................................................... 17
1.6 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS ..................................................................................................................................... 18
1.7 UNITS SUPPLIED ............................................................................................................................................................ 18
1.7.1 MK VI EGPWS ...................................................................................................................................................... 18
1.7.2 MK VIII EGPWS ................................................................................................................................................... 19
1.7.3 Configuration Module ........................................................................................................................................... 19
1.7.4 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface) ......................................................................................................................... 19
1.8 INSTALLATION KITS AND ACCESSORIES ........................................................................................................................ 19
1.8.1 MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Installation Kits ............................................................................................................. 19
1.8.2 RS-232 Cable......................................................................................................................................................... 20
1.8.3 Smart Cable........................................................................................................................................................... 20
1.8.4 Terrain Database Cards........................................................................................................................................ 20
1.8.5 Flight History Card ............................................................................................................................................... 20
1.9 ACCESSORIES NOT SUPPLIED ......................................................................................................................................... 20
1.9.1 ARINC 453 Terrain Display wiring....................................................................................................................... 20
1.9.2 GPS Antenna & Cable........................................................................................................................................... 21
1.9.3 Circuit Breaker...................................................................................................................................................... 21
1.9.4 Annunciators & Switch/Annunciators ................................................................................................................... 22
1.9.5 Cockpit Speakers ................................................................................................................................................... 23
1.9.6 Temperature Probes .............................................................................................................................................. 23
1.10 TOOLS REQUIRED ........................................................................................................................................................ 24
1.10.1 Crimping Tool - P1, P2, P3................................................................................................................................ 24
1.10.2 Contact Positioner - P1, P2, P3 ......................................................................................................................... 24
1.10.3 Insertion/Removal Tool - P1, P2, P3.................................................................................................................. 24
1.10.4 Spare Connectors and Contacts - P1, P2, P3..................................................................................................... 25
1.11 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................................................. 25
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 12
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Introductio n
The Honeywell MK VI/MK VIII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS) provides
alerts and warnings to prevent controlled flight into terrain (CFIT).
This Installation Design Guide must be used in conjunction with the Interface Description Document
(Appendix E) for the MK VI/MK VIII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS)
to select features and design the installation for this system.
It is assumed that the user of this document is familiar with avionics installation practices and aircraft
systems associated with the installation and operation of the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS. It also assumes
access to pertinent aircraft wiring diagrams, modification records and manuals.
The information contained herein, together with general procedures outlined in FAA AC.43.13 must be followed
carefully to assure a safe, electrically sound, certifiable and operational installation.
The contents of this document are for information and reference only and must not be construed as
formal FAA approved work authorization.
1.2 Applicabilit y
This manual is applicable only to MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS computers with the following part numbers:
MK VI
965-1180-020
965-1190-020
MK VIII
965-1210-020
965-1220-020
Part numbers 965-1190-xxx and 965-1220-xxx include an internal GPS card.
1.3 How To Us e This Document
Section 1 provides a system overview.
Section 2 provides mechanical installation and location information.
Section 3 provides information and instructions for selecting required features of the EGPWS.
Section 4 provides Configuration Module programming instructions.
Section 5 provides certification requirements.
Section 6 provides a pin to pin comparison of the classic MK VI GPWS to the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS.
Appendix A Customer Worksheet.
Appendix B Sample Wiring Diagrams.
Appendix C provides WinViews operation instructions.
Appendix D provides Vendor Contact Information
Appendix E Interface Description Document
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 13
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
1.4 Reference D ocuments
Following is a list of Honeywell reference documents:
965-1180-601
Product Specification for the MK VI and MK VIII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning
System (EGPWS)
965-1180-201
965-1190-201
965-1210-201
965-1220-201
Outline, MK VI EGPWC (without GPS)
Outline, MK VI EGPWC (with GPS)
Outline, MK VIII EGPWC (without GPS)
Outline, MK VIII EGPWC (with GPS)
060-4199-180
Line Maintenance Manual
060-4267-000
MK VIII EGPWS Terrain Database Airport Coverage List (3500’ Runways)
060-4326-000
MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS Terrain Database Airport Coverage List (2000’ Runways)
060-4199-194
MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS Generic AFM Supplement
060-4314-000
MK VI / MK VIII Enhanced GPWS Pilot’s Guide
060-4188-023
MK VIII Bizjet Flight Test Procedure
060-4188-038
Flight Test Procedure for EGPWS with Internal GPS card
060-4188-041
MK VI / MK VIII GA Fast/GA Slow General Flight Test Procedure
060-4167-158
MK VI / MK VIII Installation Ground Test Procedure
060-4199-190
Trouble Shooting Guide
060-4199-182
MK VI / MK VIII Failures Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis
076-4610-000
MK VI / MK VIII Failure Modes, Effects, and Criticality Analysis
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 14
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
1.5 Description of Equipment
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS is a rack mount ground proximity warning (GPWS) and terrain awareness and
warning (Class A TAWS) computer. Some of the system features include:
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
Basic Ground Proximity Warning Modes 1-5
Mode 6 Altitude Callouts and Bank Angle alert
Terrain Clearance Floor
Terrain and Obstacle Awareness alert and display
Terrain map with runways >= 2000 feet in length (optionally >= 3500 feet in length on the MK VIII EGPWS)
Internal GPS card (MK VI 965-1190-0XX and MK VIII 965-1220-0XX only)
Front loading updateable database (requires Smart cable)
External Configuration Module (with a Real Time Clock for use with Internal GPS)
Internal heater blanket for operation outside of the heated area of the aircraft
Fixed Gear operation
1.5.1 MK VI EGP WS Computer
The MK VI EGPWS computer is available under P/N 965-1180-0XX without internal GPS and P/N 965-11900XX with internal GPS. The MK VI EGPWS computer is intended for small turboprop aircraft that provide a
mixture of analog and digital interfaces. The type of supported displays is limited and does not typically include
EFIS displays (Collins ProLine II and Bendix EFIS 40/50 are supported). The terrain database included with the
MK VI EGPWS computer is regional having three separately defined databases for the AMERICAS (North &
South America), ATLANTIC (Europe/Asia/Africa), and PACIFIC (Asia/Australia).
1.5.2 MK VIII EGP WS Computer
The MK VIII EGPWS computer is available under P/N 965-1210-0XX without internal GPS and P/N 965-12200XX with internal GPS. The MK VIII EGPWS computer is intended for regional turboprop and small turbofan
aircraft that provide a mixture of analog and digital interfaces. The type of supported displays is limited and
includes some EFIS displays. The terrain database included with the MK VIII EGPWS computer is global.
1.5.3 MK VI/MK V III EGPWS Configuration Module
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Configuration Module is available under P/N 700-1710-020. The MK VI/MK VIII
EGPWS use a Configuration Module installed in the aircraft wiring to store aircraft/EGPWS interface
configuration and includes a Real Time Clock for EGPWS installations using internal GPS. The Configuration
Module is read by the EGPWS only during power up. The configuration is copied into Non Volatile Memory
(NVM) of the EGPWS. The Configuration Module is programmable via an RS-232 interface with the EGPWS.
The contents of the Configuration Module can also be read back via the same RS-232 interface. An optional
Configuration Module is available under P/N 700-1710-001 for non-Internal GPS operation only.
The 700-1710-020 Configuration Module includes a GPS Real Time Clock (RTC) counter and position memory
to aid in GPS initialization. A capacitor will keep the position memory retained and clock current for
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 15
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
approximately 35 days. GPS initialization time should be less than 3 minutes with active RTC data. If the
capacitor has discharged then GPS initialization time may be as long as 10 minutes.
1.5.4 GPS Anten na and Cabling
EGPWS installations using the internal GPS require a GPS antenna and cabling. The GPS antenna should
meet the following qualifications:
Frequency:
Impedance:
Gain:
Power:
Qualification:
1575.42 MHz
50 ohms
33 dB max, 26.5 dB preferred
5 VDC
TSO C129 or C129a or C144
Antenna gain is limited to 33dB gain, maximum. Antennas with 26dB gain are preferred. There are Active GPS
antennas with higher gain. However, as the active antenna amplifiers amplify noise as well as the signal, this
can overdrive the GPS input AGC circuitry and actually reduce performance.
The following GPS antennas are found to be compatible with the EGPWS internal GPS card. Other GPS
antennas may be found compatible, contact EGPWS engineering for assistance. It is the responsibility of the
OEM or owner/operator (and ultimately the regulatory authorities) to assess the antenna acceptance criteria
relative to ARINC, MIL, or other specifications. Boeing has certified the Sensor Systems antenna S67-1575-133
(an ARINC 743A antenna with a 33dB gain) for use on all A/C. This antenna is certified for HIRF/EMI, Class 1
flight critical operation. As a result, it is very expensive (about 3X other versions).
King KA 92
Sensor Systems
Sensor Systems
P/N 071-01553-0200
P/N S67-1575-52
P/N S67-1575-133
TSO-C129
TSO-C129, ARINC 743A
TSO-C129a, ARINC 743A
The EGPWS requires an input signal of no less than -106 dB (at the EGPWS-GPS coax connector). Installers
need to calculate signal strength, plus antenna gain, minus cable line loss to ensure that the input signal does
not exceed the -106 dB limit. To calculate signal strength at the EGPWS coax connector, assume a received
signal strength of -118 dB at the antenna (this is average signal strength from a GPS satellite at zenith over the
antenna). Add the gain of the antenna, then subtract the line loss of the coax cable, and insertion loss at each
connector, except at the EGPWS. Assume 0.6dB insertion loss per connector.
EXAMPLE: Active GPS Antenna with 26dB gain. A 40 foot coax cable run with 1 coax connector (at the rack
disconnect). The cable has a specified line loss of 0.25dB/foot.
-118dB (received signal)
+ 26dB (antenna gain)
-92dB
-10dB (line loss) (0.25dB/foot x 40 foot run)
- 0.6dB (rack coax connector insertion loss)
= -102.6dB at EGPWS coax connector, better than required -106dB. This is an acceptable installation.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 16
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
1.5.5 OAT Senso r
The EGPWS uses a separate OAT sensor (Outside Air Temperature) to measure outside air temperature on
aircraft that do not have another compatible source of outside air temperature. Outside Air Temperature is used
by the EGPWS along with pressure altitude in the Geometric Altitude computation. If Outside Air Temperature is
not available, Geometric Altitude is computed using pressure altitude and GPS Altitude with a corresponding
reduction in accuracy. Honeywell engineers have determined that the reduction in accuracy is small because
the GPS Altitude is the strongest element in the computation.
Geometric Altitude is computed by the EGPWS to reduce or eliminate errors potentially induced in corrected
barometric altitude by temperature extremes, non-standard altitude conditions, and altimeter miss-sets.
Geometric Altitude also allows continuous EGPWS operation in QFE environments without crew intervention.
1.5.6 Smart Cabl e (PCMCIA Interface)
The EGPWS Smart Cable (part number 951-0386-001) is a removable PCMCIA card interface. The Smart
Cable is compatible with Honeywell supplied ATA style PCMCIA cards for use with MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS.
The purpose of the Smart Cable in the EGPWS system is for upload of software and databases and also for
download of EGPWS Flight History. The Smart Cable loading operation will closely emulate that of an ARINC
615 Data Loader. (Reference Figure 1-1 MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS SMART CABLE)
FIGURE 1-1 MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS SMART CABLE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 17
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
1.6 Technical C haracteristics
MK VI / VIII EGPWS
TSO Compliance:
Physical size (HxWxD):
Weight:
Mounting:
Temperature (operational):
Altitude range:
Cooling:
Shock:
Power Consumption (28 VDC):
(MK VI) TSO-C92c, TSO-C151b Class A
(MK VIII) TSO-C92c, TSO-C151b Class A, TSO-C117a
Application for UKCAA Spec 14 is in process
6.20” x 3.04” x 10.30”
3.9 pounds maximum
Standard 3 inch King Radio rack
-55°C to +70°C (F2)
55,000 feet (F2)
No cooling necessary
No shock mounting required
2.5 Amps max
9 watts – no warning
+7 watts – with warning over 8 ohm speaker
+3 watts – with GPS card
+49 watts – with heater blanket on
Configuration Module
TSO Compliance:
Physical size:
Weight:
Mounting:
Temperature (operational):
Altitude range:
Cooling:
Shock:
Power Consumption (5 VDC):
TSO-C151b
2.68” x 1.51” x 0.32” (fits Positronic connector backshell)
<1 pound with connector and backshell
Mounts to Positronic connector backshell
same as MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
same as MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
No cooling necessary
No shock mounting required
from MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
GPS Antenna Sensor
See Section 1.5.4, ARINC 743A,TSO-C129A and Manufacturer’s specifications.
OAT Sensor
Nominal 500 ohm Temperature probe, resistance at 0°C 500-ohm ± 0.6 ohm, Range -70°C to +60°C (reference
ARINC 575 Section 3.8 or ARINC 706 Section 4.8). See Manufacturer’s specifications.
1.7 Units Supp lied
1.7.1 MK VI EGP WS
The MK VI EGPWS is available in two versions, with internal GPS card or without. The part number for the units
is as follows:
965-1180-XXX without internal GPS card 2
965-1190-XXX with Internal GPS card 2
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 18
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
The MK VI EGPWS is normally shipped with an AMERICAS Terrain database. When ordering a MK VI EGPWS that will be
operating in the ATLANTIC or PACIFIC1 region the specific Terrain database must be specified with the order.
NOTE 1: Terrain Database cards for the ATLANTIC or PACIFIC region are no longer required to be ordered separately.
NOTE 2: -XXX defines Application software version.
1.7.2 MK VIII EGP WS
The MK VIII EGPWS is available in two versions, with internal GPS card or without. The part number for the
units is as follows:
965-1210-XXX without internal GPS card 1
965-1220-XXX with Internal GPS card 1
The MK VIII EGPWS is shipped with a world Terrain database.
NOTE 1:
-XXX defines Application software version.
1.7.3 Configurati on Module
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Configuration Module is available in two versions. When ordering the Configuration
Module, order part number 700-1710-020 or part number 700-1710-001. The part number 700-1710-020 is
required for installations with internal GPS.
1.7.4 Smart Cabl e (PCMCIA Interface)
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Smart Cable is available in one version. The Smart Cable is used for Line
Maintenance; Application/Configuration code and Terrain Database uploads and Flight History downloads.
Only one Smart Cable is required for an installation house or operator. When ordering the Smart Cable,
order part number 951-0386-001.
1.8 Installation Kits and Accessories
NOTE: Not all installation kits are immediately available, contact Honeywell Order
Administration (425-885-8719) for availability.
1.8.1 MK VI/MK V III EGPWS Installation Kits
Note: For all parts in the Installation kits the weight of each part is less than 0.25 pounds.
(A) Retrofit classic MK VI GPWS installation
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Installation Kit, P/N 755-7013-011, contains the following parts:
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Positronic Ind.
RD50F1OJVLC-15
P2 connector
1
EA
440-1233-001
Honeywell
700-1710-020
Configuration Module
1
EA
700-1710-020
(B) New EGPWS installation
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Installation Kit, P/N 755-7013-010, contains the following parts:
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Positronic Ind.
DD78F1OJVLC-15
P1 connector, female
1
EA
440-1158-009
Positronic Ind.
Honeywell
RD50F1OJVLC-15
700-1710-020
P2 connector, female
Configuration Module
1
1
EA
EA
440-1233-001
700-1710-020
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 19
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Bendix/King
071-04003-0002
Computer Mounting Tray
1
EA
405-0383-001
1.8.2 RS-232 Cab le
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS RS-232 Cable can be ordered using the following part numbers:
NOTE: The RS-232 Cable can be built by the Installer/Operator per the description in Section 4.4.2.
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Honeywell
704-2617-001
RS-232 Cable
1
EA
704-2617-001
1.8.3 Smart Cabl e
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Smart Cable can be ordered using the following part numbers:
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Honeywell
951-0386-001
Smart Cable
1
EA
951-0386-001
1.8.4 Terrain Dat abase Cards
The MK VI EGPWS Terrain Database Cards can be ordered using the following part numbers:
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Honeywell
Honeywell
Honeywell
Honeywell
718-1391-xxx
718-1392-xxx
718-1393-xxx
402-6075-xxx
North & South America
Europe, Africa, Asia
Asia, Australia, Pacific
Label, TDB Front Panel
1
1
1
1
EA
EA
EA
EA
718-1391-xxx
718-1392-xxx
718-1393-xxx
402-6075-xxx
1.8.5 Flight Histo ry Card
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Flight History Card can be ordered using the following part numbers:
Vendor Name
Honeywell
Honeywell
Vendor P/N
1
300-1151-006
718-1593-0012
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Flight History Download
Flight History Download
1
1
EA
EA
300-1151-0061
718-1593-001
Note 1: Unprogrammed (blank) 32 Mb card ATA PCMCIA card.
Note 2: Programmed 32 Mb card ATA PCMCIA card.
1.9 Accessorie s not Supplied
1.9.1 ARINC 453 Terrain Display wiring
The Terrain display wiring (ARINC 453) must meet the display manufacturer’s specifications including
termination method. ARINC 453 bus wiring must meet the following requirements:
•
•
•
•
•
Cable length must be less than 300 feet (91.4 meters).
Wire to wire capacitance must not exceed 50 pF/foot.
Shielded twisted pair with not less than one twist per inch.
Impedance of 78 ohms ±10% at 1 MHz (ARINC 708 WXR).
Impedance of 70 ohms ±10% at 1 MHz (ARINC 453 bus).
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Pic Wire&Cable
D620224
ARINC 453 cable
A/R
EA
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 20
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Pic Wire&Cable
Pic Wire&Cable
ECS
ECS
Emteq
D5102QX
D771553
4122021
312402
D70-022402T-01
M17/176-00002
M83536/6-022M
M12883/44-01
Hi Temp Quadraxial
MIL-STD 1553 Data Bus
ARINC 453 cable (2 shields)
ARINC 453 cable (3 shields)
ARINC 453 cable
Military Specification
Relay, 4PDT (Note 1)
Relay, Socket (Note 1)
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
Note 1: Recommended in EFS 40/50 Installation Manual.
1.9.2 GPS Anten na & Cable
The GPS Antenna & cable can be ordered from their manufacturers using the following part numbers:
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Bendix/King
Comant
Bendix/King
PIC
PIC
ECS
ECS
ECS
Amp
Amphenol
S14293
S44191
311901
311601
311201
225554-6
79075
KA 92 GPS Antenna (26dB)
KA 92 GPS Antenna (26dB)
Antenna Installation Kit
S67 GPS Antenna (29dB)
S67 GPS Antenna (26dB)
S67 GPS Antenna (33dB)
Coax Cable, RG400/U
Coax Cable, RG-142B/U
Coax Cable
Coax Cable
Coax Cable
Coax Cable
Coax Cable
TNC Angle Plug, Male
TNC Angle Plug, Male
1
1
OPT
1
1
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
1
1
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
300-1147-001
300-1147-001
405-0432-001
Thermax
071-01553-0200
CI 405-2
050-03318-0000
S67-1575-38
S67-1575-52
S67-1575-133
M17/128-RG400
Sensor Systems
Sensor Systems
Sensor Systems
440-1239-001
440-1239-001
NOTE: If a satellite communication system is installed in the aircraft, or the GPS cable run is in the vicinity of a
VHF transceiver and/or cable, DO NOT USE R/G 142 or R/G 400 cable.
1.9.3 Circuit Brea ker
The Circuit Breaker needs to be a 3 Amp delayed action circuit breaker.
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Klixon (T.I.)
7277-2-3
3 Amp Circuit Breaker,
EGPWS power +28
1
EA
Klixon (T.I.)
7277-2-1
1 Amp Circuit Breaker, lamp
power +28
1
EA
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 21
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
1.9.4 Annunciato rs & Switch/Annunciators
The devices shown below are West Coast Specialties and Staco switch/annunciators and are representative of
those used in some installations. However, there are other comparable devices on the market that may be
substituted at the installer/customers choice. The installer/customer is cautioned to verify regulatory
approval of the annunciation devices installed. See Appendix D for Vendors.
A. GPWS (P/TEST); BELOW G/S (P/CANCEL) switch/annunciator assemblies
The ‘GPWS’ annunciator provides visual indication of an EGPWS warning or alert. The GPWS annunciator
also has a momentary switch that is used to manually initiate EGPWS Self Test. Two GPWS annunciators
are required for each aircraft, one in the direct view of each pilot. If the Lamp Format 2 option is selected
(see 3.15.2.1), this switch/annunciator will be labeled ‘PULL UP’ and annunciated in red.
The ‘BELOW G/S’ annunciator provides visual indication of an EGPWS glideslope caution. The BELOW
G/S annunciator also has a momentary switch that is used to manually inhibit EGPWS Mode 5 glideslope
alerts. Two BELOW G/S annunciators are required for each aircraft, one in the direct view of each pilot. If
the Lamp Format 2 option is selected (see 3.15.2.1), this switch/annunciator will be labeled ‘GPWS’ and
annunciated in amber.
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
West Coast Spec.
90-81401-001
GPWS BELOW G/S
2
EA
West Coast Spec.
90-81401-003
90-81401-008
90-81401-009
61406-003
61406-004
61406-005
61406-006
GPWS BELOW G/S
GPWS BELOW G/S (1)
GPWS BELOW G/S (1)
GPWS G/S CANCEL
PULL UP GPWS TEST
GPWS GPWS TEST
BELOW G/S G/S CANCEL
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
West Coast Spec.
West Coast Spec.
STACO
STACO
STACO
STACO
(1) GPWS – BELOW G/S – GPWS FLAP OVRD – G/S CANCLD
B. GPWS FLAP OVRD; GPWS INOP; G/S CANCLD switch/annunciator assemblies
The ‘GPWS FLAP OVRD’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS Flap Override function is
activated. The GPWS FLAP OVRD annunciator also has a momentary switch that is used to manually activate
the Flap Override function.
The ‘GPWS INOP’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS’ GPWS modes have been disabled
or do not function because of an external or internal fault.
The ‘G/S CANCLD’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS Mode 5 function is inhibited.
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
West Coast Spec.
90-81401-008
(1)
1
EA
West Coast Spec.
90-81401-009
90-81401-010
(2)
(3)
1
1
EA
EA
West Coast Spec.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 22
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
West Coast Spec.
West Coast Spec.
STACO
90-81401-011
90-81401-012
61406-007
(4)
(5)
GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE
(1)
GPWS – BELOW G/S – GPWS FLAP OVRD – G/S CANCLD
(2)
GPWS – BELOW G/S – GPWS FLAP OVRD – GPWS INOP
(3)
GPWS FLAP OVRD – G/S CANCLD
(4)
GPWS INOP – G/S CANCLD – GPWS FLAP OVRD
(5)
GPWS FLAP OVRD – GPWS INOP
1
1
1
EA
EA
EA
C. TERR DISPLAY; TERR INHIBIT; GPWS FAIL / TERR FAIL switch/annunciator assemblies
The ‘TERR DISPLAY’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS Terrain Display has been selected
for the associated display. The TERR DISPLAY annunciator also has a momentary switch that is used to
manually select the Terrain Display.
The ‘TERR INHIBIT’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS Terrain functions have been
inhibited. The TERR INHIBIT annunciator also has a alternate action switch that is used to manually inhibit the
Terrain functions.
The ‘GPWS FAIL / TERR FAIL’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS GPWS modes or TA&D
and TCF modes have a disabled function.
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
STACO
STACO
61406-001
61406-002
61406-011
TERRAIN DISPLAY ON
TERR INHIBIT ON
1
1
1
EA
EA
EA
STACO
GPWS FAIL TERRAIN FAIL
1.9.5 Cockpit Sp eakers
The MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS can interface to an 8 ohm audio speaker for cockpit annunciation of aural alerts.
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Quam
Utah
30A05Z8
SP-3A
Audio Speaker
Audio Speaker
1
1
EA
EA
1.9.6 Temperatur e Probes
The MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS may be optionally interfaced to a dedicated 500-ohm temperature probe meeting
the specifications of ARINC 575 Section 3.8. The installer may want to discuss availability of a dual-element
probe compatible with the EGPWS and with other systems on the aircraft with the manufacturers.
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
CIC
Norwich
Norwich
Rosemount
Rosemount
Rosemount
05257
103-00157-3
103-00034
102CT2CB
102AU1AF
102AU1AG
Single element, unheated
Single element, unheated
Dual element, unheated
500-ohm
Single element, heated
Dual element, heated
1
1
1
1
1
1
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 23
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Rosemount
Rosemount
Rosemount
Rosemount
Rosemount
102EH2BH
102EH2EB
102JE2FG
129H-500
129G-500
Dual element, heated
Dual element, heated
Triple element, heated
Single element, unheated
Dual element, unheated
1
1
1
1
1
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.10 Tools Requ ired
1.10.1 Crimping T ool - P1, P2, P3
Description
UM
QTY
Vendor Name & Part Number
Hand Crimping Tool
Hand Crimping Tool
Hand Crimping Tool
EA
EA
EA
1
1
1
Positronic Ind. 9507
Daniels
AFM8
Military
M22520/2-1
Hand Crimping Tool
EA
1
Astro
61517
1.10.2 Contact Po sitioner - P1, P2, P3
Description
UM
QTY
Vendor Name & Part Number
Contact Positioner, Socket P1
Contact Positioner, Socket P1
Contact Positioner, Socket P1
Contact Positioner, Socket P2
Contact Positioner, Socket P2
Contact Positioner, Socket P2
Contact Positioner, Pin P3
Contact Positioner, Pin P3
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Positronic Ind.
Daniels
Military
Positronic Ind.
Daniels
Military
Positronics
Daniles
9502-3
K41 (for 22 to 28 AWG)
M22520/2-06
9502-5
K13-1 (20-24 AWG)
M22520/2-08
9502-4
K42 (22-28 AWG)
Contact Positioner, Pin P3
EA
1
Military
M22520/2-09
1.10.3 Insertion/R emoval Tool - P1, P2, P3
Description
UM
QTY
Vendor Name & Part Number
Removal Tool P1, P3
Removal Tool P1, P3
Removal Tool P2
Insertion Tool P1, P3
Insertion Tool P1, P3
Insertion Tool P2
Insertion/Removal Tool P1, P3
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Daniels
Military
Daniels
Daniels
Military
Daniels
Military
DRK 95-22M
M81969/8-02
DRK145
DAK 95-22M
M81969/8-01
DAK145
M81969/1-04
Insertion/Removal Tool P2
EA
1
Military
M81969/1-02
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 24
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
1.10.4 Spare Conn ectors and Contacts - P1, P2, P3
P/N
UM
QTY
Vendor Name & Part Number
440-1223-002
15 pin male with hood
1
15 pin female
440-1223-003
1
440-1223-004
15 pin male
400-5163-002 1
15 pin clamp kit
male contacts for 15 pin 22-30 AWG
male contacts for 15 pin 22-30 AWG
female contacts for 50 pin 20-24 AWG
female contacts for 50 pin 20-24 AWG
female contacts for 78 pin 22-30 AWG
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Positronic Ind. DD15M10YOC-15
Positronic Ind. DD15F10OOC-15
Positronic Ind. DD15M10OOC-15
AMP 745854-3
Positronic Ind. MC8022D
M39029/58-360
Positronic Ind. FC6020D
M39029/63-368
Positronic Ind. FC8022D
female contacts for 78 pin 22-30 AWG
EA
1
M39029/57-354
1
Description
These parts are available in EGPWS kit PN 755-7013-090.
1.11 License Re quirements
There are no Radio license requirements for the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 25
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 26
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION II
INSTALLATION
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 27
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION II - INSTALLATION
SECTION II - INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................................ 29
2.1 INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................................................. 29
2.2 UNPACKING AND INSPECTING THE EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 29
2.3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................................... 29
2.3.1 General.................................................................................................................................................................. 29
2.3.2 MK VI/MK VIII Computer Location...................................................................................................................... 29
2.3.3 MK VI/ MK VIII Computer Installation................................................................................................................. 30
2.3.4 Configuration Module Location ............................................................................................................................ 31
2.3.5 Configuration Module Installation........................................................................................................................ 31
2.3.6 GPS Antenna location ........................................................................................................................................... 40
2.3.7 GPS Antenna Installation ...................................................................................................................................... 40
2.3.8 OAT Sensor Location ............................................................................................................................................ 40
2.3.9 OAT Sensor Installation ........................................................................................................................................ 40
2.3.10 Cockpit Lights...................................................................................................................................................... 40
2.3.10.1 Description........................................................................................................................................................................41
2.3.10.2 Location ............................................................................................................................................................................42
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 28
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION II - INSTALLATION
2.1 Introductio n
This section contains suggestions and factors to consider before installing the Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System. Close adherence to these suggestions will assure satisfactory performance from the
equipment.
NOTE
The conditions and tests performed on this article are minimum performance standards. It is
the responsibility of those desiring to install this article either on or within a specific type or
class of aircraft to determine that the aircraft installation conditions are within these
performance standards. The article may be installed only if further evaluation by the
applicant documents an acceptable installation and is approved by the airworthiness
authority.
2.2 Unpacking and Inspecting the Equipment
Exercise extreme caution when unpacking equipment. Perform a visual inspection of the unit for evidence of
damage incurred during shipment. If a damage claim must be filed, save the shipping container and all packing
materials to substantiate your claim. The claim should be filed as soon as possible. The shipping container and
all packing materials should be retained in the event that storage or reshipment of the equipment is necessary.
2.3 Equipment Installation
2.3.1 General
The following paragraphs contain information pertaining to the installation of the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS,
including instructions concerning the location and mounting of the equipment. The equipment should be
installed in the aircraft in a manner consistent with acceptable workmanship and engineering practices, and in
accordance with the instructions set forth in this publication. To ensure the system has been properly and safely
installed in the aircraft, the installer should make a thorough visual inspection and conduct an overall operational
check of the system, on the ground, prior to flight.
CAUTION
AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE CABLING AND BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE
EQUIPMENT, A CHECK SHOULD BE MADE WITH THE AIRCRAFT PRIMARY POWER
SUPPLIED TO THE MOUNTING CONNECTOR, TO ENSURE THAT POWER IS APPLIED
ONLY TO THE PINS SPECIFIED IN THE INTERWIRING DIAGRAMS IN SECTION III.
2.3.2 MK VI/MK V III Computer Location
Care should be exercised to avoid mounting components near equipment operating with high pulse current or
high power outputs such as radar and satellite communications equipment. In general, the equipment should be
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 29
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
installed in a location convenient for operation, inspection, and maintenance, and in an area free from excessive
vibration, heat, and noise generating sources.
The MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS have an internal heater blanket therefore they can be mounted outside the
heated area of the aircraft. The computers have been qualified for operation up to 50,000 feet and -55°C using
the heater blanket.
All mechanical installation drawings, connector assembly diagrams, interwiring diagrams, and connector pin
assignment tables referenced in this section are located at the end of Section II of this manual. Determine the
mounting location for the system components following the guidelines below.
Prior to installing any equipment, make a continuity check of all wires and cables associated with the system.
Then apply power and check for proper voltages at system connectors, and then remove power before
completing the installation.
To allow for inspection or repair of the wiring of the connector assembly itself, sufficient lead length should be
left so that EGPWS may be moved several inches. A bend should be made in the harness to allow water
droplets that might form on the harness due to condensation, to drip off at the bend and not collect in the
connector.
NOTE
For retrofit installations of classic MK VI GPWS and installing a EGPWS with internal GPS,
the connector backshell of the classic MK VI P1 connector will interfere with the GPS
antenna connector on the front of the EGPWS. The connector backshells chosen for the
EGPWS kits now extends straight out and does not interfere with the GPS antenna
connector.
The length of cables from the EGPWS connectors to other system units is not generally critical because unit
interfaces are designed with high impedance inputs, low impedance outputs, and low noise susceptibility
characteristics. The exception is the wires from the EGPWS Configuration Module, which was designed to be a
part of the EGPWS connector backshell because of the requirement for short lead length. Follow aircraft
manufacturer’s, sub-system manufacturer’s or ARINC specifications for shield grounding.
2.3.3 MK VI/ MK VIII Computer Installation
The MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS installation will conform to standards designated by the customer, installing
agency, and existing conditions as to the unit location and type of installation. However, the following
suggestions will assure a more satisfactory performance from the equipment.
A. Plan a location on the aircraft so that the EGPWS is accessible for front panel maintenance controls. Check
to be sure that there is adequate space in the front of the computer for connectors and cabling.
B. Refer to Figure 2-2 and 2-3 for outline dimensions of the computer and mounting tray.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 30
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
C. Mount the EGPWS mounting tray in the aircraft radio rack or other location using the four screw mounting
holes. Match drill the mounting holes using the Mounting Tray as a template.
D. Ensure that the mounting tray is electrically bonded (less than 10 milli-ohm to aircraft ground).
E. Slide the EGPWS unit in the mounting tray, and secure it using the Hold Down latch.
F. (After Continuity and Power check) Attach the cable harness to the front panel connectors and lock
connectors using the slide lock of the P1 & P2 connectors. The EGPWS should be wired according to the
interconnect diagrams in Section III, of this manual.
2.3.4 Configurati on Module Location
The aircraft configuration is programmed into the EGPWS Configuration Module installed in the aircraft wiring.
The Configuration Module is identified as Honeywell part number 700-1710-020 (optional part number 7001710-001). The Configuration Module is installed as one side of the P2 (50 pin) mating connector backshell and
contains electrically reprogrammable memory for configuration storage. The Configuration Module when
installed is wired directly to the appropriate pins in the P2 connector.
2.3.5 Configurati on Module Installation
The purpose of this procedure is to give an assembly sequence for assembly of the Configuration Module with
the P2 connector and backshell.
A. The P2 connector, Honeywell part number 440-1233-001, vendor part number RD50F1OJVLC-15, when
ordered comes with 50 contacts and a plastic backshell (hood).
B. The Configuration Module will replace the Backshell Plate. The Backshell Plate can be discarded.
C. Wire the Configuration Module to the P2 connector using contacts provided with the connector. Wire per the
following wire list:
Wire Color
Violet
Blue
Orange
Black
White
Red
P2 pin #
P2-17
P2-16
P2-33
P2-50
P2-49
P2-32
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 31
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
D. Position Slide Lock and Spring Clip onto connector.
E. Install Backshell Housing onto connector. The Ground wire (used for ESD discharge) is terminated with
shielded pigtails inside the backshell to the P2 connector.
F. Organize and dress wire exiting from the backshell, route Configuration Module wires in a coil. Install Cable
Clamp, do not tighten Cable Clamp screws.
G. Secure the Configuration Module to the connector using screws provided. Tighten Cable Clamp screws as
required.
CONFIGURATION MODULE ASSEMBLY
REQUIRED:
Two items as follows:
1.0
Connector (P2)
Positronic Ind. RD50F10JVLC-15 *
2.0
Configuration Module Honeywell
700-1710-020
* This item may be available from Honeywell under Part No. (440-1233-001)
ITEM 2 DESCRIPTION:
Connector P2 (Positronic Ind. PN RD50F10JVLC-15) is a packaged kit consisting of the following parts:
1.1
Connector, 50 socket D-Sub
Qty - 1
1.2
Contacts, size 20 crimp
Qty - 50
1.3
Backshell housing
Qty - 1
1.4
Backshell plate
Qty - 1
1.5
Screws, Phillips CSK
Qty - 2
1.6
Spring Clip
Qty - 1
1.7
Slide Lock
Qty - 1
1.8
Screws, Slotted
Qty - 2
1.9
Cable Clamp
Qty - 1
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 32
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
INSTALLATION ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE
STEP 1
Install all MK VI/MK VIII system aircraft wiring to this connector using items 1.2 (Crimp
Contacts) and item 1.1 (Connector). See figure 2.1-1 below.
FIGURE 2.1-1
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 33
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
STEP 2
Wire item 2.0 (Configuration Module). This part will replace item 1.4 (Backshell plate). Install
the pre-crimped colored wires into item 1.1 (Connector) as shown in figure 2.1-2 below.
FIGURE 2.1-2
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 34
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
STEP 3
Position item 1.7 (Slide lock) onto wired connector as shown in figure 2.1-3 below:
FIGURE 2.1-3
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 35
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
STEP 4
Install item 1.3 (Backshell Housing) onto connector using item 1.8 (Screws) as shown in figure
2.1-4 below:
Ground Wire (used for electrostatic discharge {ESD} protection) is terminated with shielded
pigtails of wires at this connector.
FIGURE 2.1-4
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 36
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
STEP 5
Install item 1.6 (Spring Clip) as shown figure 2.1-5 below:
FIGURE 2.1-5
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 37
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
STEP 6
Organize and dress wiring exiting from backshell. Route Configuration Module wires exiting
from connector, then coil as shown in figure 2.1-6 below. Install item 1.9 (Cable Clamp) as
shown. Do not tighten screws yet.
FIGURE 2.1-6
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 38
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
STEP 7
Secure Configuration Module to connector assembly using item 1.5 (Screws) as shown in figure
2.1-7 below. Tighten Cable Clamp screws as required.
FIGURE 2.1-7
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 39
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
2.3.6 GPS Anten na location
The GPS antenna should be mounted on top of the fuselage in the centerline of the aircraft. Avoid mounting the
antenna near any projections, the propeller, and the T-tail of the aircraft, where shadows could occur. It is
recommended that there be a separation of at least 3 feet between the GPS antenna and any VHF Comm
antenna on the aircraft. The GPS antenna baseplate must be level within ± 5° in both axis when the aircraft is
level (level is defined as the aircraft attitude required when weighing the aircraft for weight and balance). If the
GPS antenna is tilted more than 5° or is mounted close to other objects that shadow it, loss of some of the
satellites will occur and system performance degraded. See manufacturer for specifications of GPS antennas.
Some GPS Antenna cable and connector information, including vendor information, is listed below.
Cable Length
Cable Part
Number (VPN)
EGPWS TNC
Connector (VPN)
Antenna TNC
Connector (VPN)
Max Loss*
0 to 40 ft
RG142B/U
RG400/U
TED Mfg. 5-10-30
TED Mfg. 5-30-102-1
8.0
0 to 80 ft
ECS 311601
TED Mfg. 5-10-307
TED Mfg. 5-10-307
8.0
0 to 100 ft
ECS 311201
TED Mfg. 5-10-306
TED Mfg. 5-10-306
8.0
100 to 165 ft
Contact TED, ECS or PIC for complete cable/connector assembly
* Maximum Allowable Loss (dB) @ 1575 MHz for cable and connector using nominal 26.5 dB gain.
TED Manufacturing Corp.
11415 Johnson Drive
Shawnee, Kansas 66203
Tel: (913) 631-6211
Electronic Cable Specialists (ECS)
5300 W. Franklin drive
Franklin, Wisconsin 53132
Tel: (800) 327-9473
PIC Wire & Cable
N63 W 22619 Main Street
Sussex, Wisconsin 53089
Tel: (800) 742-3191
2.3.7 GPS Anten na Installation
Refer to manufacturer’s procedures or applicable STC documentation.
2.3.8 OAT Senso r Location
The OAT sensor should be mounted on the underside (belly) of the aircraft or other convenient location meeting
the following conditions. Avoid mounting the sensor where it can be affected by direct sunlight, or exhaust gases
from engines or heaters. The probe tip should extend beyond the aircraft boundary layer into the turbulent
airflow. See manufacturer for specifications.
2.3.9 OAT Senso r Installation
Refer to manufacturer’s procedures or applicable STC documentation.
2.3.10 Cockpit Lig hts
This section provides information for selecting, locating and mounting of the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS Cockpit
lights. NOTE: The nomenclature given for each lamp is an example only. Other manufacturers use
nomenclature that is also acceptable.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 40
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
NOTE: All lights
1. Refer to Honeywell Product Specification 965-1176-601 for additional information and for electrical
loads specification.
2. All lights are +28 VDC, dual bulb, sun light readable, non-flashing.
3. In the “OFF” condition, all lights have dark background with visible nomenclature for action.
4. If desired the lights may be put on a “dimmer” circuit for night operation.
2.3.10.1 Description
EGPWS alert/warning (Lamp Format 1)
GPWS
P/TEST
This assembly is illuminated with red background and activated during any Mode 1 through Mode 4, and Terrain
Awareness alert or warning. This assembly also includes a momentary switch that will activate EGPWS Self
Test.
EGPWS warning (Lamp Format 2)
PULLUP P/TEST
This assembly is illuminated with red background and activated during any Mode 1, Mode 2, or Terrain
Awareness PullUp warning. This assembly also includes a momentary switch that will activate EGPWS Self
Test.
GLIDESLOPE alert (Lamp Format 1)
BELOW G/S
P/CANCEL
This assembly is illuminated with amber background and activated during any Mode 5 alert. This assembly also
includes a momentary switch that will de-activate (cancel) EGPWS Mode 5 alerts during backcourse or low
altitude approaches.
EGPWS caution (Lamp Format 2)
GPWS
G/S CANCEL
This assembly is illuminated with amber background and activated during any EGPWS alert (non-Pullup). This
assembly also includes a momentary switch that will de-activate (cancel) EGPWS Mode 5 alerts during
backcourse or low altitude approaches.
Glideslope Canceled
G/S CANCLD (optional but recommended)
This assembly is illuminated with white, blue or amber background and activated after the flight crew has
initiated the manual cancel of Mode 5 by pressing the BELOW G/S – P/CANCEL light/switch described above.
EGPWS Flap Override
GPWS FLAP OVRD (optional but recommended)
This guarded light/switch assembly is illuminated with blue background and activated after the flight crew has
initiated the manual selection of the GPWS Flap Override feature. This assembly also includes a momentary
switch that will activate GPWS Flap Override. Note: the light color may also be white background with black
legend or black background with white legend. Colors are per FAR 23.1322.
GPWS system validity
GPWS INOP
This assembly is illuminated with amber background and activated during any detected partial or total failure of
the GPWS modes 1-5.
TERRAIN select
TERR DISPLAY
ON
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 41
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
This assembly is illuminated with white background and activated after the flight crew has initiated the manual
selection of the EGPWS terrain display for the associated cockpit display. This assembly also includes a
momentary switch that will activate EGPWS Terrain display feature.
TERRAIN inhibit
TERR INHIBIT ON
This assembly is illuminated with amber background and activated after the flight crew has initiated the manual
inhibit of the EGPWS Terrain Awareness & display and Terrain Clearance Floor functions during an approach to
an airport not in the EGPWS Terrain/Runway database. This assembly also includes a alternate action switch
that will inhibit EGPWS TA&D and TCF functions.
TERRAIN system validity
TERR FAIL
This assembly is illuminated with amber background and activated during any detected partial or total failure of
the TA&D or TCF functions.
2.3.10.2 Location
Cockpit layout, size and operator’s preference will determine if only one set of lights is used (i.e., mounted in the
center), or if dual sets of lights are used (one set on each side), or a combination thereof is desired. For a typical
example of cockpit light locations refer to Figure 2-3. For panel cutouts and assembly options see the
manufacturer’s specifications. The following are recommended locations:
GPWS & BELOW G/S or PULLUP & GPWS
These lights should be located together and in the flight crew’s “primary field of view”. This would include either
the instrument panel or the edge of the glareshield.
GPWS FLAP OVRD
-OptionalThis light should be located in the flight crew’s “field of view” and within reach of both crew members. This
light/switch may be located in an assembly with the GPWS and BELOW G/S lights and/or other EGPWS
annunciators.
GPWS CANCLD
-OptionalIf used, this light should be located within at least one crew member’s “field of view”.
GPWS INOP
This light should be located within at least one crew member’s “field of view” or with other system INOP lights of
similar importance. It is recommended that this light not be located in the flight crew’s “primary field of view”. The
reason being that in the event of a GPWS system failure at the beginning of a flight, this light will remain “ON”
until the problem is fixed. This light may be combined with the TERR FAIL light.
TERR DISPLAY ON
This light should be located near the associated cockpit display, in the flight crew’s “field of view” and within
reach of one or both crew members. This light/switch may be located in an assembly with the TERR INHIBIT
light(s) and/or other EGPWS annunciators.
TERR INHIBIT ON
This light should be located in the flight crew’s “field of view” and within reach of both crew members. This
light/switch may be located in an assembly with the TERR DISPLAY light(s) and/or other EGPWS annunciators.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 42
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TERR FAIL
This light should be located within at least one crew member’s “field of view” or with other system INOP lights of
similar importance. Note: Annunciators are available with split legend GPWS FAIL / TERR FAIL in one
assembly. It is recommended that this light not be located in the flight crew’s “primary field of view”. The reason
being that in the event of a GPWS system failure at the beginning of a flight, this light will remain “ON” until the
problem is fixed.
TERR
ON
PULLUP
TERR
INHB
TERR
FAIL
GPWS
PULLUP
GPWS
The above picture is an example of lamp location and
does not restrict lamp location or format
Figure 2.3
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 43
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
FIGURE 2-2 MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS OUTLINE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 44
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
FIGURE 2-3
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS MOUNTING TRAY
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 45
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 46
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION III
SYSTEM PLANNING
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 47
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION III – SYSTEM PLANNING
SECTION III – SYSTEM PLANNING..............................................................................................................................51
3.1 INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................................................. 51
3.2 SYSTEM WIRING/ ELECTRICAL INTERFACES ................................................................................................................. 51
3.2.1 Primary Power Input.............................................................................................................................................51
3.2.2 Chassis Ground .....................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.3 GPS Antenna .........................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.4 Analog and Digital Inputs .....................................................................................................................................52
3.2.5 Discrete Inputs ......................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.6 Serial Outputs........................................................................................................................................................52
3.2.7 Audio Output .........................................................................................................................................................53
3.2.8 Discrete Outputs....................................................................................................................................................53
3.2.9 Configuration Module ...........................................................................................................................................53
3.3 CATEGORY 1 - AIRCRAFT / MODE TYPE SELECT .......................................................................................................... 54
3.3.1 Aircraft / Mode Type .............................................................................................................................................54
3.3.2 Mode 1 type ...........................................................................................................................................................54
3.3.3 Mode 2 type ...........................................................................................................................................................54
3.3.4 Mode 3 type ...........................................................................................................................................................55
3.3.5 Mode 4 type ...........................................................................................................................................................55
3.3.6 Bank Angle Type....................................................................................................................................................55
3.3.7 Runway Length (MK VIII EGPWS only) ...............................................................................................................56
3.3.8 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................56
3.4 CATEGORY 2 – AIR DATA INPUT SELECT ...................................................................................................................... 57
3.4.1 Analog (Cat. 2 ID 0, 3, 4, 11, 12)..........................................................................................................................57
3.4.2 Digital – ARINC 429 (Cat. 2 ID 5, 1, 6, 13)..........................................................................................................59
3.4.3 Digital –ARINC 575 (Cat. 2 ID 2).........................................................................................................................60
3.4.4 Shadin 2000 (Cat. 2 ID 10) ...................................................................................................................................61
3.4.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 2. ID 255)........................................................................................62
3.4.6 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................62
3.5 CATEGORY 3 – POSITION INPUT SELECT ....................................................................................................................... 63
3.5.1 ARINC 743 Format ...............................................................................................................................................63
3.5.2 GPS Altitude (Label 076) Reference .....................................................................................................................63
3.5.3 North-South East-West Velocity labels..................................................................................................................63
3.5.4 ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 0,1,4,5,10-13) ...........................................................................................................64
3.5.5 RS-232 Transmit-Receive, 9600 baud (Cat. 3 ID 3)..............................................................................................65
3.5.6 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 253 & 255).......................................................................................................66
3.5.7 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................66
3.6 CATEGORY 4 – ALTITUDE CALLOUTS ........................................................................................................................... 67
3.7 CATEGORY 5 – AUDIO MENU SELECT ........................................................................................................................... 68
3.7.1 Audio Menu Selection............................................................................................................................................68
3.7.2 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................68
3.8 CATEGORY 6 – TERRAIN DISPLAY SELECT ................................................................................................................... 69
3.8.1 TAD & TCF Selection ...........................................................................................................................................69
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 48
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.8.2 Terrain Display Configuration Group ..................................................................................................................70
3.8.3 Display Input Control Group ................................................................................................................................70
3.8.4 Output 429 Bus Group ..........................................................................................................................................71
3.8.5 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................71
3.8.6 Sample Display Schematics...................................................................................................................................71
3.9 CATEGORY 7 – OPTIONS SELECT GROUP #1 ................................................................................................................. 88
3.9.1 Steep Approach .....................................................................................................................................................88
3.9.2 TA&D Alternate Pop-up........................................................................................................................................88
3.9.3 Peaks Mode ...........................................................................................................................................................88
3.9.4 Obstacle Awareness ..............................................................................................................................................88
3.9.5 Bank Angle Callout Enabling................................................................................................................................89
3.9.6 Flap Reversal ........................................................................................................................................................89
3.9.7 GPS Altitude Reference .........................................................................................................................................89
3.9.8 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................90
3.10 CATEGORY 8 – RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT ........................................................................................................ 91
3.10.1 Radio Altitude Input ............................................................................................................................................91
3.10.2 Decision Height Discrete Input ...........................................................................................................................91
3.10.3 Digital Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 2).....................................................................................................91
3.10.4 Analog Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 0,1,3,4)............................................................................................92
3.10.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 8 ID 251- 255) ..............................................................................92
3.10.6 Instructions..........................................................................................................................................................93
3.11 CATEGORY 9 – NAVIGATION INPUTS SELECT ............................................................................................................. 94
3.11.1 Navigation Inputs Select (Glideslope & Localizer Inputs)..................................................................................94
3.11.2 Glideslope Validity ..............................................................................................................................................94
3.11.3 Localizer Validity ................................................................................................................................................94
3.11.4 ILS Tuned Discrete Input #1 (+28V) and #2 (GND)...........................................................................................94
3.11.5 Analog Glideslope Interface (Cat. 9 ID 0,1,5) ....................................................................................................95
3.11.6 Digital Glideslope / Localizer / ILS Select Interface (Cat. 9 ID 2,3,4) ...............................................................96
3.11.7 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 9 ID 250 - 255)..............................................................................96
3.11.8 Instructions..........................................................................................................................................................97
3.12 CATEGORY 10 – ATTITUDE INPUT SELECT .................................................................................................................. 98
3.12.1 Roll Angle............................................................................................................................................................98
3.12.2 Analog Pitch & Roll Angle (Synchro) (Cat. 10 ID 0,2,4)....................................................................................98
3.12.3 Digital Pitch & Roll Angle (ARINC 429 High Speed) (Cat. 10 ID 5 & 6) ..........................................................99
3.12.4 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 10 ID 253 & 255) ..........................................................................99
3.12.5 Instructions..........................................................................................................................................................99
3.13 CATEGORY 11 – HEADING INPUT SELECT ................................................................................................................. 100
3.13.1 Magnetic Heading .............................................................................................................................................100
3.13.2 Analog Heading (Synchro) (Cat. 11 ID 0).........................................................................................................100
3.13.3 Digital – ARINC 429 AHRS Input (Cat. 11 ID 2 & 3).......................................................................................101
3.13.4 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 11 ID 254 & 255) ........................................................................101
3.13.5 Instructions........................................................................................................................................................101
3.14 CATEGORY 12 – WINDSHEAR INPUT SELECT ............................................................................................................ 102
3.14.1 No Windshear....................................................................................................................................................102
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 49
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.14.2 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 14 ID 253,254,255)..............................................................................................102
3.14.3 Instructions........................................................................................................................................................102
3.15 CATEGORY 13 – INPUT / OUTPUT DISCRETE TYPE SELECT ....................................................................................... 103
3.15.1 Input Discretes ..................................................................................................................................................103
3.15.1.1 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete .............................................................................................................................................103
3.15.1.2 Landing Flaps Discrete ...................................................................................................................................................103
3.15.1.3 Audio Inhibit Discrete.....................................................................................................................................................104
3.15.1.4 Landing Gear Discrete ....................................................................................................................................................104
3.15.1.5 Glideslope Cancel Discrete .............................................................................................................................................106
3.15.1.6 Momentary Flap Override Discrete.................................................................................................................................106
3.15.1.7 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete ........................................................................................................................................106
3.15.1.8 Autopilot Engaged Discrete ............................................................................................................................................107
3.15.1.9 Terrain Awareness and TCF Inhibit Discrete..................................................................................................................107
3.15.1.10 Self Test Discrete ..........................................................................................................................................................107
3.15.1.11 Steep Approach Discrete #2..........................................................................................................................................108
3.15.1.12 GPWS INHIBIT Discrete (alternate action)..................................................................................................................108
3.15.2 Output Discretes................................................................................................................................................108
3.15.2.1 Lamp Format...................................................................................................................................................................109
3.15.2.2 Flashing Lamps ...............................................................................................................................................................109
3.15.2.3 GPWS INOP Discrete .....................................................................................................................................................109
3.15.2.4 TAD INOP Discrete........................................................................................................................................................109
3.15.2.5 GPWS Warning Discrete ................................................................................................................................................109
3.15.2.6 GPWS Alert Discrete ......................................................................................................................................................110
3.15.2.7 Glideslope Cancel’d Discrete..........................................................................................................................................110
3.15.2.8 Flap Override Discrete ....................................................................................................................................................110
3.15.2.9 Steep Approach Discrete.................................................................................................................................................110
3.15.2.10 Audio On Discrete (TCAS/TAS Inhibit).......................................................................................................................110
3.15.2.11 Terrain Display Select #1 & #2 Discrete.......................................................................................................................111
3.15.2.12 Terrain Pop up Discrete ................................................................................................................................................112
3.15.3 Instructions........................................................................................................................................................113
3.16 CATEGORY 14 – AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL ................................................................................................................... 113
3.16.1 Instructions........................................................................................................................................................113
3.17 CATEGORY 15 - 17 – UNDEFINED INPUT SELECTS .................................................................................................... 114
3.17.1 Undefined Input Select ......................................................................................................................................114
3.17.2 Instructions........................................................................................................................................................114
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 50
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION III – SYSTEM PLANNING
3.1 Introductio n
This section provides information for selecting features and wiring the electrical interfaces of the MK VI/MK VIII
EGPWS.
Appendix E Section 5.2 groups features (functions) into sets called Categories. This document follows the
Category structure of the Appendix E. It provides descriptions of the features and instructions for selecting
features and for determining the correct wiring.
Sample wiring diagrams for the most commonly used MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS configurations are provided in
Appendix B.
Make copies of Appendix E Table 5-2 to use for recording feature selections.
Section 6 provides a cross-reference between the MK VI GPWS (Classic) and the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
(Enhanced) interfaces.
3.2 System Wir ing/ Electrical Interfaces
System wiring is broken down into the following main components:
- Electrical Interfaces (power and ground)
- GPS Antenna
- Analog and Digital Inputs
- Discrete Inputs
- Serial Outputs
- Audio Outputs
- Discrete Outputs
- Configuration Module
Many of these inputs and outputs will be defined as the Categories are selected for Configuration Module
programming. Appendix E Table 8.1-1 shows the typical usage for each pin on the Left (J1), Right (J2) and
Upper (J3) connectors and provides a place for recording the actual usage for this installation.
3.2.1 Primary Po wer Input
The MK VI/VIII EGPWC requires a primary power input (28 VDC input power) and ground. The Primary power
should be connected as follows for the MK VI/VIII EGPWC.
Pin
Signal
*Pin pairs J1-40/J1-60 and
J1-40, J1-60 *
+28 VDC Input
J1-41/J1-61 are internally
J1-41, J1-61 *
+28 VDC Return
shorted to each other.
Recommended EGPWC Power Control Device: 3 Amp Delayed Action Circuit Breaker
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 51
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.2.2 Chassis Gr ound
Chassis ground provides a redundant metal connection and should not be used as a normal current carrying
conductor. Chassis ground should be connected as follows:
Pin
Signal
J1-42, J1-53
GND
Pins J1-42 and J1-53 are both connected to chassis ground internally. It is not necessary to tie them both to
ground in the aircraft wiring. Pin J1-53 was made available to provide a convenient way to supply a ground to
external equipment. If the OAT probe is not present, nothing needs to be tied to J1-53.
3.2.3 GPS Anten na
A GPS antenna connector is available on the front of the MK VI EGPWS 965-1190-0XX and MK VIII EGPWS
965-1220-0XX. See Appendix E paragraphs 3.2.2 and 4.2.9 for connector details. The J1 connector backshell
supplied with classic MK VI GPWS installation kits can interfere with the GPS antenna connector for this reason
a new J1 backshell is supplied with MK VI-VIII installation kits.
3.2.4 Analog and Digital Inputs
The analog and digital inputs to the MK VI/VIII EGPWS are defined as the Categories are selected. Instructions
for documenting these interfaces are provided with the Category selection instructions.
3.2.5 Discrete Inp uts
The discrete inputs are defined in Appendix E Section 6.6. Additional information for some discretes is provided
within the Category in which they are used.
3.2.6 Serial Outp uts
The EGPWC provides for ARINC 453 and ARINC 429 serial outputs.
Terrain display data is output on two ARINC 453 channels when the Terrain Awareness display function is
enabled.
Low speed ARINC 429 output buses are provided by the EGPWC are described in Appendix E Section 7. The
ARINC 429 output data includes:
1. Internal data (data output for test purposes only such as internal logic booleans, Geometric Altitude, and
Terrain Clearance information).
2. Alert/Warning status (Voice and Lamp activity can be provided to display systems and flight recorders).
3. Internal mode status.
4. Terrain display messages for TAD cockpit integration.
Note: During EGPWS Self Test, the SSM of each output label is set to the Functional Test status code.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 52
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.2.7 Audio Outp ut
The audio outputs consist of both an 8-ohm amplifier and a transformer isolated 600-ohm output. Audio output
messages are provided as specified in the selected Audio Menu (Category 5) when inputs are valid and the
audio inhibit discretes are not active.
When audio inhibit is enabled, the output discrete(s) associated with suppressed message(s) are active.
3.2.8 Discrete Ou tputs
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS provides for up to twelve 0.5 amp nominal (1 amp maximum) Ground/Open discrete
outputs. The discrete outputs are defined in Appendix E Section 4.2.11 and Category 13.
The discrete outputs are optional if the ARINC 429 output data is used for driving the alert/warning lamps via a
symbol generator. Most Aircraft Types do not use the ARINC 429 output data for lamp control. (This data is
typically sent to the Flight Data Recorder.)
All outputs to lamps are driven by solid state switches to ground. These outputs can also be used as discrete
drivers for other devices (e.g. terrain display switching). Output discretes are intended to operate with +28
VDC lamp sources and will not operate with +5 VDC lamp sources.
3.2.9 Configurati on Module
The EGPWS aircraft configuration is programmed into a configuration module installed in the aircraft wiring. This
Configuration Module is identified as Honeywell part number 700-1710-020. The configuration module is
installed as part of the P2 mating connector backshell and contains electrically reprogrammable memory for
configuration storage. By this method the aircraft configuration is stored in the configuration module on the
aircraft and each newly installed EGPWS computer does not require operator assisted programming before or
during installation. The aircraft configuration in the Configuration Module can be changed at any time by use of
the WinVIEWS software, as explained in Section 4.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 53
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.3 Category 1 - Aircraft / Mode Type Select
Category 1 specifies the general aircraft type, warning mode differences, bank angle alert curve, fixed or
retractable gear, and 3500 ft or 2000 ft min runway length (as an option for MK VIII EGPWS only).
Appendix E Tables 5.2 and 5.3.1 include some information required by MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS development
personnel and not pertinent to the installation design process. Only items relevant to the installation design
process are discussed in this document.
3.3.1 Aircraft / M ode Type
The Aircraft Type identifies the aircraft as GA Fast (Turboprop), GA Slow (Turboprop), or Bizjet (Turbofan). The
aircraft category defines configurable airspeed limits for mode expansion and gear and flaps stuck down
conditions (reasonable test) and also define the Mode 1, 2, 3, 4, & Bank Angle warning/alert curve options.
The MK VI EGPWS only supports aircraft types 0,1,2,3,4 that are designed for turboprop aircraft (and emulate
the mode curves of the MK VI GPWS). The MK VIII EGPWS has Aircraft types 254 & 255 that are designed for
turbofan aircraft (and emulate the mode curves of the MK V GPWS), along with aircraft types 0,1,2,3,4. Modes
1,2,3,&4 are different between these aircraft types. For reference compare the mode 1-4 turbofan curves to the
turboprop curves in the MK VI/VIII EGPWS Product Specification 965-1180-601.
Appendix E Table 5.3.1 lists the combinations of Aircraft/Mode Types, identifies the first MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry), and describes the options available with
each Aircraft/Mode type (see Description column).
3.3.2 Mode 1 typ e
Two Mode 1 alert curves are defined, GA (Turboprop) and Bizjet (Turbofan). The lower boundary of the GA
Mode 1 curves is 50 feet, the same lower boundary is extended to 10 feet for Bizjet aircraft.
3.3.3 Mode 2 typ e
Two Mode 2 alert curves are defined, one for GA Fast & Bizjet and one for GA Slow. Mode 2A airspeed
expansion increases the Mode 2 expanded alert area linearly from 1650 feet to 2450 feet for airspeeds of 220
knots to 310 knots in GA Fast and Bizjet defined aircraft (same as MK V and MK VII EGPWS). Mode 2 airspeed
expansion occurs for airspeeds from 190 knots to 280 knots in GA Slow defined aircraft.
MODE 2 AIRSPEED EXPANSION
GA FAST (Turboprop)
220 knots to 310 knots
GA SLOW (Turboprop)
190 knots to 280 knots
BIZJET (Turbofan)
220 knots to 310 knots
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 54
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.3.4 Mode 3 typ e
Two Mode 3 alert curves are defined, GA (Turboprop) and Bizjet (Turbofan). The GA (Turboprop) Mode 3 curve
is equivalent to the (classic) MK VI Mode 3 curve. The Bizjet (Turbofan) Mode 3 curve is equivalent to the MK V
and MK VII EGPWS Mode 3 curves.
3.3.5 Mode 4 typ e
Mode 4A (Too Low Gear) expanded alert transition occurs at 178 knots for GA Fast aircraft, 148 knots for GA
Slow aircraft, and 190 knots for Bizjet aircraft. Mode 4B (Too Low Flaps) upper boundary has four defined
levels, 245 ft, 200 ft, 170 ft, and 150 ft. The 245 ft boundary is added to emulate the MK V, VII Mode 4B
boundary. The 200 ft boundary is added to emulate the MK II Mode 4B boundary. The 150 ft boundary
(Alternate Mode 4B) is for those aircraft types that routinely delay full flap deployment. All other aircraft types
would use the 170 ft boundary (Normal Mode 4B). For aircraft with previously installed (classic) MK VI GPWS,
the Normal / Alternate Mode 4B correspond to the “Alternate Mode 4B” program pin (J1-25).
The following table compares Mode 4 boundaries for each
Aircraft type /
Alternate Mode 4B
Mode 4A Gear Down
at 500 ft, < X knots
Boundaries
Mode 4B Flaps Down
feet / < X knots
Mode 4 A/B
Maximum
Mode 4
A/B
Type
178 knots
170 ft / 150 knots
750 ft
6
GA Fast, Normal Mode 4B
GA Fast, Alternate Mode 4B
178 knots
150 ft / 148 knots
750 ft
8
GA Slow, Normal Mode 4B
148 knots
170 ft / 120 knots 1
750 ft
7
GA Slow, Alternate Mode 4B
148 knots
1
750 ft
9
GA Fast, MK II emulation
178 knots
200 ft / 148 knots
1000 ft
5
Bizjet, MK V, VII emulation
190 knots
245 ft / 159 knots
1000 ft
1
150 ft / 118 knots
NOTE 1: Some installations that have chosen the GA SLOW aircraft type have found during flight test that the
aircraft can not (or does not) slow to less than 120 knots on normal approach. Thus the installation is
prone to nuisance TOO LOW TERRAIN alerts. These installations should choose the GA FAST
aircraft type.
3.3.6 Bank Angle Type
Two Bank Angle callout curves are defined, GA (Turboprop) and Bizjet (Turbofan). Both Bank Angle callout
curves have an Autopilot Engaged warning area. The Bizjet (Turbofan) Bank Angle callout curve is equivalent to
the MK V and MK VII EGPWS Bank Angle callout curves when the autopilot is not engaged.
Aircraft Type
Lower Cutoff
Lower Boundary
Upper Boundary
Slope
GA (Turboprop)
10 ft
10 ft / 15°
210 ft / 50°
2450 ft / 50°
Bizjet (Turbofan)
5 ft
30 ft / 10°
150 ft / 40°
2450 ft / 55°
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 55
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.3.7 Runway Le ngth (MK VIII EGPWS only)
Two minimum runway length options are defined for Bizjet (Turbofan) aircraft. A 2000 ft minimum runway length
or a 3500 ft minimum runway length may be chosen based on aircraft type as is identified in Appendix E Table
5.3.1. This option does not effect the mode curves as discussed above, and it is only available on MK VIII
EGPWS.
3.3.8 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2 and 5.3.1 as described above, select the Aircraft/Mode Type that
matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences and version (part number) being installed.
Step 1:
Is the aircraft a turbofan?
YES, goto Step 2.
NO, goto Step 3.
Step 2:
Aircraft can operate from runways less than 3500’?
YES, use ID 255
NO, use ID 254
Step 3:
Landing speed is typically > 120 knots?
YES, goto Step 4.
NO, goto Step 5.
Step 4:
200’ / 170’ / 150’ Flap alert preferred?
200’ use ID 2
170’ use ID 0
150’ use ID 1
Step 5:
170’ / 150’ Flap alert preferred?
170’ use ID 3
150’ use ID 4
Record the ID number for the Aircraft/Mode Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.1 under the Ident No.
heading for Step (Category) 1 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 56
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.4 Category 2 – Air Data Input Select
Category 2 defines the Air Data interface. The Air Data input currently defines 4 analog and 6 digital air data
types.
Appendix E Table 5.3.2 defines the Air Data interface options and identifies the first MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.2-x, where x is the Air Data Type number, define the electrical interfaces required to
support each Air Data Type.
3.4.1 Analog (Ca t. 2 ID 0, 3, 4, 11, 12)
Air Data Type 0 (CIC 04077 or equivalent) uses Uncorrected Barometric Altitude input scaled from –1500 feet
(+5 volts) to +30,000 feet (+15 volts) (see Appendix E section 6.1.3). Baro Altitude Rate and Computed
Airspeed are not required. Baro Altitude Valid is standard +28 volt discrete. Total Air Temperature is from a
dedicated (EGPWS) 500-ohm probe using +5 volt excitation from the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWC.
Air Data Type 3 (ADS-65 or equivalent) uses Uncorrected Barometric Altitude input scaled from -1500 feet (0.18 volts) to +46,000 feet (+5.52 volts), zero volts equals zero feet (see Appendix E section 6.1.10). Baro
Altitude Rate and Computed Airspeed are not required. Baro Altitude Valid is standard +28 volt discrete. Total
Air Temperature is from a dedicated (EGPWS) 500-ohm probe using +5 volts excitation from the MK VI/MK VIII
EGPWC.
Air Data Type 4 (CIC 02702 or equivalent) uses Uncorrected Barometric Altitude input scaled from -1000 feet (0.244 volts) to +40,000 feet (+9.756 volts) (see Appendix E section 6.1.14). Baro Altitude Rate and Computed
Airspeed are not required. Baro Altitude Valid is standard +28 volt discrete. Total Air Temperature is from a
dedicated (EGPWS) 500-ohm probe using +5 volt excitation from the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWC.
Air Data Types 11 and 12 (AZ-241, AZ-242, AZ-800, AZ-810 or equivalent) uses Uncorrected Barometric
Altitude input scaled from -3750 feet ( 0 volts) to +50,000 feet (+10.75 volts) (see Appendix E section 6.1.16).
Baro Altitude Rate and Computed Airspeed are not required. Baro Altitude Valid is standard +28 volt discrete. ID
11 requires a dedicated (EGPWS) 500-ohm Total Air Temperature probe using +5 volt excitation from the MK
VI/MK VIII EGPWC. ID 12 is configured without a connection to outside air temperature with temperature set not
available. As a result, when using ID 12 the EGPWS calculation of Geometric Altitude will be less accurate than
using ID 11.
NOTE: The analog air data interface for the MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS uses a dedicated 500-ohm temperature
probe. This may be an unused element in a dual element probe but must not be paralleled with any
other system. The EGPWS provides the 5 volt excitation for the element.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 57
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
Uncorrected
Barometric
Altitude
J1
Analog Air Data Computer
(+) 62
Altitude Out
(-) 43
Signal Common
Baro Altitude Valid +28V
BIT Out
9
+5V Excitation 25
Temp. Input
(+) 63
500 ohm
Temperature
Probe
(-) 44
Chassis Ground 53
Analog-ADC.vsd
Uncorrected Baro Altitude 1
Cat 2
Vendor Model
ID
Altitude Out
Common
BIT Out
CIC 04077
0
J1-F
J1-G
J1-E
Collins ADS-65
3
J1-12
J1-13
J1-5
CIC 02702
4
J1-A
J1-B
J1-E
Honeywell AZ-241
Honeywell AZ-242
4
J1A-63
J1A-11 (CGND)
J1A-12
11/12
2
4
J1B-17
J1A-11 (CGND)
J1A-12
J1-J
J1-G
J1-U
11/12
2
J1A-78
J1A-10 (CGND)
J1A-34
11/12
2
J1A-78
J1A-10 (CGND)
J1A-34
11/12
2
J1A-17
J1A-10 (CGND)
J1A-34
11/122
Honeywell AZ-648
Honeywell AZ-800
3
Honeywell AZ-810
3
Honeywell AZ-252
11/12
2
NOTES:
1
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
2
ID 12 does not require an OAT input, instead a constant temperature of 25 deg C is assumed.
3
Honeywell AZ-810 should only be used as an analog source if it does not have a digital interface.
4
Honeywell AZ-242 with part numbers 4013242-708, -709, -710, -712, -713 and –742 have DC Altitude out at pin J1B-17. Part
numbers 4013242-709 and -711 have DC Altitude out at pin J1A-40.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 58
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.4.2 Digital – AR INC 429 (Cat. 2 ID 5, 1, 6, 13)
Air Data Type 1 is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data labels 203, 206, 212, and 213.
Air Data Type 5 is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data labels 203, 204, 206, 212, and 213.
Air Data Type 6 is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data labels 203, 206, and 213.
Air Data Type 13 is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data label 203 only.
If the hardware is capable of transmitting all label sets, the preferred Air Data Type is 5. If only label 204 is
missing, use Air Data Type 1, and if both labels 204 and 212 are missing use Air Data Type 6. Some aircraft
have only label 203 available (or no temperature) for those choose Air Data Type 13.
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
ARINC 429 Low Speed
Air Data Bus
J2
ARINC 429 Air Data
A 39
A
ARINC 429 Bus - Hi
B 38
B
ARINC 429 Bus - Lo
Digital-ADC.vsd
Cat 2
Bus 1
Bus 2
Vendor Model
ID
A
B
A
B
Honeywell AZ-6XX,
AZ-8XX
5*
J1B-26
J1B-27
J1B-70
J1B-71
CIC 04471
5*
J1-12
J1-13
CIC 02702 mod 6
*
J2-J
J2-K
KDC 281
*
P2811-5
P2811-6
KDC 481
*
P4811-U
P4811- i
B&D 90004
5*
J1-27
J1-9
B&D 2600
6**
6
8
B&D 2601
6**
14
13
B&D 2800
*
P201-11
P201-28
Collins ADC 85/86
5*
P2-9
P2-10
P2-29
P2-30
Shadin ADC-2000
5*
J1-40
J1-22
(s/w mod 71.73.01)
NOTE:
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
* Category 2, ID 5, 1, 6 or 13 depending on availability of labels 204 and 212. ID 5 is the preferred selection, then ID’s 1, 6, and 13
in order of preference. CIC air data computers installed without Baro Set pots should be configured as Cat 2 ID 1.
** EGPWS installations with the B&D 2600 ADC should be configured for Cat 2 ID 6 because the B&D 2600 Altitude Rate ARINC
429 label 212 has a poor response to altitude changes and causes nuisance alerts.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 59
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.4.3 Digital –AR INC 575 (Cat. 2 ID 2)
Air Data Type 2 (ADC-80 or equivalent) is a low speed, digital ARINC 575 signal having the air data labels 203,
206, 212, and 213.
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
ARINC 575
Air Data Bus
J2
ARINC 575 Air Data
A 39
A
ARINC 575 Bus - Hi
B 38
B
ARINC 575 Bus - Lo
ARINC575-ADC.vsd
Cat 2
Bus 1
Bus 2
Vendor Model
ID
A
B
Collins ADC-80( )
Collins ADC-82A
2
P3-35
P3-36
B&D 90004
2
J1-27
J1-9
NOTE:
A
B
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 60
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.4.4 Shadin 200 0 (Cat. 2 ID 10)
Air Data Type 10 (Shadin 2000 or equivalent) is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data labels
203, 204, 206, and 212. Total Air Temperature is from a dedicated (EGPWS) 500-ohm probe using +5 volt
excitation from the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWC.
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
ARINC 429 Low Speed
Air Data Bus
ARINC 429 Air Data
J2
A 39
A
ARINC 429 Bus - Hi
B 38
B
ARINC 429 Bus - Lo
J1
+5V Excitation 25
Temp. Input
500 ohm
Temperature
Probe
(+) 63
(-) 44
Chassis Ground 53
Shadin2000.vsd
Cat 2
Bus 1
Bus 2
Vendor PN
ID
A
B
962830-1,2,3
962830A-1,2,3
962830A-X-S-4
962830A-X-S-5
10
J2-7
J1-40
J2-8
J1-22
NOTE:
A
B
10
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 61
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.4.5 Digital – AR INC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 2. ID 255)
Air Data Type 255 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual, high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data
labels 203, 204, 206, 210, 212, and 213. ID 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections
for categories 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12.
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
J2
IOC Buses
ARINC 429
High Speed
A 37
A
B 36
B
ARINC 429
High Speed
A 41
A
B 40
B
IOC Bus 1
IOC Bus 2
ARINC429-IOC.vsd
Cat 2
Vendor Model
BD-100
CJ-1/CJ-2
NOTE:
IOC Bus 1
IOC Bus 2
ID
A
B
A
B
255
255
A4P1-1
P1-1
A4P1-2
P1-2
A4P101-1
P101-1
A4P101-2
P101-2
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
3.4.6 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.2 and 5.3.2-x as described above, select the Air Data Type that
matches the aircraft air data configuration, feature preferences and version (part number) being
installed.
Record the ID number for the Air Data Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.2 under the Ident No.
heading for Step (Category) 2 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Using the Air Data Type number from Appendix E Table 5.3.2 as “x”, go the Air Data Input Select
x Table.
The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Air Data Input Select are shown in Appendix E Table
5.3.2-x and are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 62
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.5 Category 3 – Position Input Select
Category 3 defines the Global Position System bus type and interface. The EGPWS requires a GPS with 8
channels minimum and RAIM capability.
Appendix E Table 5.3.3 defines the Position Input Select options and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.3-x, where x is the Position Input Type number, define the label set and electrical
interface required to support each Position Input Type.
GPS Input selection is available in the following formats: ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 429 high speed, RS232, and Internal.
The Internal GPS uses ID 2. A unit equipped with an internal GPS (965-1190-XXX and 965-1220-XXX) may
use an external GPS source.
See Category 7 to select GPS Altitude Reference (mean sea level or WGS-84) for ARINC 429 label 076.
3.5.1 ARINC 743 Format
This option provides the ability to specify the GPS input data format as ARINC 743 instead of the ARINC 743A
data format. For ARINC 743A the VFOM is in feet and the HFOM is in nautical miles (nm). For ARINC 743 both
VFOM and HFOM are in meters.
Note:
Universal UNS-1 C/D/K/M GPS only, output is in ARINC 743 format.
3.5.2 GPS Altitud e (Label 076) Reference
The GPS Altitude (label 076) may be referenced to mean sea level or WGS-84. Determine which reference your
GPS position uses and program the GPS Altitude Reference accordingly in Category 7.
Note:
Universal UNS-1 C/D/K/M GPS only, output the Altitude Label 076 referenced to WGS-84.
3.5.3 North-Sout h East-West Velocity labels
ID’s 10-13 and 253 are provided to support GPS interfaces that do not provide North-South East-West Velocity
labels 166 & 174. ID’s 0,1,4,5, and 255 are preferred.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 63
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.5.4 ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 0,1,4,5,10-13)
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
ARINC 429
GPS Bus
J2
ARINC 429 GPS
A 25
A
ARINC 429 Bus - Hi
B
B
ARINC 429 Bus - Lo
8
ARINC429-GPS.vsd
Vendor Model
Collins GNLU-910A
Collins GPS-4000
Cat 3
429
GPS Alt
ARINC
Bus 1
Bus 2
ID
Speed
Ref.
743/743A
A
B
Note 5
High
MSL
743A
LMP-2J
LMP-2K
2
2
MSL
743A
MP-11A
MP-11B
A
B
0/4
H/L
UNS GPS-1000
1
Low
WGS-84
743
TP-12A
TP-12B
TP-11A
TP-11B
UNS GPS-1200
0
Low
MSL
743A
TP-12A
TP-12B
TP-11A
TP-11B
UNS-1C
1
Low
WGS-84
743
P1-a
P1-b
1
Low
WGS-84
743
MP-10J
MP-10K
0
Low
MSL
743A
MP-10J
MP-10K
MP-4J
MP-4K
1
Low
WGS-84
743
MP-4C
MP-4D
1
Low
WGS-84
743
P2-K
P2-L
0
Low
MSL
743A
J101-N5 1
J101-N6 1
0
Low
MSL
743A
J101-N5 1
J101-N6 1
0
Low
MSL
743A
JA-A01
JA-A02
1/5 2
H/L2
MSL
743
J1-38
J1-39
J1-24
J1-25
2
2
MSL
743A
J1-38
J1-39
J1-24
J1-25
J1-58
J1-57
(1017-3X-XXX) or
(1017-4X-XXX)
UNS-1D
(1192-00-1111XX) or
(1192-30-1111XX)
UNS-1F, -1E, -1L
(2192-00-11110X)
UNS-1K
(1116-3X-111X) or
(1116-4X-111X)
UNS-1M
(1013-4X-XXX)
GNS-XLS
(17960-0203-) SM04
(17960-0102-) SM07
GNS-XL
(18355-) SM06
GNS-X / CDU-XLS
(14141-0624-) SM04
HG2021GBXX
HG2021GC/GDXX
0/4
H/L
HT1000/HT9100
FreeFlight (Trimble)
2101 I/O Approach Plus
10/12
H/L
WGS-84
743A
MP-C02
MP-C01
0
Low
MSL
743A
J1-16
J1-23
(81440-XX software ver. 241F)
NOTE:
1
2
3
4
5
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
The Enhanced GNS-XLS ARINC 429 bus also contains Range label
HG2021G: Pin 21 open = high speed; Pin 21 GND = Low speed; GPS-4000:
North/South Velocity (label 166) and East/West Velocity (label 174) are required in MK VI / MK VIII -008 software and on.
NOT COMPATIBLE with MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS
Honeywell HT-9000 / KLN-89 / KLN-90 / HG2021AB / GNS-XES
IIMorrow Apollo 2101
Trimble 2100 / 2101 / TNL8100
Universal GPS-950, UNS-1B
Check manufacturer for compatibility with North-South, East-West Velocities.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 64
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.5.5 RS-232 Tra nsmit-Receive, 9600 baud (Cat. 3 ID 3)
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
RS – 232
GPS Bus
J2
RS-232 GPS
NC
TX
45
RX
29
TX – Transmit Out
CM
28
GND
RX – Receive In
RS232-GPS.vsd
Vendor Model
GARMIN GNS430/530
2
GPS Alt
ARINC
NS3
Ref.
743/743A
EW
MSL
N/A
MSL
MSL
RS-232
RX
TX
GND
Note 3
P4001-56
Chassis
N/A
OK
P9002-13
Chassis
N/A
OK
P941-6
Chassis
Software Version 2.21
KLN 900
066-04034-0104 or
066-04034-0204
KLN 94
NOTE:
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
1
The KLN 89/89B/90/90A/90B are not compatible.
2
The GNS 430 software mod is also applicable to the GPS 400 and GNC 420 units.
3
Check manufacturer for compatibility with North-South, East-West Velocities.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 65
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.5.6 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 253 & 255)
NOTE: If GPS #2 is not installed in the aircraft, then use ID 4 or GPS bus #1 must be connected in parallel to
both EGPWS GPS input ports.
NOTE: Non-IOC aircraft can use ID 253 or 255 to activate dual GPS inputs for redundancy and improved
system availability, but the interface must have dual High Speed 743A GPS, and this cannot be used if
using Category 10 ID 5 or Category 11 ID 2.
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
ARINC 429
GPS Bus
ARINC 429
GPS Bus
J2
ARINC 429 GPS
A 25
A
Hi
B
8
B
Lo
A 23
A
Hi
B
B
Lo
ARINC 429 Bus 1
ARINC 429 Bus 2
6
ARINC429-DualGPS.vsd
Aircraft Model
Cat 3
429
GPS Alt
ARINC
ID
Speed
Ref.
743/743A
A
B
A
B
253
Bus 1
Bus 2
1
BD 100
255
High
MSL
743A
A25BP1-6A
A25BP1-6B
A24BP1-6A
A24BP1-6B
CJ1/CJ2
255
High
MSL
743A
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
NOTE:
1
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
ID 253 is a optional configuration for compatibility with IOC that are missing North-South, East-West Velocities labels.
3.5.7 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.3 and 5.3.3-x as described above, select the Position Input
Type that matches the aircraft Position Input configuration, feature preferences and version (part
number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Position Input Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.3 under the Ident
No. heading for Step (Category) 3 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Using the Position Input Type number from Appendix E Table 5.3.3 as “x”, go the Position Input
Select x Table.
The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Position Input Select are shown in Appendix E Table
5.3.3-x and are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 66
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.6 Category 4 – Altitude Callouts
Category 4 defines the Altitude Callout menu choices and Smart ‘500’ Callout selection.
Appendix E Table 5.3.4 defines the Altitude Callout Menu options and identifies the first MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
The Altitude callout menus have selected combinations of “Minimums-Minimums”, “Minimums”, “1000”, Smart
“500”, “500”, “500 Above” Field, “400”, “300”, “200”, “100”, “50”, “40”, “30”, “20”, and “10”. No altitude callouts
may also be selected.
The Altitude Callout menu provides altitude annunciation for descent below predefined altitudes (example: “One
Hundred” is annunciated when descending through 100 feet radio altitude).
A “500” foot callout is available that will issue a “500” callout once during each approach when the aircraft is
500’ AGL.
A “Smart 500” foot callout is available that will issue a “500” callout when the aircraft is 500’ AGL. This callout is
active only during non-precision approaches or when the Glideslope or Localizer deviation is greater than 2
dots.
The “500 Above” Field callout will be annunciated once during each approach when the aircraft is within 5 nm of
a runway in the database and descends through 500 ft above that runway. It compares the GPS-based
geometric altitude with the closest runway field elevation. The callout may be optionally chosen to annunciate
“Five Hundred” or “Five Hundred Above”. This requires Category 6 ID other than 2 (TAD/TCF must be active).
“Minimums-Minimums” callout can be selected or deselected from these combinations by connecting or not
connecting the Decision Height (DH) discrete (J1-33) of Category 8.
Recommendation: Honeywell recommends at least a Smart ‘500’ callout and a “Minimums-Minimums” callout.
FAA and JAA approved installations require a 500 foot callout.
Using Appendix E Table 5.2 and 5.3.4 as described above, select the preferred Altitude Callout
Menu Type (ID) that matches the feature preferences and version (part number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Altitude Callout Menu Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.4 under the
Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 4 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
If the “Minimums-Minimums” callout will be used, use the electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for Radio
Altitude Input Select Type (Category 8) shown in Appendix E Table 5.3.8-x to generate the
installation wiring diagrams.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 67
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.7 Category 5 – Audio Menu Select
Category 5 defines four Audio Menu options. Retractable Gear aircraft, Type 0 (basic) and Type 1 (alternate)
and Fixed Gear aircraft, Type 2 (basic) and Type 3 (alternate).
Appendix E Table 5.3.5 defines the Audio Menu select options and identifies the first MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.5-x, where X is the Audio Menu Type, defines the voice callouts for each menu. DGACregistered aircraft are required to use Alternate Audio Menu.
Recommendation: Honeywell recommends the Basic Audio Menu (except for DGAC-registered aircraft).
3.7.1 Audio Menu Selection
Audio menu must be selected to provide EGPWS callouts. The differences in the Audio Menu Types are shown
in the following comparison tables.
ALERT/WARNING
Audio Menu
CONDITION
Basic
(Type 0 and 2)
Alternate
(Type 1 and 3)
Terrain Awareness Preface
Terrain Terrain
Terrain Ahead
Obstacle Awareness Preface
Obstacle Obstacle
Obstacle Ahead
Terrain Awareness Caution
Caution Terrain
Terrain Ahead
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Caution Obstacle
Obstacle Ahead
ALERT/WARNING
Audio Menu
Retractable Gear
Fixed Gear
(Type 0 and 1)
(Type 2 and 3)
CONDITION
Mode 4 Too Low Gear
Too Low Gear
Too Low Flaps
3.7.2 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.5 and 5.3.5-x as described above, select the Audio Menu Type
that matches the feature preferences and version (part number) being installed.
•
•
Basic or Alternate menu
Retractable Gear or Fixed Gear
Record the ID number for the Audio Menu Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.5 under the Ident No.
heading for Step (Category) 5 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 68
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.8 Category 6 – Terrain Display Select
Category 6 defines the Terrain Display options available.
TA&D and TCF mode enabling/disabling is controlled by Category 6.
Peaks mode availability is controlled by Category 6 since its availability is determined by the display
configuration. Peaks mode enabling/disabling is controlled by Category 7. Each of the options controlled by
Category 6 is described below.
Appendix E Table 5.3.6 defines the Terrain Display Select options (Display Configuration Group Tables, Display
Input Control Group Tables and Output 429 Bus Group Tables) and identifies the first MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry). Appendix E Table 5.3.6 also defines the
EGPWS version (MK VI or MK VIII) in which the option is available (see the EGPWS entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.6.1-x, where x is the Display Configuration group number, define the display options and
the electrical interface required to support each Display Configuration.
Appendix E Tables 5.3.6.2-x, where x is the Display Input Control group number, define the label set and the
electrical interface required to support each Display Configuration.
Appendix E Tables 5.3.6.3-x, where x is the Output 429 Bus group number, define the label set and the
electrical interface supporting each Display Configuration output requirements.
Figure 3.8-1 is an example of single tube Wx/Terrain display wiring connections.
3.8.1 TAD & TCF Selection
The Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) algorithm identifies premature descent for approaches regardless of aircraft
configuration. It creates a terrain clearance envelope around the airport to provide protection against controlled
flight into terrain situations beyond that of the basic GPWS.
The Terrain Awareness & Display feature consists of a Terrain Awareness Alerting feature and a Terrain
Awareness Display feature. The Terrain Awareness Alerting feature continuously computes terrain clearance
envelopes ahead of the aircraft and issues alerts if the boundaries of these envelopes conflict with terrain
elevation data in the terrain database. The Terrain Awareness Display feature displays the data terrain relative
to aircraft altitude.
Both TA&D and TCF are Enabled for all ID’s in Appendix E Table 5.3.6 except for “TA&D and TCF Disable” (ID
2).
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 69
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.8.2 Terrain Dis play Configuration Group
This option provides the ability to specify the type of Terrain Display compatible with the aircraft configuration. A
definition of each of the entries in the Display Configuration Group tables is provided in the table below.
Function
Value
Reference section
Display Type
Display manufacturer, model, etc.
Sweep Type
The type of sweep used for terrain data (fan, standard, etc.)
Auto Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
The TA&D Alternate Pop Up is set to
The TA&D Alternate Pop Up is set to
False or True in Category 7. If False,
False or True in Category 7. If True,
Pop Up behavior for the terrain
Pop Up behavior for the terrain
display is described here.
display is described here.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Mode
See Note 1
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Enable is set to False or True
Peaks Enable is set to False or True
in Category 7. The effect of setting it
in Category 7. The effect of setting it
to False is described here.
to True is described here.
Describes if/when terrain display(s) can be manually selected
Describes if/when terrain display(s) can be manually deselected
Defines if the display data is automatically scaled and, if so, the scale used
(such as 10 nautical miles)
Indicates whether or not a moving marker is provided
Describes where “TERR” and Peaks Elevations overlays will be located on the
display screen.
Defines the display bus type ‘KC Picture Bus’ (KCPB was ASPB), ‘Honeywell
Picture Bus’ or ‘ARINC 453’.
CHANNEL
CONNECT TO:
TX453-1
A = J1-58
Indicates the correct connection for these pins
B = J1-59
CHANNEL
CONNECT TO:
TX453-2
A = J1-56
Indicates the correct connection for these pins
B = J1-57
Notes:
1
Peaks Mode “(Not Available)” or “(Elevations via overlay)” shown here. Peaks mode “Not Available” means that this display
type cannot display Peaks Mode.
Table 3.8.2-1 Definition of Display Configuration Group Tables (Appendix E Section 5.3.6)
3.8.3 Display Inp ut Control Group
This input bus is connected to the display (or display controller) and transmits Range settings, Display Mode,
and Display status to the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWC. In some installations where the terrain display(s) is controlled
from one source (controller) the Range inputs to the EGPWS must be paralleled to satisfy dual input
requirements of the EGPWS.
Display Input Control Group
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO:
WXR Output 429 bus 1
Data
Range
Status
CONNECT TO:
WXR Output 429 bus 1
Data
Range
Status
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
Label
Sig. Bits
Range
Signal Type
Resolution
Rate (ms)
Resolution
Rate (ms)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
Label
Sig. Bits
Range
Signal Type
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 70
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
In some installations where the Radar (Terrain) displays are controlled from one source, the Range input buses into the EGPWS must be
paralleled to satisfy EGPWS dual input requirements.
CONN PIN #
REFERENCE NAME
PIN FUNCTION
J1-32
GND_DISC_12
Reference
6.6.18
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.6.19
Display Select Discrete #1
Display Select Discrete #2
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
3.8.4 Output 429 Bus Group
This output bus is commonly connected to EFIS and/or EICAS displays and Flight Recorders. The output
transmits MK VI/MK VIII EGPWC alert, fault, and mode status to other systems.
Channel
Pins
429TX_1
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
429TX_2
Output 429 Bus Group
Comments
Transmits Label sets: (Section 7)
No Connection (No Data Output)
3.8.5 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.6, and 5.3.6.1-x as described above, select the Terrain Display
Select Type (ID) that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences and version (part
number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Terrain Display Select Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.6 under the
Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 6 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Record the Display Configuration Group number here ! _______________.
Note: This information is used to determine TA&D Alternate Pop Up and Peaks Mode availability
for Category 7.
The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Display Configuration Group, Display Input Control
Group, and Output 429 Bus Group are shown in the Appendix E Table 5.3.6.1-x and are used to
generate the installation wiring diagrams.
3.8.6 Sample Dis play Schematics
Honeywell GNS-XLS
Honeywell KMD 540 / 550 / 850
Honeywell Grimes TRA-45A
Honeywell Primus UDI with Avtech DSU
Honeywell Primus 440/660/880 Integrated
Honeywell Primus 1000
Honeywell Bendix RDR 2000 / IN182A
Honeywell Bendix PPI-4B
Honeywell Bendix EFS-40/50
Collins WXI-701/711
Collins Pro-Line II / IV
Honeywell SPZ8000 / SG-802/803/806
Universal MFD-640
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 71
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
No connection
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
N6 B
B 36
B 57
A 56
B 59
A 58
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
Note:
GNS-XLS will not perform auto pop-up during Alert.
For interface and operation of the GNS-XLS see Honeywell
GNS-XLS System Installation Manual 006-10528-0000
Alternate Action
Lamp Test
Q5 KCPB Video in (L)
B 40
J1
Q6 B 70-ohm termination
A 41
Honeywell GNS-XLS
GNS-XLS-1.vsd
17960-0203-XXXX
SM04
Q4 A KCPB Video in (H)
Range & GPS out
GNS-XLS
8
B
A 25
N5 A
J101
A 37
J2
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
KCPB Video #2 Out
KCPB Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 GPS In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 72
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
B 57
A 56
B 59
A 58
J1
B 40
A 41
No connection
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
Note:
For interface and operation of the Honeywell KMD 540/550/850
see Honeywell Installation Manual P/N 006-10608-0001
Alternate Action
Lamp Test
429 Out
Honeywell KMD 540/
550/850
KMD540-1.vsd
12 A KCPB Video in
13 B (No termination)
31
30 B
11
B 36
KMD 540/550/850
29 A
J3001
A 37
J2
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
KCPB Video #2 Out
KCPB Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 73
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
Note:
For interface and operation of the Honeywell Grimes TRA-45A see
Honeywell TRA-45A Equipment Installation Manual P/N 34-40-01
Alternate Action
80-5145-X-2
TRA45.vsd
A KCPB Video in
B 70-ohm termination
Range out
Honeywell Grimes
TRA-45A
3
B 57
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
1
A 56
13 B
B 59
TRA-45A
80-5145-X-2
28 A
J1
3
A 58
J1
B 40
A 41
Range out
TRA-45A
A KCPB Video in
B 70-ohm termination
13 B
B 36
1
28 A
J1
A 37
J2
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
KCPB Video #2 Out
KCPB Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 74
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
open
TERR
momentary
A
B 57
A 56
REV:
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
19
13
18
9
6
18
9
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
Terrain Status
32
Terrain Select
2
J2
3
3
KCPB Video in
Note:
For interface and operation of the Avtech 6001 DSU see Avtech
DSU Installation and Operation Procedure P/N 6001-1680
Alternate Action
ON
6
Display Invalid
48 B
B 59
13
16
12
16
10
4
8
15
7
17
11
5
NC
4
8
15
7
17
11
5
P/N 6001-1
14
PrimusUDI-1.vsd
AVTECH DSU
10
F MK L AGC P B V
1
AVTECH DSU
Primus WXR UDI
12
J E S U T D HR
19
Range out
2
N
2
7
47 A
9 B
49
8
A 58
J1
B 40
J1
440, 650 w/ Lightning,
660, 700, 870, 880
B 36
A 41
450, 650 w/o Lightning,
800
90, 100, 200, 300,
300SL, 400, 500, AVQ30
PRIMUS SERIES
A 37
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
KCPB Video #2 Out
KCPB Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
J2
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 75
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
NC
B 57
A 56
B 59
A 58
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VI 965-11X6-004 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X6-004 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
Terrain Display Select (out) 54
NC
J1
B 40
A 41
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
momentary
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
Note:
For interface and operation of the Honeywell Weather Radar Indicator
WI-440, 660, 880 see Honeywell Service Bulletin 7007700-34-15
Alternate Action
ON
TERR
P
N
WXPD Bus
IntP880.vsd
Integrated
Primus 440/660/880
28V EGPWS PWR Bus
WI-440, 660, 880
7007700-X1X
X EGPWS Selected
L
M P
SCI Bus
Honeywell
Radar Indicator
G N
4
B 37
3
F
71 72
WU-440, 660, 880
A 36
Terrain Display Select (in) 32
ARINC 453 Video #2 Out
ARINC 453 Video #1 Out
Range #2 In
RS-422 Serial Range #1 In
EGPWS
J2
Honeywell WRX R/T
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 76
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
B 40
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
58
ARINC 453 Symbol A
Generator Out
B 59
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
A 41
J1
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
Alternate Action
TERR
INHIB
25 B
B 36
PILOT
7017000
EGPWS Cont
429 Out
453 Bus In
7014300
453 Bus In
7014300
25 B
12 A
42 B
41 A
Honeywell Primus
1000
Primus1000.vsd
7017000
429 Out
CO-PILOT
EGPWS Cont
Integrated Avionics
Computer IC-600
75 B
61
Display Unit DU-870
74 A
75 B
Display Unit DU-870
74 A
42 B
41 A
12 A
Integrated Avionics
Computer IC-600
A 37
J2
ARINC 429
A 43
Control Bus Out
B 42
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 77
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
B 57
A 56
B 59
A 58
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
Terrain Display Select (out) 54
NC
J1
B 40
A 41
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
momentary
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
Note:
For interface and operation of the Honeywell RDR 2000 Color Weather
Radar system see Honeywell Installation Manual 006-00643-0000
Alternate Action
ON
TERR
42 43
H
T/R Data Bus
RDR2000.vsd
Honeywell / Bendix
RDR 2000 / IN182A
28V EGPWS PWR Bus
IN182A
066-3084-XX
31 RT On/Off 1
20 C
1
2
Control Bus A
Honeywell
Radar Indicator
B
31
B 36
3
27 A
2
ART 2000
A 37
Terrain Display Select (in) 32
ARINC 453 Video #2 Out
ARINC 453 Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
J2
Honeywell WRX R/T
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 78
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
B 57
A 56
B 59
A 58
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
Terrain Display Select (out) 54
NC
J1
B 40
A 41
Alternate Action
ON
TERR
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
momentary
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
H T/R Data Bus
L T/R Data Bus
PPI4A4B.vsd
Honeywell / Bendix
PPI-4B
28V EGPWS PWR Bus
PPI-4B
2041222-XXXX
15 RT On/Off 1
5
12 C 70-ohm termination
5
Control Bus A
Honeywell
Radar Indicator
11 B
2D 3D
B 36
6B
10 A
BP 3B 4B
RTA-4B
A 37
Terrain Display Select (in) 32
ARINC 453 Video #2 Out
ARINC 453 Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
J2
Honeywell WRX R/T
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 79
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
51
TERRAIN POP-UP OUT
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
12
32
TERRAIN INOP
TERRAIN INHIBIT SWITCH IN
TERRAIN SELECT SWITCH IN
54
TERRAIN SELECT RELAY OUT
55
60
40
+28VDC POWER IN
+28VDC POWER IN
SEE NOTE 3.
58
59
J1
41
37
36
40
J2
KCPB A OUT
KCPB B OUT
NO. 2 DISPLAY RANGE 429 A IN
NO. 1 DISPLAY RANGE 429 A IN
NO. 1 DISPLAY RANGE 429 B IN
NO. 2 DISPLAY RANGE 429 B IN
MARK VI/VIII ENHANCED GROUND
PROXIMITY WARNING COMPUTER
429 CONTROL BUS 1A IN
429 CONTROL BUS 1B IN
SEE NOTE 2.
453 DATA BUS A OUT
453 DATA BUS B OUT
BENDIX/KING
WEATHER RADAR R/T
EGPWS
ANNUNCIATOR
PRESS-TO-TEST
ANNUNCIATOR DIMMER
BUS
SEE NOTE 1.
SEE NOTE 1.
+28VDC AVIONICS
POWER
SEE NOTE 1.
SEE NOTE 1.
ANNUNCIATOR DIMMER
BUS
(ALTERNATE ACTION)
EGPWS FAIL
TERRAIN INHIBIT
SEE NOTE 1.
(MOMENTARY)
ON
TERRAIN
STANDBY
NORMAL
ANNUNCIATOR
PRESS-TO-TEST
DISPLAY DOWN
NORMAL
SEE NOTE 1.
SEE NOTE 1.
SEE NOTE 1.
TERRAIN SELECTED DISCRETE IN
TERRAIN POP-UP DISCRETE IN
453 DATA BUS A IN
453 DATA BUS B IN
R/T TRANSMITTER 429 A OUT
R/T TRANSMITTER 429 B OUT
MFD SYMBOL GENERATOR
BENDIX/KING SG 465
R/T TRANSMITTER 429 A OUT
R/T TRANSMITTER 429 B OUT
SYMBOL GENERATOR #1
BENDIX/KING SG 465
4. THIS CONFIGURATION IS NOT SUPPORTED PRIOR TO EGPWS
COMPUTER PART NUMBERS:
965-1180-020 MARK VI EGPWS
965-1190-020 MARK VI EGPWS W/INTERNAL GPS
965-1210-020 MARK VIII EGPWS
965-1220-020 MARK VIII EGPWS W/INTERNAL GPS
3. THE CATEGORY 6 DISPLAY TYPE ID 10 (INTEGRATED EFIS 40/50)
IS THE REQUIRED CONFIGURATION.
THE CATEGORY 13 I/O DISCRETE TYPE ID 1 (LAMP FORMAT 2)
IS THE PREFERRED CONFIGURATION.
2. REFER TO THE WEATHER RADAR SECTION OF THIS MANUAL
(3.13) FOR THE COMPLETE INTERFACE TO THE BENDIX/KING
WEATHER RADARS.
1. USE M17/176-0002 SHIELDED WIRE OR 024-00064-0000
QUADRAX CABLE FOR THE 453 DATA BUS AND THE KCPB.
NOTES:
22
P465
1A
37
P465
1B
22
49
68
81
P465
2B
22
49
P465
2B
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 80
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
51
60
40
54
TERRAIN POP-UP OUT
+28VDC POWER IN
+28VDC POWER IN
TERRAIN SELECT RELAY OUT
SIZE: A
55
12
32
TERRAIN INOP
TERRAIN INHIBIT SWITCH IN
TERRAIN SELECT SWITCH IN
SEE NOTE 3.
58
59
J1
41
37
36
40
J2
KCPB A OUT
KCPB B OUT
NO. 2 DISPLAY RANGE 429 A IN
NO. 1 DISPLAY RANGE 429 A IN
NO. 1 DISPLAY RANGE 429 B IN
NO. 2 DISPLAY RANGE 429 B IN
MARK VI/VIII ENHANCED GROUND
PROXIMITY WARNING COMPUTER
453 DATA BUS A OUT
453 DATA BUS B OUT
429 CONTROL BUS 1A IN
429 CONTROL BUS 1B IN
SEE NOTE 2.
BENDIX/KING
WEATHER RADAR R/T
EGPWS
ANNUNCIATOR
PRESS-TO-TEST
ANNUNCIATOR DIMMER
BUS
SEE NOTE 1.
SEE NOTE 1.
+28VDC AVIONICS
POWER
SEE NOTE 1.
SEE NOTE 1.
(MOMENTARY)
ON
EGPWS FAIL
(ALTERNATE ACTION)
TERRAIN
TERRAIN INHIBIT
SEE NOTE 1.
ANNUNCIATOR
PRESS-TO-TEST
ANNUNCIATOR DIMMER
BUS
SEE NOTE 1.
TERRAIN SELECTED DISCRETE IN
TERRAIN POP-UP DISCRETE IN
453 DATA BUS A IN
453 DATA BUS B IN
R/T TRANSMITTER 429 A OUT
R/T TRANSMITTER 429 B OUT
MFD SYMBOL GENERATOR
BENDIX/KING SG 465
965-1180-020 MARK VI EGPWS
965-1190-020 MARK VI EGPWS W/INTERNAL GPS
965-1210-020 MARK VIII EGPWS
965-1220-020 MARK VIII EGPWS W/INTERNAL GPS
4. THIS CONFIGURATION IS NOT SUPPORTED PRIOR TO EGPWS
COMPUTER PART NUMBERS:
3. THE CATEGORY 6 DISPLAY TYPE ID 10 (INTEGRATED EFIS 40/50)
IS THE REQUIRED CONFIGURATION.
THE CATEGORY 13 I/O DISCRETE TYPE ID 1 (LAMP FORMAT 2)
IS THE PREFERRED CONFIGURATION.
2. REFER TO THE WEATHER RADAR SECTION OF THIS MANUAL
(3.13) FOR THE COMPLETE INTERFACE TO THE BENDIX/KING
WEATHER RADARS.
1. USE M17/176-0002 SHIELDED WIRE OR 024-00064-0000
QUADRAX CABLE FOR THE 453 DATA BUS AND THE KCPB.
NOTES:
22
P465
1A
37
P465
1B
22
49
68
81
P465
2B
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 81
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
B 57
A 56
B 59
A 58
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain INOP (out) 55
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
Terrain Display Select (out) 54
NC
J1
B 40
A 41
Alternate Action
ON
TERR
8
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
momentary
6B
9
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
H T/R Data Bus
L T/R Data Bus
WXI-701.vsd
Rockwell Collins
WXI-701/711
28V EGPWS PWR Bus
2041222-XXXX
15 RT On/Off 1
6
12 C 70-ohm termination
5
Control Bus A
Collins WXI-701
Radar Indicator
11 B
?
B 36
?
10 A
J1
A 37
Terrain Display Select (in) 32
ARINC 453 Video #2 Out
ARINC 453 Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
J2
WRT-XXX
Collins WRX R/T
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 82
J1
CAGE CODE: 97896
B 59
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
J1
B 57
A 56
MK VI 965-11X0-020 or later.
MK VIII 965-12X0-020 or later.
Terrain Display Select (out) 49
ARINC 453 Video #2
To
WX
R/T
28V EGPWS
PWR Bus
Note:
For interface and operation of the Collins Proline II displays see Collins
SIL 2-99
ON
ARINC 429 Range
CollinsP2.vsd
ARINC 453 Picture
Collins ProLine II
with WXP-840/850
19 B
18 A
11 Remote ON
ARINC 429 Range
Collins Wx Pnl
WXP-840/850
16 B
15 A
16 B
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
Lamp Test
ARINC 453 Picture
11 Remote ON
B 40
momentary
momentary
19 B
18 A
Collins Wx Pnl
WXP-840/850
15 A
TERR
ON
TERR
To WX R/T
28V EGPWS
PWR Bus
A 41
B 36
A 37
Terrain Display Select (in) 31
ARINC 429 Range #2
ARINC 429 Range #1
J2
Terrain Display Select (in) 31
ARINC 453 Video #1
A 58
Terrain Display Select (out) 54
EGPWS
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 83
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
HONEYWELL
MK VI-VIII
EGPWS
965-1XXX-0XX
PROLINE 4 INTERFACE
MK VI-VIII EGPWS Category 6, ID 5 or 6
#1 - IOC (ICC-4000)
J2
P1
P
* ICC-851A pins 13 & 14
P
RANGE INPUT (A) 37
3*
RANGE INPUT (B) 36
4*
LA-GP-5 bus (Label 271)
#2 - IOC (ICC-4000)
P1
P
* ICC-851A pins 13 & 14
P
RANGE INPUT (A) 41
3*
RANGE INPUT (B) 40
4*
RA-GP-5 bus (Label 271)
+28 VDC
TERR
J1
MOM TERR SELECT #1 32
70!*
* In the OEM installations a single weather radar 453
bus enters the left MFD, passes through, and is
terminated (70 ohm) at the right MFD. For EGPWS
installations break the 453 radar bus between the
MFDs, install switching relays, and wire one relay to
each MFD. The right MFD connection is moved to
remove the 70 ohm termination at that MFD. To allow
proper radar termination when EGPWS is passing
through the relays, the radar picture bus has a 70 ohm
resistor (added externally).
P1
P
P
#1 - MFD
8D H - ARINC 453
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 58
11D L - (unterminated)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 59
10D L - (70 ohm terminated)
+28 VDC
TERR RLY SELECT #1 54
#1 - WXR
P1
P
+28 VDC
4
H
ARINC 453 OUT
29 L
TERR
MOM TERR SELECT #2 31
#2 - MFD
P1
P
P
8D H - ARINC 453
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 56
11D L - (unterminated)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 57
10D L - (70 ohm terminated)
TERR RLY SELECT #2 49
+28 VDC
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 84
DC-810
J1
CAGE CODE: 97896
J1A
1
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
+28V
GND
PN 7003400-802
Radar Serial Data
WX/TERR
PICTURE BUS IN
3
5
J2A
22
23
1
2
J1B
78
Controller Serial Data 77
LEFT SYMBOL
GENERATOR
SG-802
GND
WX pushbutton 23
34
Controller Serial Data 35
LEFT DISPLAY
CONTROLLER
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
L-EFIS +28 VDC
TERR
L-EFIS +28 VDC
L
H
L
H
RT RELAY
SELECT
RT DISP
SELECT
DISPLAY
BUS #2
Radar R/T
WU-650
(HPN 7008470-XXX)
Right EFIS
Control Bus
e
f
q
Picture Bus Shield
m Left EFIS
n Control Bus
k
s
Right Picture
Bus
J1
RT SCI
RANGE
CAT 6: ID 243
36 LT SCI
37 RANGE
J2
54
LT RELAY
SELECT
32 SELECT
LT DISP
51 POP UP
TERRAIN
58 DISPLAY
59 BUS #1
(HPN 965-12XX-020)
MK VIII EGPWS
g Left Picture
h Bus
J1
L
H
L
H
J1
L
H
L
H
10
11
J2
49
31
56
57
J1
SG-802/803
CAT. 6: ID 243
L
H
L
H
R-EFIS +28 VDC
TERR
R-EFIS +28 VDC
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
3 +28V
5 GND
PN 7003400-802
J2A
22
Radar Serial Data
23
1 WX/TERR
2 PICTURE BUS IN
J1B
78
77 Controller Serial Data
J1A
SG-802
RIGHT SYMBOL
GENERATOR
1 GND
23 WX pushbutton
34
35 Controller Serial Data
J1
DC-810
RIGHT DISPLAY
CONTROLLER
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 85
J1
CAGE CODE: 97896
J1A
1
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
+28V
GND
PN 7013788-806
Radar Serial Data
WX/TERR
PICTURE BUS IN
1
8
J2A
32
33
30
31
J2B
67
Controller Serial Data 68
LEFT SYMBOL
GENERATOR
SG-806
GND
WX pushbutton 23
34
Controller Serial Data 35
LEFT DISPLAY
CONTROLLER
DC-811
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
L-EFIS +28 VDC
TERR
L-EFIS +28 VDC
L
H
L
H
TERRAIN
58 DISPLAY
59 BUS #1
LT DISP
Right EFIS
Control Bus
e
f
q
Picture Bus Shield
m Left EFIS
n Control Bus
k
s
31
56
57
J1
L
H
L
H
10
11
J2
49
J1
Right Picture
Bus
g Left Picture
h Bus
Radar R/T
RT SCI
RANGE
RT RELAY
SELECT
RT DISP
SELECT
WU-650
(HPN 7008470-XXX)
36 LT SCI
37 RANGE
J2
54
LT RELAY
SELECT
32 SELECT
DISPLAY
BUS #2
(HPN 965-12XX-020)
MK VIII EGPWS
51 POP UP
J1
L
H
L
H
J1
SG-806
CAT 6: ID 244
L
H
L
H
R-EFIS +28 VDC
TERR
R-EFIS +28 VDC
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
RIGHT DISPLAY
CONTROLLER
1 +28V
8 GND
PN 7013788-806
J2A
32
Radar Serial Data
33
30 WX/TERR
31 PICTURE BUS IN
J1B
67
68 Controller Serial Data
J1A
SG-806
RIGHT SYMBOL
GENERATOR
1 GND
23 WX pushbutton
34
35 Controller Serial Data
J1
DC-811
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 86
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
B 57
A 56
B 59
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
Terrain INOP (out) 55
NC
J1
A 58
B 42
A 43
B 40
A 41
Lamp Test
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
REV:
Note:
For interface and operation of the Universal MFD-640
see Universal Avionics Multi-Function Disaply Installation Manual
34-20-02
Alternate Action
TERR
INHIB
TERR
INOP
B 36
Video in *
Display Control In *
Range out *
MFD-640
6402-1XXX1-0X
Universal MFD-640
* configurable by MFD-640
67
80 B
68 70 ohm termination
81 A
95 B
96
94 A
106
115 B
A 37
P1
105 A
J2
Terrain Inhibit (in) 12
KCPB Video #2 Out
KCPB Video #1 Out
ARINC 429 Control Out
ARINC 429 Range #2 In
ARINC 429 Range #1 In
EGPWS
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
SHEET 87
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.9 Category 7 – Options Select Group #1
Category 7 enables/disables the following Options: Steep Approach, TA&D Alternate Pop Up, Peaks Mode,
Obstacle Awareness, Bank Angle, Flap Reversal, and GPS Altitude Reference.
Appendix E Table 5.3.7 defines the Options Select group and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS version in
which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
3.9.1 Steep Appr oach
This feature desensitizes the Mode 1 (Excessive Descent Rate) alert boundaries to permit safe but steeper than
normal instrument precision approaches (e.g. MLS or GPS approaches) without unwanted Mode 1 alerts.
Category 7 enables Steep Approach mode, Category 13 Steep Approach discrete (J2-31) cockpit switch,
activates/deactivates the Steep Approach function during flight.
3.9.2 TA&D Alter nate Pop-up
The Display Configuration Group Type (Category 6) defines default and alternate definitions for EGPWS alert
“Pop-up” behavior, when no terrain displays are active or when a combination of terrain and non-terrain displays
are active. (Some Display Configuration Group Types do not support an Alternate Pop-up definition.) See
Appendix E 5.3.6.1-X for definitions.
Category 7 enables/disables TA&D Alternate Pop Up.
3.9.3 Peaks Mod e
Peaks mode is an alternate means of displaying terrain data. The standard terrain display mode displays terrain
relative to the aircraft altitude that is within the aircraft envelope (the terrain is above or not more than 2000 feet
below the aircraft). The standard terrain display mode is typically blank during the cruise portion of a flight.
Peaks mode provides increased situational awareness by providing the same information as the standard
terrain display mode as well as displaying terrain outside of the aircraft envelope and the highest and lowest
elevations of terrain displayed. Peaks mode displays terrain based on the absolute terrain elevations.
Note: TAD and TCF must be enabled if Peaks mode is enabled. The Display Configuration Group (Category 6)
defines Peaks Mode availability by defining the effects of enabling and disabling the Peaks Mode enable. See
Appendix E 5.3.6.1-X for definitions.
Category 7 enables/disables Peaks Mode.
3.9.4 Obstacle A wareness
The Obstacle Awareness feature adds a database of (man-made) obstacles that are at least 100 feet taller than
the surrounding terrain and continuously computes obstacle clearance envelopes ahead of the aircraft, issuing
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 88
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
alerts if the boundaries of these envelopes conflict with obstacle elevation data in the obstacle database (similar
to the Terrain Awareness function). Obstacle data is currently available for North America and parts of the
Caribbean and Europe. Not all obstacles will be contained in the database.
Category 7 enables Obstacle Awareness if TA&D is not disabled in Category 6.
Note: TAD & TCF must be enabled if Obstacle Awareness is enabled.
3.9.5 Bank Angle Callout Enabling
The Bank Angle feature provides protection for over banking during maneuvering on approach or climb-out and
while at altitude. In addition, it protects against wing or engine strikes close to the runway. For airplanes fitted
with an autopilot, additional protection is provided if the autopilot is engaged by advancing the roll angle limit to
33 degrees. The additional ‘autopilot engaged’ protection applies to all software versions for GA FAST and GA
SLOW aircraft types, whereas it is available in software version –008 or later for Bizjet aircraft types. The Bank
Angle callout can be enabled or disabled as appropriate for this installation.
3.9.6 Flap Revers al
The Landing Flap discrete input is defined in Category 13. The Category 7 control is used to reverse the
defined logic to match aircraft wiring, if necessary.
+28 VDC Landing Flap discrete (J1-37) active position:
Flap Reversal
Flap Discrete (Category 13)
Landing Flap discrete = +28V
Landing Flap Discrete = Open (or GND)
False
True
Flaps Up
Flaps Down
Flaps Down
Flaps Up
Ground seeking Landing Flap discrete (J1-18) active position:
Flap Reversal
Flap Discrete (Category 13)
Landing Flap discrete = GND
Landing Flap Discrete = Open (or +28V)
False
True
Flaps Up
Flaps Down
Flaps Down
Flaps Up
3.9.7 GPS Altitud e Reference
The GPS Altitude (ARINC 429 label 076, Category 3) may be referenced to mean sea level (MSL) or WGS-84.
Determine which reference the GPS position uses and set the GPS Altitude Reference accordingly in this
Category.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 89
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.9.8 Instruction s
Review the sections above for information on Steep Approach, TA&D Pop Up, Peaks Mode,
Obstacle Awareness, Bank Angle, Flap Reversal, and GPS Altitude Reference.
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2 and 5.3.7 as described above, select the preferred Category 7
(Options Select Group #1) ID that matches the aircraft configuration, features preferences and
version (part number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Options Select Group #1 from Appendix E Table 5.3.7 under the
Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 7 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 90
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.10 Category 8 – Radio Altitude Input Select
Category 8 defines the Radio Altitude and Decision Height interface.
3.10.1 Radio Altitu de Input
Appendix E Table 5.3.8 defines the Radio Altitude Types and identifies the first MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS version
in which the option was available (see Effectivity entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.8-x, where x is the Radio Altitude Type number, define the format and electrical
interfaces required to support each Radio Altitude Type.
3.10.2 Decision H eight Discrete Input
The Decision Height discrete (J1-33, Category 8) indicates to the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWC whether the aircraft is
above or below the selected Decision Height.
This discrete is typically connected to the Decision Height output on the Radio Altimeter indicator. If the
‘Minimums-Minimums’ callout is not wanted the Decision Height discrete should be left open.
3.10.3 Digital Rad io Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 2)
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII J2
ARINC 429
Radio Altitude
Radio Altimeter R/T
A
21
A
B
4
B
J1
ARINC 429
Radio Altimeter Indicator
DH wiper
DH Discrete (Gnd)
33
DH out
Digital-RA.vsd
Vendor Model
R/T
Collins RAC-870
Ind. DH
Indicator
SCALE
wiper/out
A
B
ALI-55
ARINC 429
P1-R/V
P1-2
P1-3
MP-B2
MP-B3
P1-M/A
P4051-B
P4051-C
Honeywell ALA-52A/B
Honeywell KRA-405B
NOTE:
R/T
ARINC 429
KNI-415/416
ARINC 429
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 91
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.10.4 Analog Rad io Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 0,1,3,4)
J1
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
Analog Radio Altitude
Radio Altimeter R/T
+ ARINC 552, ALT 55,
- RT-200/300
(+) 64
(-) 45
Valid
Radio Altitude Valid +28V 29
Radio Altimeter Indicator
DH wiper
DH Discrete (Gnd)
33
DH out
Analog-RA.vsd
Vendor Model
R/T
Collins ALT 55
Honeywell HG7502(BC)
Cat.
Ind. DH
R/T
Indicator
ID
wiper/out
+
-
Valid
ALI-55
1
P1-R/V
P1-57
P1-59
P1-49
JG1072( )
0
P1-e
P4-47
P4-46
P4-27
Honeywell RT-221/300
(1)
RA-315
0
P1-F
P1-X
P1-N
P1-Y
Honeywell RT-220/300
(2)
RA-215
3
P1-F
P1-N
P1-W
P1-Y
Honeywell KRA-405
KNI-415/416
4
P1-M/A
P1-B
P1-g
P1-L
Honeywell KRA-405B
KNI-415/416
4
P1-M/A
P1-i
P1-k
P1-j
Honeywell ALA-51A
INA-51( )
0
P2-e
P1B-47
P1B-46
P1B-27
Collins 860F-1
339H-1/-2
0
P1-e
P1B-47
P1B-46
P1B-27
NOTE:
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
NOTE 1:
The following RT-300 part numbers meet ARINC 552 for the Auxiliary Output: 7001840 -902, -906, -912, 916, -917, -918, -922, -926, -928, -932, -936, -937, and -938. RT-221’s are also compatible, consult your
Honeywell representative.
NOTE 2:
This is the Precision Output from the R/T. Note the + and – signals are swapped to convert the –
4mV to +4mV. RT-300 (-901, -903, -905) should use the Precision Output, same as RT-220.
3.10.5 Digital – AR INC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 8 ID 251- 255)
Radio Altitude Type 251 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having labels
164 and 170. Radio Altitude Type 252 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal
having labels 164 and 370. Radio Altitude Type 253 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC
429 signal having label 164 and a analog discrete DH input. Radio Altitude Type 254 (IOC bus or equivalent) is
a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having labels 164, 170 and 370. Radio Altitude Type 255 (IOC bus
or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having labels 164 and 370. For interface
description see paragraph 3.4.5 Air Data Type 255.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 92
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.10.6 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.8 and 5.3.8-x as described above, select the Radio Altitude
Input Type that matches the aircraft configuration, features preferences and version (part
number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Radio Altitude Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.8 under the Ident
No. heading for Step (Category) 8 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Using the Radio Altitude Type number from Appendix E Table 5.3.8 as x, go to Appendix E Table
5.3.8-x.
The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for Radio Altitude Type are shown in Appendix E Table 5.3.8-x
and are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 93
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.11 Category 9 – Navigation Inputs Select
Category 9 selects the Glideslope and Localizer Deviation interfaces and Glideslope Validity and ILS Tuned
discretes.
Appendix E Table 5.3.9 defines the Category 9 Navigation Inputs Select options (called Navigation Inputs Select
Types) and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity
entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.9-x, where x is the Navigation Inputs Select Type number, define the format and
electrical interfaces required to support each Navigation Input Select Type.
3.11.1 Navigation Inputs Select (Glideslope & Localizer Inputs)
Glideslope Deviation is basic (required) and is available in analog and digital formats. Localizer Deviation is an
enhancement (not required).
Note:
Numerous (but not all) Envelope Modulation cases require a localizer input. Therefore a NAV ID
that supplies both Glideslope and Localizer should be selected in this category if possible.
However, due to hardware limitations, use of localizer for installations that can only provide low
level validity is not supported. In these cases only ID #1 can be selected. Envelope Modulation
will still function for these glideslope only installations, but not for those envelope modulation
areas that require a localizer crosscheck.
3.11.2 Glideslope Validity
Glideslope Validity (+28V Super Flag) is required for Navigation Inputs Select 0 or 5 at pin J1-11.
Glideslope Validity (Low Level) is required for Navigation Inputs Select 1 at pins J1-30 (+) and J1-10 (-).
Digital 429 Glideslope interfaces do not require Glideslope Validity input.
3.11.3 Localizer V alidity
Localizer Validity (+28V Super Flag) is required for Navigation Inputs Select 5 at pin J1-48.
Digital 429 Localizer interfaces do not require Localizer Validity input.
3.11.4 ILS Tuned D iscrete Input #1 (+28V) and #2 (GND)
The ILS Tuned Discretes (+28V and GND) indicate that an Instrument Landing System frequency has been
selected on the Captain’s (or selected) ILS (only one is required). These discretes are used with the analog
Glideslope inputs. When an ILS is tuned, the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS checks the Glideslope Validity discretes
and monitors the Glideslope inputs.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 94
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.11.5 Analog Glid eslope Interface (Cat. 9 ID 0,1,5)
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
J1
ILS Receiver
+ 65
- 46
GS Deviation
+Up
+Dn
GS Valid +28 11
+
30
-
10
+28
39
Low Level
GS Valid
ILS
Tuned
Super Flag +28V
+ GS Flag
- (Low Level)
Delayed ILS Mode
ILS Energize
GND 20
LOC Deviation
GS Deviation
+
30
+L
-
10
+R
LOC Valid +28 48
LOC Deviation
LOC Val +28V
GS Inhibit (BC) +28 38
Backcourse
GS Inhibit (BC) GND 19
Backcourse
Analog-ILS-1.vsd
Vendor Model
Honeywell
KNR 6030
Honeywell
KNR 660
Honeywell
KNR 634 1
Honeywell
KGM-691
Honeywell
KNR 600A
Collins
51RV-1, 51RV-4( )
Collins
VIR-30, -31, -32
Honeywell
VNS 41A
Honeywell
RNA-34A
Honeywell
KN 53
Honeywell
KN 72
Honeywell
RNZ 850
Honeywell
KX-155/165
NOTE:
GS Valid
Cat. 9 SuperFlag
Low Level
ID
+28V
Flag
J1003-21
5
J1003-27
J1003-22
P1-e
1
P1-q
P6342-34
5
P6342-50
P6342-18
P692-S
0
P692-W
P692-T
P601-e
1
P601-q
TP-21
2
5
TP-27
TP-22
P1-9
5
P1-17
P1-13
5
P1001-60
5
TP-27
ILS Tuned
J1002-50
J1002-18
P1-A74
1
P1-B60
P1-B106
P901-U
P901-R
GND
P1-k
P6342-49
P6341-17
P692-a
P601-A
P601-k
BP-50
BP-18
P2-18
P2-40
P1001-101
J1001-56
BP-50
BP-18
P2-13
P2-R
1
5
TP-21
LOC Valid
SuperFlag
+28V
P2-12
P1-B91
P1-B64
P401-14
P401-8
Deviation
GS +up
LOC +R
+dn
+L
J1003-8
J1002-39
J1003-9
J1002-40
P1-T
P1-V
P6342-36 P6342-23
P6342-35 P6342-7
P692-B
P692-C
P601-r
P601-m
P601-s
P601-n
TP-8
BP-39
TP-9
BP-40
P1-5
P2-10
P1-1
P2-13
J1001-90
J1001-38
J1001-23
J1001-92
TP-8
BP-39
TP-9
BP-40
P2-P
P2-14
P1-2
P1-10
P1-B79
P1-B78
P1-B75
P1-B75
P901-S
P901-s (KX-165)
P901-T
P901-k (only
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. ePlease
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
1
066-1078-00, -01, -04, -05, -10, -11, -14 and –15 only.
2
51RV-4( ) only.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 95
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.11.6 Digital Glid eslope / Localizer / ILS Select Interface (Cat. 9 ID 2,3,4)
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII J2
ARINC 429 ILS
ILS 429 Bus
A ARINC 429
B Low Speed
A 22
B
5
Digital-ILS.vsd
Vendor Model
Cat 9
ID
ARINC 429 Bus 1
A
B
Honeywell KNR 634A
2,3
Chelton VNS 411A
2,3
P1-C
P1-D
Chelton VNS 411B
2,3
P1001-62
P1001-103
Honeywell RNA-34A
2,3
P1024-24
Honeywell KN 40A(B)
4
Collins VIR-432
Garmin GNS-430
NOTE:
P6342-41
P6342-42
ARINC 429 Bus 2
A
B
P6342-44
P6342-45
P1024-28
P1024-21
P1024-25
P401(403)-41
P401(403)-42
P401(403)-44
P401(403)-45
2,3
P1-35
P1-36
P1-22
P1-23
2,3
P4006-24
P4006-23
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
3.11.7 Digital – AR INC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 9 ID 250 - 255)
Navigation Input Select Type 250 - 255 (IOC bus or equivalent) are dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 buses
having the following labels:
250
100, 163, 173, and 174
253
173 and 174
251
100, 173, and 174
254
163, 173, and 174
252
173 and 174 *
255
117 and 116
For interface description see paragraph 3.4.5 Air Data Type 255. Note * ID 252 uses a special interface to input
channels 2 and 5.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 96
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.11.8 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.9 and 5.3.9-x as described above, select the Navigation Input
Select Type that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences, and version (part number)
being installed.
Record the ID number for the Navigation Inputs Select Type from Appendix E Table 5.3.9 under the
Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 9 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Using the Navigation Inputs Select number from Appendix E Table 5.3.9 as “x”, go to Appendix E
Table 5.3.9-x.
The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Navigation Inputs Select Type are shown in Appendix E
Table 5.3.9-x) and are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 97
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.12 Category 1 0 – Attitude Input Select
Category 10 defines the Roll Angle interface.
Appendix E Table 5.3.10 defines the Attitude Input Select type and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS version
in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.10-x, where x is the Attitude Input Select Type number, define the format and electrical
interfaces required to support each Attitude Input Select Type.
3.12.1 Roll Angle
Roll Angle is used for Bank Angle callout and Terrain Awareness display. Each leg of the Roll Synchro is
required. The sign is used to determine left/right wing down. This input improves the TAD look ahead algorithm.
3.12.2 Analog Pitc h & Roll Angle (Synchro) (Cat. 10 ID 0,2,4)
EGPWS MK
VI / MK VIII
Roll Synchro
Pitch Synchro
J1
Vertical Gyro
X
1
X
Y
Z
21
2
Y Roll Angle
X
5
X
Y
Z
7
6
Y Pitch Angle
Z
Z
+28 = Valid
Attitude Validity 68
Analog-VG.vsd
Vendor Model
Vertical Gyro
Valid +28
X
Aeronetics RVG 801
P1-U
P1-A
P1-B
P1-C
P1-D
P1-E
P1-F
Collins AHC-85( )
P1-13
P2-50
P2-51
P2-52
P2-42
P2-43
P2-44
Collins 332D-11
P1-N
P1-A
P1-B
P1-C
P1-D
P1-E
P1-F
Honeywell HG1075
J1B-G3
J1B-C9
J1B-C10
J1B-C11
J1B-D9
J1B-D10
J1B-D11
Honeywell HG1095
J1B-G3
J1B-C9
J1B-C10
J1B-C11
J1B-D9
J1B-D10
J1B-D11
P1-U
P1-A
P1-B
P1-C
P1-D
P1-E
P1-F
King KVG-350
GG/FF
X
Y
Z
P
Q
R
Litef LTR-81
MP-A11
MP-B1
MP-B2
MP-B3
MP-B4
MP-B5
MP-B6
Litef LCR-92 & 93
Note 2
J3-11
J3-40
J3-26
J3-16
J3-39
J3-25
Sperry VG-14A
GG/FF
X
Y
Z
P
Q
R
Sperry VG-311
P1-45
P1-5
P1-4
P1-6
P1-7
P1-8
P1-9
JET VG-208
Note 1:
Note 2:
Attitude
Pitch Synchro (Note 1)
Y
Z
X
Roll Synchro (Note 1)
Y
Z
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
See LCR installation manual.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 98
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.12.3 Digital Pitc h & Roll Angle (ARINC 429 High Speed) (Cat. 10 ID 5 & 6)
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII J2
ARINC 429 AHRS
AHRS 429 Bus
A ARINC 429
B High Speed
A 23
B
6
Digital-AHRS.vsd
Vendor Model
Cat 10
ID
Collins AHC-85(D/E only)
ARINC 429 Bus 1
A
B
ARINC 429 Bus 2
A
B
6*
P1-16
P1-14
P1-24
P1-22
Litef LTR-81 AHRS
6*
MP-G7
MP-G8
MP-E5
MP-E6
Litef LCR-92/LCR-93 AHRS
6*
J4-08
J4-29
J4-49
J4-07
Honeywell HG1075/1095 IRU
6*
J1B-G7
J1B-G8
J1B-E5
J1B-E6
NOTE:
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
*
ID 6 is preferred with Category 2 Air Data with ARINC 429 Barometric Altitude Rate (label 212), otherwise ID 5. ID 6 cannot be
used with analog Air Data interfaces.
3.12.4 Digital – AR INC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 10 ID 253 & 255)
Attitude Input Select Type 253 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having
labels 324, 325, 326, 327, 365 and 361. Attitude Input Select Type 255 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high
speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having labels 324, 325, 333 and 331. For interface description see paragraph
3.4.5 Air Data Type 255.
3.12.5 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.10 and 5.3.10-x as described above, select the Attitude Input
Select type that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences, and version (part number)
being installed.
Record the ID number for the Attitude Input Select from Appendix E Table 5.3.10 under the Ident
No. heading for Step (Category) 10 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Using the Attitude Input Select ID number from Appendix E Table 5.3.10 as “x”, go to Appendix E
Table 5.3.10-x.
The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Attitude Input Select Type are shown in Appendix E
Table 5.3.10-x and are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 99
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.13 Category 1 1 – Heading Input Select
Category 11 defines the Magnetic Heading interface.
Appendix E Table 5.3.11 defines the Heading Input Select types and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
Appendix E Tables 5.3.11-x, where x is the Heading Input Select number, define the format and electrical
interfaces required to support each Heading Input Select Type.
3.13.1 Magnetic H eading
Magnetic Heading is used for Terrain Awareness alert and display.
3.13.2 Analog Hea ding (Synchro) (Cat. 11 ID 0)
EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII
J1
X
Heading Synchro
26 VAC Reference
Directional Gyro
X
22
Y 23
Z 3
Y Heading
Z
H
H
4
24
C
C
Mag Hdg Validity 28
Heading Ref
+28V = Valid
Analog-HDG.vsd
Vendor Model
Heading
Directional Gyro
Valid
Heading Reference
H
C
Heading Synchro (Note 1)
X
Y
Z
Aeronetics Model 9100
P1-28
P1-6
P1-7
P1-8
P1-9
P1-10
Collins 332E-4
P1-F
P1-D
P1-E
P1-A
P1-B
P1-C
Collins AHC-85( )
P1-9
P2-57
P2-58
P2-34
P2-35
P2-36
Collins DGS-65
P1-50
P1-6
P1-3
P1-25
P1-40
P1-24
Honeywell HG1075/1095
J1B-G2
P1-V
J1B-F13
P1-P 1
P1-C 2
J1B-G13
P1-D 1
P1-F 2
J1B-E10
P1-Z 1
P1-T 2
J1B-E11
P1-W 1
P1-P 2
J1B-E12
P1-T 1
P1-K 2
Honeywell KI-525 (KG-102)
J2-P
J2-R
J2-U
J2-S
J2-V
J2-T
JET DN-104
P2-31
P2-9
P2-10
P2-1
P2-2
P2-3
Honeywell KSG 105
3
Litef LTR-81
MP-E15
MP-B12
MP-B13
MP-B9
MP-B10
MP-B11
Litef LCR-92/LCR-93
Note 2
J3-05
J3-20
J3-13
J3-42
J3-28
Sperry C-14A3
P1-e
P1-H 1
P1-J 1
P1-L 1
P1-M 1
P1-K 1
Sperry C-14D3
P1-DD
P1-X
P1-Y
P1-AA
P1-BB
P1-Z
Sperry DG-234
P2-F
P1-L
P1-K
P1-J
Sperry DG-207
J1-B
P1-L
P1-K
P1-J
Note 1:
Note 2:
J1-C(115VAC)
J1-M
The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
See LCR installation manual.
1 #1 Heading Output
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 100
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Note 3:
2 #2 Heading Output
3 Do not use #2 output, reserved for autopilot only.
The KI-525 must have the proper mod for HEADING TRANSMITTER output. The Heading valid output at J2-P needs to be
converted from ground active output to +28V active output using a external relay for use with EGPWS.
3.13.3 Digital – AR INC 429 AHRS Input (Cat. 11 ID 2 & 3)
Heading Input Select Type 2 (AHRS bus or equivalent) is a high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having label
320. Heading Input Select Type 3 (AHRS bus or equivalent) is a high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having
labels 320 and 314. For interface description see paragraph 3.12.3 Attitude Input Type 5.
3.13.4 Digital – AR INC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 11 ID 254 & 255)
Heading Input Select Type 254 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having
label 314. Heading Input Select Type 255 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal
having label 320. For interface description see paragraph 3.4.5 Air Data Type 255.
3.13.5 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.11 and 5.3.11-x as described above, select Heading Input Select
type that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences, and version (part number) being
installed.
Record the ID number for the Heading Input Select from Appendix E Table 5.3.11 under the Ident
No. heading for Step (Category) 11 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Using the Heading Input Select number from Appendix E Table 5.3.11 as “x”, go to Appendix E
Table 5.3.11-x.
The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Heading Input Select Type are shown in Appendix E
Table 5.3.11-x and are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 101
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.14 Category 1 2 – Windshear Input Select
Category 12 defines the Windshear interface.
Appendix E Table 5.3.12 defines the Windshear Input Select options and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
3.14.1 No Windsh ear
Select ID 0 (No Windshear) for all aircraft configurations without Windshear. Windshear options will be added as
new installations types are propagated.
3.14.2 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 14 ID 253,254,255)
Windshear Input Select Types 253, 254 and 255 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC
429 signal having labels 224, 225 and 236. For interface description see paragraph 3.4.5 Air Data Type 255.
NOTE: Windshear is currently available only for Bombardier Challenger 300 airplanes with MK VIII EGPWS
installations.
3.14.3 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Table 5.2 and 5.3.12 as described above, select the Windshear Input Select type
that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences and version (part number) being
installed.
Record the ID number for the Windshear Input Select from Appendix E Table 5.3.12 under the
Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 12 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 102
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.15 Category 1 3 – Input / Output Discrete Type Select
Category 13 defines the input and output discretes not defined as part of any of the other Categories.
Appendix E Table 5.3.13 defines the Input/Output discretes options and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
3.15.1 Input Discr etes
The discrete inputs are defined in Appendix E Section 6.6 Additional information for the discretes is provided
below.
Note: When there are two discrete pin choices for the same pin function in Appendix E Table 5.3.13-x, use only
the one that matches the aircraft wiring either +28V or Ground.
3.15.1.1 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
The Glideslope Inhibit discrete is used for Backcourse Inhibit of Mode 5 Glideslope. Either the +28V (J1-38)
discrete or the ground (J1-19) discrete may be used. If Backcourse is not available these discretes may be left
open.
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Glideslope Inhibit +28
Inhibit = +28V
Not Inhibit = Gnd/Open
J1-38
Glideslope Inhibit Gnd
Inhibit = Gnd
Not Inhibit = +28V /Open
J1-19
3.15.1.2 Landing Fla ps Discrete
Landing Flap discrete is supplied by a Flap or Flap handle switch. The active position (+28V or GND) indicates
“Not Landing Flaps” (or Flaps Up) and should be connected to a contact that will indicate Flaps Up until the
Flaps are lowered to landing position prior to landing. The Landing Flap discrete active position can be reversed
by the ‘Flap Reversal Option’ of Appendix E Table 5.3.7 as shown in the following tables. Flap Override for MK
VIII EGPWS can be done by a guarded (or illuminated) cockpit switch that simulates the Flap Down condition.
+28 VDC Landing Flap discrete active position:
Flap Reversal (Category 7)
False
True
Flap Discrete (J1-37)
Landing Flap discrete = +28V
Flaps Up
Flaps Down
Flaps Down
Flaps
Flap Override = OVRD
+28V
+28V
Flap Override = NORM
Open
Open
Landing Flap Discrete = Open (or GND)
Cat. 13 ID 254/255 only *
* Category 13 ID 254/255 must use this method for Flap Override.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 103
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Ground seeking Landing Flap discrete active position:
Flap Reversal (Category 7)
False
True
Flap Discrete (J1-18)
Landing Flap discrete = GND
Flaps Up
Flaps Down
Flaps Down
Flaps
Flap Override = OVRD
GND
GND
Flap Override = NORM
Open
Open
Landing Flap Discrete = Open (or +28V)
Cat. 13 ID 254/255 only *
* Category 13 ID 254/255 must use this method for Flap Override.
3.15.1.3 Audio Inhib it Discrete
The Audio Inhibit discrete is an optional input but is strongly recommended to maintain audio and visual
prioritization. When activated, this discrete inhibits all audio (Ground Proximity and Terrain Awareness).
Activation of the Audio Inhibit input for more than 60 seconds will result in the “All Modes Inhibit” fault.
The Audio Inhibit discrete input can be connected to any or all of the following (as applicable to the aircraft
configuration):
-
the Stall Warning computers (this is required for CAA-registered aircraft)
the Predictive Windshear (PWS) Audio Inhibit output discrete
a separately labeled guarded cockpit switch
the reactive Windshear system if separate from the EGPWS.
For some existing GPWS installations, this discrete may have been tied to the analog Radio Altimeter ReceiverTransmitter Self-Test output. This connection is no longer required but may be left intact for retrofit installations.
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Audio Inhibit +28
Inhibit = +28V
Not Inhibit = Gnd/Open
J1-36
Audio Inhibit Gnd
Inhibit = Gnd
Not Inhibit = +28V /Open
J1-17
3.15.1.4 Landing Ge ar Discrete
Landing Gear discrete is supplied by the Gear (or Gear handle) switch. The active position (+28V or GND)
indicates “Gear Down” and should be connected to a contact that will indicate Gear Down when the Gear are
lowered prior to 500 feet Radio altitude.
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Landing Gear +28
Down = +28V
Not Down = Gnd/Open
J1-35
Landing Gear Gnd
Down = Gnd
Not Down = +28V /Open
J1-16
For Fixed Gear aircraft the Audio Menu in Category 5 should be ID 2 or 3 and one of the following Gear Discrete
arrangements should be used to simulate Gear Down to the EGPWS.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 104
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
FIXED LANDING GEAR/FLOAT AIRCRAFT
ALTERNATE AIR SWITCH ARRANGEMENT
(Example Shown: Twin Otter)
Not LANDING
P1 J1
FULL LANDING FLAP
POSITION (16°-18°)
18
MK VI EGPWS
COMPUTER
Landing Flap Discrete (Gnd)
LANDING
FLAPS UP
APPROACH FLAP
POSITION (5°-7°)
APPROACH
FLAPS
EGPWS
35 Landing Gear Discrete
(+28)
40
60 Power Input: +28VDC
AIRCRAFT +28VDC
3 AMP
KRA 405B
Adjustable Trip
W*
* KRA 405B Adjustable
Trip pins W,V, & F.
16 Landing Gear Discrete
On Ground = DC Gnd
The Honeywell KRA 405B provides 3 programmable Adjustable Trip outputs that can be used to supply a
ground to the Landing Gear input discrete when the aircraft is less than 5 to 20 feet Radio Altitude. See the
Honeywell KRA 405B Installation Manual (006-10536-0003) for details of the Adjustable Trip output. Use of
Adjustable Trip outputs of the KRA 405B requires CM2000 Configuration Module along with KPA900
Configuration Module Programmer, PC and software. The Collins ALT-55 (622-2855-001 only) also provides 4
shop adjustable Trip outputs, pins 41,43,46, and 48, contact Collins Avionics for details.
FIXED LANDING GEAR/FLOAT AIRCRAFT
ALTERNATE AIR SWITCH ARRANGEMENT
(Example Shown: Twin Otter)
Not LANDING
P1
FULL LANDING FLAP
POSITION (16°-18°)
APPROACH FLAP
POSITION (5°-7°)
FLAPS UP
APPROACH
FLAPS
EGPWS
35 Landing Gear Discrete
(+28)
40 Power Input: +28VDC
60
AIRCRAFT +28VDC
3 AMP
NC
16 Landing Gear Discrete
On Ground = DC Gnd
NO
DIODE
+28VDC
AIR STREAM
~40
~ KNOTS
MK VI EGPWS
COMPUTER
18 Landing Flap Discrete
(Gnd)
LANDING
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
EXISTING ON AIRCRAFT
HOUR METER
J1
NO
AIR SWITCH
RELAY
AIR SWITCH
(SHOWN AS A/C ON GROUND)
Some aircraft (ex: Twin Otter) have an air switch (flapper on the wing) that can be used to provide a Landing
Gear discrete ground when the aircraft is less than approximately 40 knots airspeed (approach airspeed varies
by aircraft). Contact Honeywell EGPWS engineering for assistance in adapting this discrete input design to your
aircraft.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 105
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.15.1.5 Glideslope Cancel Discrete
The Glideslope Cancel discrete provides the crew with the capability to manually cancel Mode 5 alerts during an
approach. The Glideslope Cancel latch is automatically reset when the aircraft descends below 30 feet or
ascends above 2000 feet or by selecting a non-ILS frequency.
This discrete is typically supplied by a momentary action cockpit Glideslope mode manual inhibit switch,
typically part of the Glideslope Lamp assembly (Below GS).
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Glideslope Cancel
Cancel = Gnd
Normal = Open
J1-15
3.15.1.6 Momentary Flap Override Discrete
The Momentary Flap Override discrete provides the crew with the capability to manually desensitize mode 4 of
the EGPWS when the pilot must land with flaps up or partial flaps. For Category 1 GA Fast and GA Slow aircraft
only, the Flap Override will also bias mode 1 by –300 fpm during operations at airports located in terrain where
steep or incompatible terrain clearances are involved. Honeywell recommends the installation of the momentary
Flap Override switch. Category 13 ID’s 254 & 255 do not support this function (see 3.15.1.2).
This feature is activated by momentarily pressing a light switch located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot.
When Flap Override is selected and active, the EGPWS will illuminate a ‘GPWS FLAP OVRD’ light (J1-73) (see
3.14.2.8) to remind the pilots that this feature has been activated. After landing, both the function and the light
will automatically reset to the OFF condition. The Flap Override function and light can also be manually
deactivated in flight by again pressing the light switch. Each pressing of the light switch during flight will alternate
the ON/OFF state of this function (minimum of 5 seconds between presses).
The use of the Flap Override switch will be controlled by the Operator’s (Air Carrier/Airline) Operational
Procedures.
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Flap Override
OVRD Toggle = Gnd
Normal = Open
J1-14
3.15.1.7 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
The Mode 6 Low Volume discrete permanently or temporarily modifies the volume of the Mode 6 altitude and
bank angle callouts. This discrete operates independent of the Category 14 options.
The Mode 6 Low Volume discrete is used to reduce the Mode 6 volume by 6dB from the volume level select in
Category 14.
This discrete is typically connected to ground to lower the volume an additional 6dB. In some installations, it is
connected to the windshield wiper control to decrease the Mode 6 Volume level under normal conditions and
automatically increase Mode 6 volume 6dB when the cabin noise increases due to the windshield wipers being
on.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 106
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Mode 6 Low Volume
Low Volume = Gnd
Not Low Volume = Open
J1-13
3.15.1.8 Autopilot E ngaged Discrete
For airplanes fitted with an Autopilot, additional Bank Angle mode protection is provided when the Autopilot is
engaged. If the Autopilot is engaged the Bank Angle roll angle limit advances to 33 degrees from 50 degrees.
This input discrete should be connected to a +28V active (engaged) output discrete from the Autopilot system
that indicates the Autopilot has authority over the controls of the aircraft. For aircraft with Touch Control
Steering, the input should be connected to the clutch engaged output discrete.
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Autopilot Engaged
Engaged = +28V
Not Engaged = Open
J1-8
3.15.1.9 Terrain Aw areness and TCF Inhibit Discrete
The Terrain Awareness and TCF Inhibit discrete inhibits the Terrain Awareness and TCF modes of the MK
VI/VIII EGPWS. This discrete is required for all installations that do not disable TA&D and TCF in
Category 6.
This discrete is typically connected to an “alternate action switch” in the cockpit. The recommended label for
this switch is “Terrain Override” although labeling for this switch should be consistent with existing cockpit
nomenclature.
“Terrain Inhibited” will be annunciated during cockpit Self-Test if these functions are inhibited.
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
TA & TCF Inhibit
Inhibit = Gnd
Not Inhibit = Open
J1-12
3.15.1.10 Self Test D iscrete
The cockpit Self Test discrete is provided to manually initiate test of the EGPWC, EGPWS aircraft interface, and
to enunciate system configuration and status information. This discrete is typically supplied by a momentary
action cockpit ‘push to test’ switch, typically part of the GPWS WARN Lamp assembly.
This discrete must be momentarily connected to ground to activate the Self Test. Activation of this discrete
continuously for more than 60 seconds will result in the ‘Self Test Invalid’ fault which will cause a GPWS INOP
indication.
Discrete
Position / Status
Self Test
Self Test = Gnd
Normal = Open
Connector Pin
J1-34
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 107
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.15.1.11 Steep Appr oach Discrete #2
For some installations a Steep Approach bias can be optionally applied to the Mode 1 curves. If Steep Approach
is enabled (Category 7) and the Steep Approach discrete is selected (Category 13), then fixed positive biases
are added to both the Sinkrate curve (500 fpm), and the Pull Up curve (200 fpm).
Category 7 enables the Steep Approach function for the installation. Steep Approach is activated using the
Steep Approach discrete. Steep Approach discrete #2 is selected in flight when starting a steep approach.
Steep Approach discrete #2 should not be hardwired. On ground self-test is inhibited if Steep Approach is
active.
Momentary action (Category 13, ID’s 6 and 7 only)
Discrete
Position / Status
Steep Approach
Connector Pin
Steep Approach Toggle = Gnd
Normal (no action) = Open
J2-31
Alternate action (Category 13, all ID’s except ID 6 and 7)
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
Steep Approach
Selected = Gnd
Not Selected = Open
J2-31
Momentary action (preferred method) enables a (non-latching) cockpit switch. Reference 3.15.2.9 Steep
Approach Discrete for associated lamp output. The Steep Approach output lamp activates when the switch is
pressed or when Envelope Modulation automatically activates steep approach and deactivates on landing.
3.15.1.12 GPWS INHI BIT Discrete (alternate action)
The GPWS INHIBIT discrete inhibits the GPWS modes of the MK VI/VIII EGPWS (all audio and visual except
for WS, TA & TCF). This discrete is typically connected to an “alternate action switch” in the cockpit. The
recommended label for this switch is “GPWS INHIBIT” although labeling for this switch should be consistent with
existing cockpit nomenclature. Activation of this switch for more than 5 seconds will result in a GPWS INOP
indication.
Discrete
Position / Status
Connector Pin
GPWS INHIBIT
Inhibit = Gnd
Normal = Open
J1-67
3.15.2 Output Disc retes
The discrete outputs are defined in Appendix E Section 7.4. The MK VI/VIII EGPWS supports two kinds of
Ground/Open discrete outputs used to indicate various conditions. Monitor outputs are used to indicate failure
conditions for the EGPW system. Monitor outputs default to an active state when there is a failure or if power is
removed from the EGPWS (no connection if the EGPWC is removed from the rack). The Discrete Out Lamp
driver outputs are used to indicate alert modes (GPWS WARN, BELOW GS, etc.) or mode control status (FLAP
OVRD, Terrain Display Select, etc.) of the EGPWS.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 108
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Short-term current limit protection is provided on all drivers for output shorting conditions. Ground going output
discretes may be connected together to produce a ‘wired OR’ function for the active low state of the outputs. If
output discretes are ‘wire OR’d’ then diodes must be installed for isolation. Output discretes are intended to
operate with +28 VDC lamp sources and will not operate with +5 VDC lamp sources.
3.15.2.1 Lamp Form at
The Lamp Format Type (configuration) is a function of the discrete output pin functions and defines the
operation of the red and amber GPWS cockpit lamps.
For Lamp Format Type 1, the amber “Below G/S” lamp is driven by the GPWS Alert (Glideslope only) discrete
and the red “GPWS” lamp is driven by the remaining alerts and warnings.
For Lamp Format Type 2, the red “GPWS” lamp is driven by the GPWS Warning (Pull Up, Terrain Pull Up, and
Obstacle Pull Up only) discrete and the amber “GPWS” lamp is driven by the remaining alerts and warnings.
Note:
Lamp Format 2 is highly recommended by Honeywell. As of April 2002 the FAA position paper
on Lamp Format is in draft form, the FAA may require that all new installation of EGPWS use
Lamp Format 2.
3.15.2.2 Flashing La mps
The Flashing Lamps option is configurable as a function of the discrete output pin functions and defines the
operation of the red and amber GPWS cockpit lamps. If the Flashing Lamps option is selected, both the red and
amber GPWS cockpit lamps will flash when they are illuminated, if Flashing Lamps is not selected, they will be
illuminated as steady lights.
3.15.2.3 GPWS INOP Discrete
The GPWS INOP discrete (J1-72) indicates GPWS modes are inoperative. This feature activates a ‘GPWS
INOP” lamp located in the cockpit within sight of the pilots.
3.15.2.4 TAD INOP D iscrete
The TAD INOP discrete (J1-55) indicates Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF), Terrain Awareness (TA), and Terrain
Display are ‘Not Available’. This feature activates a ‘TERRAIN NOT AVAILABLE” lamp located in the cockpit
within sight of the pilots.
3.15.2.5 GPWS War ning Discrete
(Lamp Format Type 1 definition)
GPWS Warning discrete (J1-78) will activate during any Mode 1 through Mode 4 alert or warning, Terrain
Awareness caution/warning, or Obstacle Awareness caution/warning. This feature activates a ‘GPWS’ lamp
located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot. Note that Mode 6 does not activate any lamp outputs, only
voices.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 109
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
(Lamp Format Type 2 definition)
GPWS Warning discrete (J1-78) will activate during any Mode 1 or 2 Pull Up warning, Terrain Awareness
warning, or Obstacle Awareness warning. This feature activates a ‘GPWS’ lamp located in the cockpit within
sight of each pilot.
3.15.2.6 GPWS Aler t Discrete
(Lamp Format Type 1 definition)
GPWS Alert discrete (J1-77) will activate during Mode 5 Glideslope cautions only. This feature activates a
‘BELOW GS’ amber lamp located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot.
(Lamp Format Type 2 definition)
GPWS Alert discrete (J1-77) will activate during any Mode 1 Sinkrate, Mode 3 Don’t Sink, Mode 4 Too Low
Gear, Too Low Flaps, Too Low Terrain, Mode 5 Glideslope, Terrain Awareness caution, or Obstacle Awareness
caution. This feature activates a ‘GPWS’ amber lamp located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot.
3.15.2.7 Glideslope Cancel’d Discrete
-Optional- Glideslope Cancel’d discrete (J1-76) will activate when the Glideslope Cancel discrete (momentary)
has been pressed any time below 2000 feet Radio Altitude if the ILS is tuned. This feature activates a ‘G/S
CANCLD” amber lamp located in the cockpit within sight of the pilots.
3.15.2.8 Flap Overri de Discrete
-Optional- Flap Override discrete (J1-73) will activate after either pilot has initiated the manual selection of the
Flap Override (momentary) discrete. This feature activates a ‘GPWS FLAP OVRD” blue lamp located in the
cockpit within sight of the pilots. The lamp serves to remind the flight crew that this function is active.
3.15.2.9 Steep Appro ach Discrete
Steep Approach discrete (J1-52) will activate when the Steep Approach discrete (momentary action) has been
pressed. This feature activates a “STP APR” amber lamp located within sight of the pilots.
3.15.2.10 Audio On D iscrete (TCAS/TAS Inhibit)
-Optional- Audio On discrete (J1-69) will activate during any EGPWS voice annunciation. This output is used to
inhibit other systems (such as TCAS or TAS) from talking during EGPWS annunciation. This feature does not
have a lamp associated with it.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 110
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TCAS/TAS
Connector
Vendor Model
Honeywell CAS-81, TCAS II,
TPA-81A
Collins TTR-920, TCAS II
CAS 66, 67
Function
TA Only
Inhibit Audio
TA Only
Inhibit Audio
Standby
Inhibit Audio
PIN #
RBP-5C
RBP-5D
RBP-5C
RBP-5D
P1A-17
P1A-18
Inhibit Audio
P1-34
P1-32
P1-9
Goodrich*
Skywatch HP (SKY899)
Skywatch (SKY497)
TCAS I (TCAS791/A)
* Interface with the Goodrich Skywatch TAS
requires a +28V pullup resistor in the aircraft
wiring as shown in Figure 3.15-1 below.
EGPWS
J1-34
J1-78
Self-Test Discrete Input
PULLUP
A BRT / DIM / TEST
(7 places)
GPWS Warning Alert Discrete Output
P / TEST
J1-15
J1-77
J1-72
J1-55
J1-12
Momentary
G/S Cancel Discrete Input
A
GPWS
GPWS Caution Alert Discrete Output
P / CANCEL
GPWS
INOP
TERR
FAIL
GPWS Inoperative Discrete Output
Terrain Not Available Discrete Output
Momentary
A
TERR
INHIB
Terrain Inhibit Discrete Input
A
ON
J1-76
G/S Canceled Discrete Output
G/S
CANCLD
A
Alternate
Guarded
GPWS
STP APR
Steep Approach Select Discrete Input
J2-31
J1-52
Steep Approach Select Discrete Output
J1-14
J1-73
ON
Guarded
GPWS
Flap Override Discrete Input
FLP OVRD
Flap Override Discrete Output
A
A
ON
Optional
+28V pullup
Momentary *
* Requires -008
software or later
100K
ohm
Momentary
J1-69
Audio On Discrete Output
Note: All EGPWS Outputs are Ground active and are intended to operate
with a +28V lamp source or +28V pullup external to the EGPWS
TCAS
INHIBIT
Lamps2.vsd
FIGURE 3.15-1 Example of Light/switch Interface (Lamp Format 2)
3.15.2.11 Terrain Dis play Select #1 & #2 Discrete
Terrain Display Select #1 & #2 discrete (J1-54 & J1-49) will activate after the related pilot has initiated manual
selection of the Terrain Display Select (momentary) discrete #1 or #2 (J1-32 & J1-31, Category 6). This feature
activates a ‘TERR” white lamp located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot. The lamp serves to remind the
flight crew that this function is active. The select switches (J1-32 & J1-31) and the indicator lamps (J1-54 & J149) are commonly combined in switch-lamp assemblies mounted near the displays being selected.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 111
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.15.2.12 Terrain Pop up Discrete
Terrain Pop Up discrete (J1-51) will activate when a Terrain/Obstacle Caution or Warning alert event has
occurred. This feature activates the pop up in an integrated display or will switch a relay to pop up Terrain
display over selected weather radar display. The Pop Up discrete can be used by a display system to
differentiate between a manual Terrain display selection or Terrain display selection due to a Terrain/Obstacle
Caution or Warning alert event.
A
429 Tx B
J2-43
J2-42
Range #1
A
B
J2-37
J2-36
Range #2
A
B
J2-41
J2-40
A
453 #1 B
J1-58
J1-59
A
453 #2 B
J1-56
J1-57
Discrete
J1-51
DSD #1 Gnd
J1-32
DSD #2 Gnd
J1-31
WXR System R/T
Spare #2
429 IN
WXR/TERR
Display
453 OUT
ARINC 429 RANGE BUS
ARINC 453 TERRAIN BUS #1
Spare #2
A
B
429 Range
Output Bus
A
B
453 WX /
TERR BUS
TERRAIN
POP-UP
Terrain Pop-Up Discrete Output
Display Select
Discrete #1 Input
Spare #2
TERR
TERRAIN
SELECTED
A
DISPLAY RELAY *
ON
28 VDC
Momentary
Discrete
J1-54
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete Output
* Display relay specifications:
- 4PDT
- Continuous Duty Cycle
- Pickup Voltage: 13.5 Vdc Max.
- Dropout Voltage: 7.5 - 2.0 Vdc
- Coil Resistance: nominal 500 Ohms (~100mA @ 28 Vdc)
- Coil Rating: 26.0 Vdc (nominal) 34 Vdc (max.)
- Contact V drop: < 125mV @ rated load
- Contact current rating: 2 Amps resistive @ 28 Vdc
EM6-disp.vsd
FIGURE 3.15-2 Example of Terrain Display Interface
EGPWS
J1-32
TERR DISPLAY
+28V
EGPWS
J1-54
OFF
Amber
ON
+28V
Green
TerrDisSw.vsd
Figure 3.15-3 Example of Terrain Display switch with relay
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 112
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.15.3 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2, 5.3.13 and 5.3.13-x as described above, select the Input/Output
Discrete Type number that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences and version
(part number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Input/Output Discrete Select number from Appendix E Table 5.3.13
under the Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 13 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Using the Input/Output Discrete Type number from Appendix E Table 5.3.13 as “x”, go the
Appendix E Table 5.3.13-x.
The electrical interfaces for the Input/Output Discrete Type are shown in Appendix E Table
5.3.13-x and are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Note: When there are two discrete pin choices for the same pin function in Appendix E Table
5.3.13-x, use only the one that matches the aircraft wiring (use only the +28V and 0V or the
Ground and Open definitions).
3.16 Category 1 4 – Audio Output Level
Category 14 controls the Audio Output level for alert menu callouts (cautions and warnings). Refer to Category
13 for information on the Mode 6 Low Volume discrete.
Appendix E Table 5.3.14 defines the Audio Output Level options and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
The Nominal Volume Select is equivalent to MK VI (classic) MAX volume level. The –6dB through –24 dB are
successively lower volume from Nominal. The Nominal output is 4 watts rms into an 8-ohm load and 100 milliwatts rms into a 600-ohm load. The audio output level for Mode 6 alerts can be reduced an additional 6 dB by
activating the Mode 6 Low Volume discrete of Category 13.
3.16.1 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Tables 5.2 and 5.3.14 as described above, select the Audio Output Level ID
number that matches the feature preferences and version (part number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Audio Output Level from Appendix E Table 5.3.14 under the Ident
No. heading for Step (Category) 14 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 113
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
H
L
J1-70
J1-71
High level audio
H
L
J1-75
J1-74
Low level audio
8 ohm
600 ohm
Audio
Panel
FIGURE 3.16-1 Audio Interface
3.17 Category 1 5 - 17 – Undefined Input Selects
Category 15-17 are undefined input selects at this time.
Appendix E Table 5.3.15, 5.3.16, and 5.3.17 define the Select options and identifies the first MK VI/VIII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
3.17.1 Undefined Input Select
Select ID 0 for all aircraft configurations. Input Select options will be added as new installations types are
propagated.
3.17.2 Instruction s
Using Appendix E Table 5.2, 5.3.15, 5.3.16, and 5.3.17 as described above, select the Input
Select type that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences and version (part number)
being installed.
Record the ID number for the Input Select from Appendix E Table 5.3.15, 5.3.16, and 5.3.17 under
the Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 15, 16, & 17 in Appendix E Table 5.2.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 114
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION IV
CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING
AND
TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 115
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION IV – CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING AND
REGIONAL TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING
SECTION IV – CONFIG MODULE PROGRAMMING AND REGIONAL TDB LOADING ................................. 117
4.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................................................ 117
4.2 HARNESS CHECKOUT AND POWER CHECK .................................................................................................................. 117
4.3 UNIT INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................................... 117
4.4 EGPWC INITIALIZATION AND CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................................... 117
4.4.1 RS-232 Communication with the MK VI/VIII EGPWS ........................................................................................ 117
4.4.2 EGPWC Front Panel Test Connector ................................................................................................................. 118
4.4.3 WinVIEWS ........................................................................................................................................................... 119
4.4.4 WinVIEWS Operation.......................................................................................................................................... 119
4.5 CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING................................................................................................................. 119
4.5.1 CUW and CMR Commands................................................................................................................................. 121
4.5.2 Configuration Module Reprogramming .............................................................................................................. 122
4.6 TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING ................................................................................................................................... 122
4.6.1 Effectivity............................................................................................................................................................. 122
4.6.2 Description .......................................................................................................................................................... 123
4.6.3 Approval .............................................................................................................................................................. 123
4.6.4 Material – Cost and Availability ......................................................................................................................... 123
4.6.5 Accomplishment Instructions............................................................................................................................... 123
4.6.6 Verification of the Terrain Database Version ..................................................................................................... 125
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 116
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION IV – Config Module Programming And Regional TDB Loading
4.1 Introduction
The following procedures outline the steps necessary to accomplish a complete configuration of the MK VI/MK
VIII EGPWS. This section must be accomplished in the order presented to minimize errors in configuring and
operating the system(s). If problems are encountered in performing these procedures, the installer may refer to
aircraft wiring diagrams for harness troubleshooting or the aircraft maintenance manual to isolate faulty
equipment. All discrepancies should be resolved before proceeding. This section will also load the Regional
Terrain Database in MK VI EGPWS that will be operating outside the AMERICAS region.
4.2 Harness Ch eckout and Power Check
Prior to installing any equipment, it is important to verify that all interfaces have been made, and that power and
ground at each unit connector is correct using the wiring diagrams for the installation. Any discrepancies in the
wiring must be resolved before proceeding.
The wire harness should also be checked for proper clearance near any control cables and other potential areas
that may cause binding and/or chafing.
4.3 Unit Installa tion
After the harness check has been completed and any discrepancies have been resolved, the units should be
installed into their respective racks, and all connections to the wiring harness should be made (connectors
attached). Verify that all of the units are secure in their respective racks, panels, etc., and all harness
connections are secure. Refer to aircraft installation drawings for the unit locations and mounting information.
4.4 EGPWC Ini tialization and Configuration
The first time a MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS is turned on in a new installation, the Configuration Module in the
EGPWS harness must be programmed to the specific interface configuration for the aircraft. This programming
is done via RS-232 cable connection between the EGPWC and a PC running the Honeywell WinViews software.
This interface capability is provided to facilitate diagnostic and configuration functions with the EGPWC during
post installation checkout. Refer to Appendix C for instructions related to using the WinViews software.
4.4.1 RS-232 Com munication with the MK VI/VIII EGPWS
The MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS computer contains software that allows monitoring of its internal
parameters, for testing purposes, without altering its operation. The monitoring of these
parameter values enables the operator to quickly determine if the EGPWC is using the correct signal and
scaling. The communication link utilizes the RS-232 communication protocol configured as follows:
19200 Baud, No Parity, 8 Bits, and 1 Stop Bit
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 117
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.4.2 EGPWC Fro nt Panel Test Connector
The RS-232 interface with the EGPWC is accomplished via a test connector provided on the EGPWC front
panel (J3). This provides access for a PC test monitor and portable data loading capabilities. The mating
connector for the EGPWC test plug (P3) is a male, 15 pin, double density D-subminiature type (or equivalent).
The connection between the PC serial port connector (with standard DB9) and the EGPWC RS-232 interface is
defined as follows:
RS-232 Receive
RS-232 Transmit
RS-232 Ground
EGPWS Front Connector (J3)
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 1
Standard (PC)* DB9 Connector
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 5
*NOTE: Some PC Comm Ports have Pins 2 & 3 reversed from what is described above.
Connector, AMP 204513-2*
Pin Contact, 204370-2, QTY 4*
M39029/58-360
Backshell, AMP 745854-5
Jackscrew, AMP 747784-3
Grommet Set, AMP 747746-1
P3
Connector, AMP 205161-1
Socket Contact, AMP 205090-1, QTY 3
M39029/63-368
PCOM
2
3
3
4
5
1
Length as required (5' to 50')
* Alternate part number 748364-1 connector and 748333-4 or -7 pin contact.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 118
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.4.3 WinVIEWS
(Windows Virtual Interface to the Enhanced Warning System)
WinVIEWS is a software tool developed by Honeywell to communicate with the EGPWS. WinVIEWS provides a
detailed status of the software configuration and input signals, which enables quick identification of system
configuration, and is utilized for programming the system Configuration Module.
To obtain a copy of the WinVIEWS software, contact:
Honeywell
Aerospace Electronic Systems
PO Box 97001
Redmond, WA 98073-9701 USA
Attn: Order Administration M/S 33
Phone: (425) 885-8719
FAX:
(425) 885-8988
or
Honeywell
Aerospace Electronic Systems
PO Box 97001
Redmond, WA 98073-9701 USA
Attn: EGPWS Applications Engineering
Phone: (425) 885-3711
FAX:
(425) 885-2994
GPWS Hotline: (800) 813-2099
WinVIEWS can be sent via e-mail when an e-mail address is provided.
4.4.4 WinVIEWS Operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect the PC to the EGPWC using the RS-232 cable as described in section 4.4.2
On the PC, start Windows 3.1, or higher.
Start the WinVIEWS.EXE program.
Use F6 to select the Terminal Mode. Various commands are available in this mode. Type “HELP” or “?” for a
list of the commands available.
4.5 Configurati on Module Programming
The EGPWC reads the aircraft configuration from the Configuration Module, which is installed in the EGPWC
connector. The Configuration Module must have the aircraft specific configuration ID string written to it before
the EGPWS is operational. The ID string is defined by 15 separate categories listed in Appendix E Table 5.2,
Category ID Selection Procedure.
For programming the Configuration Module, the following procedure is used:
1. Verify EGPWC interface to P2 connector (including Configuration Module) and RS-232 interface to PC.
2. Power EGPWC and PC and start WinVIEWS.
3. With WinVIEWS active in the Terminal Mode, configuration sub-mode commands are available for
programming purpose. Type “CFG” at the Terminal Mode prompt (>). At this point, the CFG> prompt is
displayed and the program and EGPWC are ready for entering the program command and data string.
Type “HELP” or “?” to display a list of the Terminal Mode commands and their description. “CUW” is the
preface command for entering the ID string.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 119
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4. Using the Category ID’s as chosen from the Appendix E (refer to completed Table 5.2), create a command
string with the following structure:
CFG> CUW 0/15 # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #/
-
CUW0 is the command and version number. CUW writes the category ID’s defined by version 0
definition (0 is the only version currently available) to the Configuration Module via the EGPWC without a
CRC (checksum) value attached (this is generated by the EGPWC when the data is transmitted).
-
/15 indicates the beginning of the data string (/) with 15 being the number of categories to follow.
-
…/ each Cat ID# is the chosen ID for the category
from the Appendix E Table 5.2. The ending slash (/) indicates the end of the data string.
Note:
If 15 ID’s do not follow “/15”, the error message “Invalid Parameter. Not enough ID’s.
Configuration update failed, please try again.” will be given. The value entered for each category
must be an available ID for the associated category or a similar error message will be given. If the
number of categories provided is less than 15 (e.g., “/8 # … #/” with eight ID’s defined), then the
remaining categories (9 through 15) will be set to 0.
After completing the data string as defined above and pressing ENTER, the following message may appear:
“Confirm this data reflects configuration to be programmed (Y/N)”. If the message does not appear, the
cursor will flash. In either case, it is waiting for an answer “Y” or “N”. Pressing the Y (or y) key confirms the data
and sends the data to the EGPWC to write to the Configuration Module.
Following the writing to the Configuration Module the EGPWC is automatically rebooted in order for the new
configuration to take affect.
Note: If when the ENTER key is pressed the question response is not given (cursor just moves to the next line),
pressing any character key should provide the proper response.
Pressing the N key results in the message “Command aborted – No configuration module change
has been made”. If necessary, revise the data to correct or change as necessary and continue as
above. The backspace key can be used to make corrections.
5. Following the successful writing to the Configuration Module (no error messages) and EGPWC reboot,
pressing Control Z (Ctrl-Z) restarts the WinVIEWS Terminal Mode communication.
6. There are a couple ways to now confirm the Configuration Module programming with the following being the
preferred. As above, type “CFG” to restart the Configuration sub-mode. At the CFG> prompt, type
“CMR”. Each category and its associated ID is read from the Configuration Module and listed on the
PC screen. Alternately, when not in the Configuration sub-mode, the command “PS” (Present
Status) will display EGPWC and configuration data.
7. Configuration Module programming is complete. If the “CFG >” prompt is still present type “Exit” to
exit the Configuration sub-mode.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 120
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.5.1 CUW and C MR Commands
An example CUW command/data string, its definition, and the corresponding CMR list is provided below.
CUW command/data string:
CFG > CUW 0/15 2 3 2 0 0 3 93 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0/
Type “Y” or “y” to confirm the data and send the data to the EGPWC to write to the Configuration Module
Above configuration defined:
Category 1 Aircraft/Mode Type:
Category 2 Air Data Type:
Category 3 Position Type:
Category 4 Altitude Callouts Menu:
Category 5 Audio Menu:
Category 6 Display Type:
Category 7 Options Select Group #1:
2
3
2
0
0
3
93
Category 8 Radio Altitude Type:
Category 9 Navigation Type:
Category 10 Attitude Type:
Category 11 Heading Type:
Category 12 Windshear select Type:
Category 13 Discrete I/O Type:
Category 14 Audio Output Level Type:
Category 15 Undefined Type:
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(Basic menu)
(Steep Approach True)
(TA&D Alternate pop-up False)
(Peaks Mode True)
(Obstacle Awareness True)
(Bank Angle True)
(Flap Reversal False)
(GPS Altitude Ref. MSL)
CMR list: (based on the previous configuration)
CFG > CMR
CONFIGURATION MODULE:
Format Version:
0
Category 1 ID:
2
Category 2 ID:
3
Category 3 ID:
2
Category 4 ID:
0
Category 5 ID:
0
Category 6 ID:
3
Category 7 ID:
93
Category 8 ID:
1
Category 9 ID:
0
Category 10 ID:
0
Category 11 ID:
0
Category 12 ID:
0
Category 13 ID:
0
Category 14 ID:
0
Category 15 ID:
0
CRC:
527518533
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 121
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.5.2 Configurati on Module Reprogramming
Reprogramming the EGPWS Configuration Module is accomplished similar to the programming process above.
Prior to reprogramming, the desired new configuration should be determined based on the MK VI/VIII Interface
Description Document (Appendix E), document number 060-4314-401.
For reprogramming the Configuration Module, the following procedure is used:
1. Verify EGPWC interface to P2 connector (including Configuration Module) and RS-232 interface to PC.
2. Power EGPWC and PC and start WinVIEWS.
3. With WinVIEWS active in the Terminal Mode, start the Configuration sub-mode by typing “CFG” at the
prompt (>). At this point, either all the ID’s can be rewritten using the CUW command as before, or individual
categories can be changed as follows:
4. At the CFG > prompt use the CAT command with the following structure:
-
CAT
is the Appendix E Category to change (example 7)
is the new ID to change to (example 92)
is True or False for rebooting the EGPWC. Use “T” if only one category is to be changed and the
EGPWC will reboot following . Use “F” if another individual ID is to be changed by another CAT
operation.
Example:
CFG > CAT 7 92 T
5. After inputting the desired change information, pressing will transmit the data to the EGPWC to
write to the Configuration Module. If a reboot is commanded (T), then the EGPWC will reboot at the
completion of the write process. If a reboot is not commanded (F), then a message “Writing to
configuration module … Category 7 ID updated successfully.” is given and the CFG > prompt is again
displayed. At this point the Configuration Module has been changed, but the change will not be effective
until the EGPWC is rebooted. Additional changes can be made with the final change set to command the
EGPWC to reboot (or cycle EGPWC power to reboot).
6. Verification of the changes made is the same as before. As above, type “CFG” to restart the Configuration
sub-mode. At the CFG > prompt, type “CMR”. Each category and its associated ID is read from the
Configuration Module and listed on the PC display. Alternately, when not in the Configuration sub-mode, the
command “PS” (Present Status) will display the EGPWC and Configuration Module data.
7. Configuration Module reprogramming is complete.
4.6 Terrain Dat abase Loading
4.6.1 Effectivity
The MK VI EGPWS (965-1180-0XX and 965-1190-0XX) are shipped from the factory loaded with the Regional
Terrain Database requested when the purchase order was placed. Use (operation) of a MK VI EGPWS outside
of the loaded Regional Terrain Database will result in the Terrain Awareness function being unavailable. Aircraft
operating outside the loaded Regional Terrain Database region will have to load one of the other two Regional
Terrain Databases before beginning the ground test.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 122
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
The MK VIII EGPWS (965-1210-0XX and 965-1220-0XX) have a Global Terrain Database.
4.6.2 Description
This modification consists of loading the PCMCIA card into the EGPWS either In The Aircraft or On The
Bench. An optional verification procedure is provided.
4.6.3 Approval
This procedure contains no modification information that revises the approved configuration and therefore does
not require FAA or other regulatory agency approval.
4.6.4 Material – C ost and Availability
The AMERICAS, ATLANTIC or PACIFIC region PCMCIA card is available at no charge to Operators. Order part
from:
Honeywell
Airlines & Avionics Products
Order Administration M/S 33
PO Box 97001
Redmond, WA 98073-9701
Phone:
425-885-8719
Fax:
425-885-8988
Honeywell Aerospace
Toulouse Office
Centreda, Avenue Didier Daurat
31700 Blagnac, France
Phone:
(33) 5-6171-0079
Fax:
(33) 5-6130-0497
Vendor Name
Vendor P/N
Description
QTY
UM
Honeywell P/N
Honeywell
718-1391-xxx
AMERICAS Region Card
1
EA
718-1393-xxx
Honeywell
402-6075-xxx
AMERICAS Region Label
1
EA
402-6075-xxx
Honeywell
Honeywell
718-1392-xxx
402-6075-xxx
ATLANTIC Region Card
ATLANTIC Region Label
1
1
EA
EA
718-1392-xxx
402-6075-xxx
Honeywell
Honeywell
718-1393-xxx
402-6075-xxx
PACIFIC Region Card
PACIFIC Region Label
1
1
EA
EA
718-1393-xxx
402-6075-xxx
4.6.5 Accomplish ment Instructions
Load the PCMCIA card data as described in paragraphs 4.6.5 A. or 4.6.5 B. below. Loading time will be
approximately 10 minutes.
A. Loading the PCMCIA Card Data with Computer Mounted in the Aircraft.
(1) Connect the Smart Cable (Honeywell PN 951-0386-001) to the EGPWC J3 connector.
(2) Ensure that the 28 VDC circuit breaker to the EGPWC in ON and that the COMPUTER OK LED on
the EGPWC front panel is on.
(3) Insert the PCMCIA card into the Smart Cable PCMCIA card slot.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 123
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
NOTE: Precautionary notes on the PCMCIA card, regarding insertion and/or removal while power is
applied, should be ignored since the EGPWC automatically handles the application and removal
of PCMCIA card power.
(4) While the loading is in progress, the IN PROG LED on the Smart Card remains ON and the
COMPUTER OK LED on the EGPWC is OFF.
(5) When loading is complete the XFER COMP LED on the Smart Card turns ON.
(6) Remove the PCMCIA card from the Smart Card slot.
(7) After approximately 15 seconds the COMPUTER OK LED comes ON to indicate that the contents
of the PCMCIA card were successfully transferred.
(8) Remove the Smart Card connector from the EGPWC front panel J3 connector.
(9) To perform the verification of the Terrain Database version, go to paragraph 4.6.6 below.
B. Loading the PCMCIA Card Data with Computer Mounted on the Bench
(1) Locate a 28 VDC Power Supply with a minimum supply current of 2 amps.
(2) With the Power Supply turned OFF, connect the Power Supply to the J1 connector of the EGPWC
as follows (pin J1-53 is connected to chassis ground internally and does not need to be ground in
aircraft wiring):
J1 connector Pin
J1-40, J1-60
J1-41, J1-61
J1-42, J1-53
Pin Nomenclature
28 VDC (+)
28 VDC (-)
Chassis GND
Pins J1-42 and J1-53 are both connected to chassis ground internally. It is not necessary to tie them
both to ground in the aircraft wiring. Pin J1-53 was made available to provide a convenient way to
supply a ground to external equipment. If the OAT probe is not present, nothing needs to be tied to J153.
(3) Connect the Smart Cable (Honeywell PN 951-0386-001) to the EGPWC J3 connector.
(4) Turn the Power Supply ON and that the COMPUTER OK LED on the EGPWC front panel is on.
(5) Insert the PCMCIA card into the Smart Cable PCMCIA card slot.
NOTE: Precautionary notes on the PCMCIA card, regarding insertion and/or removal while power is
applied, should be ignored since the EGPWC automatically handles the application and removal
of PCMCIA card power.
(6) While the loading is in progress, the IN PROG LED on the Smart Card remains ON and the
COMPUTER OK LED on the EGPWC is OFF.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 124
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
(7) When loading is complete the XFER COMP LED on the Smart Card turns ON.
(8) Remove the PCMCIA card from the Smart Card slot.
(9) After approximately 15 seconds the COMPUTER OK LED comes ON to indicate that the contents
of the PCMCIA card were successfully transferred.
(10)Remove the Smart Card connector from the EGPWC front panel J3 connector.
(11)To perform the verification of the Terrain Database version, go to paragraph 4.6.6 below.
4.6.6 Verification of the Terrain Database Version
Since the EGPWC software verifies the PCMCIA card loading process, this verification is to assure the
operator/installer that the correct Regional Terrain Database version is installed.
Terrain Database version verification is accomplished with the EGPWS Self Test (ST) function. The ST function
may be initiated from the aircraft cockpit with the GPWS Test Switch. NOTE: Initiation of the cockpit ST function
may vary from one aircraft to another. For example, the ST function may be initiated by pressing the GPWS
(PULL-UP) light assembly, or by activating a separate ST switch.
The EGPWS ST function has 6 levels that describe the current condition and configuration of the EGPWS, the
fault and warning history, and the condition of the various inputs. To help navigate through the various levels,
there are 2 cancel functions: SHORT CANCEL (press and hold the ST button for more than 0.5 seconds, but
less than 2 seconds) and LONG CANCEL (press and hold the ST button for more than 2 seconds, but less than
8 seconds). The Short Cancel and Long Cancel functions operate differently, depending upon the ST level. To
initiate a ST sequence, or to continue from level-to-level, the ST button must also be ‘pressed and held’ for more
than 0.5 seconds, but less than 2 seconds, which is identical to the Short Cancel function.
Therefore, for simplicity, the phrase “Press ST Button” in the verification procedure means to press and hold the
ST button for more than 0.5 seconds, but less than 2 seconds. The procedure guides the operator directly to ST
Level 3, “System Configuration”, skipping most of ST Level 1 and Level 2.
To verify the Regional Terrain Database that was just loaded into the EGPWC, perform these steps:
NOTE: ‘On the Bench’, this test requires an audio speaker and a self test button. These may not be available
‘On the Bench’ unless when using a Break-Out-Box.
(1) Ensure the EGPWC power is ON
(2) Press ST button to initiate ST Level 1.
(3) After ST Level 1 message starts, Press ST button to cancel Level 1 and start Level 2.
(4) After ST Level 2 message, “Current Faults”, is heard, Press ST button to cancel Level 2.
(5) When the message, “Press to Continue”, is heard, Press ST button to start ST Level 3.
(6) Verify the Terrain Database version annunciated in the following sequence:
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 125
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
a) “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION”
b) “PART NUMBER 965-11X0-XXX”
c) “MOD STATUS XX”
d) “SERIAL NUMBER XXXX”
e) “APPLICATION SOFTWARE VERSION XXXXX”
f)
“TERRAIN DATABASE VERSION XXXX”
The following example of Terrain Database Version annunciation: “419A” (for ATLANTIC),
“419P” (for PACIFIC), or “419N” (for AMERICAS). Other versions will follow the same pattern
(e.g. “421P”).
(7) Other messages that follow the Terrain Database Version can be ignored. When ST Level 3 finishes,
the message “Press to Continue” is heard. If the ST button is not pressed again the ST sequence
terminates.
NOTE: If power was connected to the EGPWC per steps B1 through B4, perform shut-down per steps (7) and
(8) following.
(8) Turn Power Supply OFF.
(9) Disconnect Power leads from the EGPWC.
END OF TEST
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 126
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION V
CERTIFICATION
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 127
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION V – CERTIFICATION
5.1 Introductio n
This section outlines the procedures required to obtain FAA approval for the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS installation.
Recommended flight test procedures are also included.
5.2 Certificatio n Procedure
5.2.1 Equipment Compatibility
Careful consideration must be paid to the electrical characteristics of existing equipment or possible additions
that will be interfaced to the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS, in order to ensure system compatibility. Section III of this
manual provides system planning guidelines, and defines the electrical characteristics of the EGPWS. The
installing agency should contact Honeywell Product Support (800-813-2099), for information regarding the
compatibility of equipment not listed in Section III. Normal business hours are 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM Pacific Time,
Monday through Friday.
5.2.2 Equipment Location
The EGPWS and associated indicators, annunciators, and switches should be clearly visible and within easy
reach of the pilot(s). Refer to Section II of this manual for complete installation information.
5.2.3 FAA Requir ements
The installing agency should contact a local FAA Inspector who will determine whether the installation may be
approved by Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) or by submitting FAA Form 337 with an applicable STC
package.
5.2.4 Ground Tes t
Honeywell has developed a generic Installation Ground Test Procedure for the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS, drawing
number 060-4167-158.
5.2.5 Flight Manu al Revision
Honeywell has developed a generic Airplane Flight Manual Supplement for the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS, drawing
number 060-4199-194.
5.2.6 Flight Test
Honeywell has developed a generic Flight Test procedure for the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS (GA-Fast and GASlow aircraft), drawing number 060-4188-041. A separate generic Flight Test procedure has been developed for
MK VIII EGPWS Bizjet aircraft, drawing number 060-4188-023. The Flight Test procedures were developed for
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 128
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
first of type installations, for these installations all sections of the Flight Test procedure shall be performed.
Precedence has been established for testing only the Terrain Awareness functions when replacing an existing
MK VI GPWS. Installers should contact their local FAA office for confirmation of this approach.
For follow on installations of the same aircraft type and interface, the flight test is not required. When updating
an STC to the current part number it is only necessary to flight test significant new features. The notice of
change is available in Honeywell Service Bulletins.
Suggestions for recording of the EGPWS data during a Flight Test for follow on analysis:
•
•
•
•
•
In WinViews change the recording Sample Rate to 1 second intervals (WinViews / Terminal Mode / Options
/ Settings / 1000 ). This sample rate will record adequate data for future analysis.
Continue recording between tests. Missing data is aggravating. Recording in flight between test sites
(hundreds of miles apart) is not necessary but continuous recording when Mode 1 ends and Mode 4 begins
is helpful. Recording of the take off from brakes locked through climb out also aids later analysis, as does
continuous recording of approach to aircraft off the runway.
The WinViews software program records in 1.44 megabyte files that can be transferred from Laptop
computer to other computers with ease. Using 1 second sample rate the EGPWS will record approximately
40K bytes per minute of data. 1 hour of recorded time would be approximately 2.4MB, most laptops have
1GB or more free space.
Use the Event Marker, F9 key, to identify events during tests.
Use the F10 key to roll (increment) the history file name between test sequences. Rolling adds a number to
the end of the filename (or increments the existing number, if possible.) Example: use tail number (N3GC) in
the file name with a file number (01), this gives a filename N3GC01.hst which will roll to N3GC02.hst when
the F10 key is pressed.
5.2.7 Pilots Guid e
Honeywell has developed a Pilot’s Guide for the MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS, drawing number 060-4314-000 that
provides a description of the modes and the controls of the EGPWS.
5.2.8 Failure Mod es, Effects, and Safety Analysis
Honeywell has developed a Failure Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis document for the MK VI/MK VIII
EGPWS, drawing number 060-4199-182 that provides an analysis of the failure modes of the EGPWS.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 129
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION VI
MK VI GPWS (classic) to EGPWS MK VI/VIII
Pin to Pin Comparison
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 130
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
SECTION VI - MK VI GPWS to MK VI/VIII EGPWS Signal Mapping
Connector Pin-Out Sorted By Pin Number (USE FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
shaded area indicates function change
Signal Name –MK-VI GPWS (965-0686-001, -020)
Roll Attitude Synchro (X)
X=Indicates same function
Signal Type
Same
Conn/Pin
Synchro
X
Signal Type
< IN
Out >
Signal Name -MK-VI/MK VIII EGPWS (Enhanced)
J1-01
< AC Analog3W1
Roll Attitude Synchro (X)
GND
J1-02
< AC Analog3W3
Roll Attitude Synchro (Z)
Spare #1 Program Pin
ProgPin
J1-03
< AC Analog3W1
Magnetic Heading Synchro (Z)
Alternate Airspeed Expansion Program Pin
ProgPin
J1-04
< AC Analog (H)
26 VAC Reference #1 (H)
Fixed Landing Gear Program Pin
ProgPin
J1-05
< AC Analog3W1
Pitch Synchro (X)
Audio Volume Control #2 Program Pin
ProgPin
J1-06
< AC Analog3W3
Pitch Synchro (Z)
200’ Altitude Callout Program Pin
ProgPin
J1-07
< AC Analog3W2
Pitch Synchro (Y)
Chassis Ground
Radio Altimeter ALT 55 Scale Program Pin
ProgPin
J1-08
< 28vDisc
Autopilot Engaged Discrete (+28VDC)
Barometric Altitude Rate Validity (+28VDC)
Discrete
X
J1-09
< 28vDisc
Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (L)
DC-AnalogL
X
J1-10
< Analog (-)
Glideslope Deviation Validity (+28VDC)
Discrete
J1-11
< 28vDisc
Spare
Reserved
J1-12
< GDisc
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (GND)
Altitude Callouts Volume Reduction Discrete (GND)
Discrete
J1-13
< GDisc
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete (GND)
GPWS Flap Override Discrete (GND)
Discrete
X
X
X
X
Barometric Altitude Validity (+28VDC)
Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (-) and
Localizer Deviation Low Level (-Left)
Glideslope Deviation Validity (+28VDC)
J1-14
< GDisc
Glideslope Manual Cancel Discrete (GND)
Discrete
X
J1-15
< GDisc
Landing Gear Discrete (GND)
Discrete
J1-16
< GDisc
External GPWC Audio Suppression Discrete (GND)
Discrete
J1-17
< GDisc
Audio Inhibit Discrete (GND)
Landing Flap Discrete (GND)
Discrete
J1-18
< GDisc
Landing Flaps Discrete (GND)
ILS Backcourse Approach Selected Discrete (GND)
Discrete
J1-19
< GDisc
Glideslope Inhibit Discrete (GND)
ILS Frequency Selected Discrete (GND)
Discrete
J1-20
< GDisc
ILS Tuned Discrete (GND)
Roll Attitude Synchro (Y)
Synchro
X
X
X
X
X
X
Flap Override Discrete (GND) (from FLAP OVRD SW)
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Gnd) (from GS Cancel
SW)
Landing Gear Discrete (GND)
J1-21
< AC Analog3W2
Roll Attitude Synchro (Y)
Spare
Reserved
J1-22
< AC Analog3W1
Magnetic Heading Synchro (X)
Spare
Reserved
J1-23
< AC Analog3W2
Magnetic Heading Synchro (Y)
Landing Flap Logic Inversion Program Pin
Progpin
J1-24
< AC Analog (L)
26 VAC Reference #1 (L)
Alternate Mode 4B Threshold Program Pin
Progpin
J1-25
5Vref+ >
Air Temperature Reference (+5VDC)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 131
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Signal Name –MK-VI GPWS (965-0686-001, -020)
Signal Type
Same
Conn/Pin
Signal Type
< IN
Out >
Signal Name -MK-VI/MK VIII EGPWS (Enhanced)
Audio Volume Control #1 Program Pin
Progpin
J1-26
< Analog (+)
Spare
500’ Altitude Callout Program Pin
Progpin
J1-27
< Analog (-)
Spare
Spare Discrete (+28VDC)
Discrete
J1-28
< 28vDisc
Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Radio Altimeter Validity (+28VDC)
28vDisc
X
J1-29
< 28vDisc
DC-AnalogL
X
J1-30
< Analog (+)
Spare #1 Discrete
Discrete
J1-31
< GDisc
Radio Altitude Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (+) and
Localizer Deviation Low Level (+Right)
Display Selected Discrete #2 (GND)
Airspeed Expansion Discrete
Discrete
J1-32
< GDisc
Display Selected Discrete #1 (GND)
Decision Height DH Discrete (GND)
Discrete
X
J1-33
< Gdisc
GPWS Self Test Discrete (GND)
Discrete
X
J1-34
< GDisc
Landing Gear Discrete (+28VDC)
Discrete
J1-35
< 28vdisc
External GPWS Audio Suppress Discrete (+28VDC)
Discrete
J1-36
< 28vdisc
Audio Inhibit Discrete (+28VDC)
Landing Flap Discrete (+28VDC)
Discrete
J1-37
< 28vdisc
Landing Flaps Discrete (+28VDC)
ILS Backcourse Approach Selectd Discrete (+28V)
Discrete
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DH Discrete (GND)
Self Test Discrete (GND) (from GPWS push to test
Sw)
Landing Gear Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-38
< 28vdisc
Glideslope Inhibit Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-39
< 28vdisc
ILS 1 Tuned Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-40
< PWRH
Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (H)
ILS Frequency Selected Discrete (+28VDC)
Discrete
Power Input (+28VDC)
PWR/GND
Power Input (GND)
PWR/GND
Chassis Ground
GND
J1-41
< PWRL
J1-42
< GND__C
Power Input 28VDC (+)
Power Input 28VDC (return)
Chassis Ground
Barometric Altitude Rate Input (-)
DC-AnalogL
J1-43
< Analog (-)
Barometric Altitude (-)
Airspeed Input (-)
DC-AnalogL
J1-44
< Analog (-)
Radio Altimeter Input (-)
DC-AnalogL
X
J1-45
< Analog (-)
Glideslope Deviation Input (+ down)
DC Analog
X
J1-46
< Analog (-)
Air Temperature (-)
Radio Altitude: ARINC 552 or ALT-55 (-)
RT-200/300 Precision (+)
Glideslope Deviation Low Level (+down)
Test Point #1
Test point
J1-47
< Analog (-)
Spare
Test Point #2
Test point
J1-48
< 28vdisc
Test Point #3
Test point
J1-49
Lampout > (gnd)
Test Point #4
Test point
J1-50
Monitor Out > (gnd)
Test Point #5
Test point
J1-51
Lampout > (gnd)
Test Point #6
Test point
J1-52
Lampout > (gnd)
Test Point #7
Test point
J1-53
< GND
Test Point #8
Test point
J1-54
Lampout > (gnd)
Localizer Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Terrain Select Relay Output #2 (to TERR lamp and/or
Relay)
Windshear Inop Lamp Output (monitor)
Terrain Pop Up Discrete Output
Steep Approach
Windshear Caution
Temperature Probe (GND)
Terrain Select Relay Output #1 (to TERR lamp and/or
Relay)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 132
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Signal Name –MK-VI GPWS (965-0686-001, -020)
Signal Type
Same
Conn/Pin
Signal Type
< IN
Out >
Signal Name -MK-VI/MK VIII EGPWS (Enhanced)
Test Point #9
Test point
J1-55
Monitor Out > (gnd)
Test Point #10
Test point
J1-56
453 Out (A) >
Terrain Display Output Data #2 (A leg)
Test Point #11
Test point
J1-57
453 Out (B) >
Terrain Display Output Data #2 (B leg)
Test Point #12
Test point
J1-58
453 Out (A) >
Terrain Display Output Data #1 (A leg)
Test Point #13
Test point
J1-59
453 Out (B) >
Power Input (+28VDC)
PWR/GND
J1-60
< PWRH
Power Input 28VDC (+)
Power Input (GND)
PWR/GND
Power Input 28VDC (return)
X
X
TAD / TCF INOP Output (monitor)
Terrain Display Output Data #1 (B leg)
J1-61
< PWRL
Barometric Altitude Rate Input (+)
DC-AnalogL
J1-62
< Analog (+)
Barometric Altitude (+)
Airspeed Input (-)
DC-AnalogL
J1-63
< Analog (+)
Radio Altimeter Input (+)
DC-AnalogL
X
J1-64
< Analog (+)
Glideslope Deviation Input (+ Up)
DC Analog
X
J1-65
< Analog (+)
Air Temperature (+)
Radio Altitude: ARINC 552 or ALT-55 (+)
RT-200/300 Precision (-)
Glideslope Deviation Low Level (+up)
Spare
Reserved
J1-66
< Analog (+)
Spare
Spare
Reserved
J1-67
< GDisc
Spare Lamp Output
Output
TCAS II Inhibit Output
Output
Audio Speaker Output – 8-ohm (H)
Output
Audio Speaker Output – 8-ohm (L)
Output
GPWS System Status Lamp
GPWS Inhibit
J1-68
< 28vdisc
J1-69
Lampout > (gnd)
J1-70
HL Audio Out (H) >
High Level Audio Output - 8Ω (+)
J1-71
HL Audio Out (L) >
High Level Audio Output - 8Ω (-)
Output
X
X
X
X
J1-72
Monitor Out > (gnd)
GPWS Flap OVRD
Output
X
J1-73
Lampout > (gnd)
Audio Low Level (C)
Output
J1-74
LLAud Out (L) >
GPWS INOP (monitor) (to GPWS Fail/Inop lamp)
Flap Override Output (to FLAP OVRD lamp)
Windshear Warning
Low Level Audio 600-ohm (C)
Audio Low Level (H)
Output
Glideslope Cancelled Lamp
Output
X
X
X
Glideslope Alert Lamp
Output
GPWS Alert/Warning Lamp
Output
Attitude Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Audio ON Output
J1-75
LLAud Out (H) >
Low Level Audio 600-ohm (H)
J1-76
Lampout > (gnd)
X
J1-77
Lampout > (gnd)
X
J1-78
Lampout > (gnd)
Glideslope Cancel Output (to GS CANCL’D lamp)
Lamp Format 1: Glideslope Alert Output
Lamp Format 2: GPWS, Terrain or Obstacle Caution
GPWS Warning Output (to red GPWS or Pull Lamp)
Terrain Caution or Warning
Obstacle Caution or Warning
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 133
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Signal Name –MK-VI GPWS (965-0686-001, -020)
Signal Type
Same
Conn/Pin
Signal Type
< IN
Out >
Signal Name -MK-VI/MK VIII EGPWS (Enhanced)
NEW CONNECTOR
J2-01
< AC Analog3W1
Configurable Synchro #1 (X leg)
J2-02
< AC Analog3W2
Configurable Synchro #1 (Y leg)
J2-03
< AC Analog3W3
J2-04
< 429 IN (B)
J2-05
< 429 IN (B)
Configurable Synchro #2 (Z leg)
Radio Altitude ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
IOC #2 (Nav) ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
ILS ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-06
< 429 IN (B)
J2-07
< 429 IN (B)
AHRS ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
GPS #2 ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
Spare ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-08
< 429 IN (B)
GPS ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-09
429 OUT (B) >
J2-10
< 232 IN (B)
J2-11
< 232 IN (A)
J2-12
< 232 IN (B)
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #2 (B leg)
Spare RS-422 Input (B leg)
SCI Display Range #2 RS-422 Input (A leg)
Spare RS-232 Input (Rcv)
Spare RS-422 Input (A leg)
SCI Display Range #2 RS-422 Input (B leg)
GPS RS-422 Input (B leg)
J2-13
J2-14
< GND
J2-15
< 28vDisc
Spare RS-232 Common
Spare Discrete (+28VDC)
J2-16
< PWR (L)
Configuration Module Power (GND)
J2-17
< PWR (H)
Configuration Module Power (+5VDC)
J2-18
< AC Analog3W3
Configurable Synchro #1 (Z leg)
J2-19
< AC Analog3W1
Configurable Synchro #2 (X leg)
J2-20
< AC Analog3W2
J2-21
< 429 IN (A)
J2-22
< 429 IN (A)
Configurable Synchro #2 (Y leg)
Radio Altitude ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
IOC #2 (Nav) ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
ILS ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-23
< 429 IN (A)
J2-24
< 429 IN (A)
AHRS ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
GPS #2 ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
Spare ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-25
< 429 IN (A)
GPS ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-26
429 OUT (A) >
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #2 (A leg)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 134
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Signal Name –MK-VI GPWS (965-0686-001, -020)
Signal Type
Same
Conn/Pin
Signal Type
< IN
Out >
Signal Name -MK-VI/MK VIII EGPWS (Enhanced)
Spare RS-232 Input (Tx)
Spare RS-422 Input (A leg)
GPS/Spare RS-232 Common
J2-27
< 232 IN (A)
J2-28
< GND
J2-29
< 232 IN (A)
GPS RS-232 Input (Rcv)
Spare RS-422 Input (A leg)
J2-31
< GDisc
Steep Approach #2 (GND)
J2-32
Clock >
Configuration Module Serial Clock
J2-33
Data >
Configuration Module Serial Input
J2-34
< AC Analog (H)
26 VAC Reference #2 (H)
J2-35
< AC Analog (L)
26 VAC Reference #2 (L)
J2-36
< 429 input (B)
J2-37
< 429 input (A)
J2-38
< 429 input (B)
J2-39
< 429 input (A)
J2-40
< 429 input (B)
J2-41
< 429 input (A)
J2-42
429 Output (B) >
Display Range #2 ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
IOC #2 ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #1 (B leg)
J2-43
429 Output (A) >
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #1 (A leg)
J2-44
< 232 input (B)
J2-45
< 232 input (A)
J2-46
< 232 input (B)
J2-30
Display Range #1 ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
SCI Display Range #1 RS-422 Input (A leg)
IOC #1 ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
Display Range #1 ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
SCI Display Range #1 RS-422 Input (B leg)
IOC #1 ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
Air Data ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
IOC #1 (Nav) ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
Air Data ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
IOC #1 (Nav) ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
Display Range #2 ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
IOC #2 ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
Spare RS-422 Input (B leg)
GPS RS-232 Input (Tx)
Spare RS-422 Input (A leg)
Spare RS-422 Input (B leg)
J2-47
J2-48
J2-49
< GDisc
Configuration Module Serial Select
J2-50
< Data
Configuration Module Serial Output
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 135
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Signal Name –MK-VI GPWS (965-0686-001, -020)
Signal Type
Same
Conn/Pin
Signal Type
< IN
Out >
Signal Name -MK-VI/MK VIII EGPWS (Enhanced)
NEW CONNECTOR
J3-01
PWR (L) >
SmartCable Power Return (GND)
J3-02
< Gdisc
PCMCIA Card Present
J3-03
< Data
EGPWS Monitor Port RS-232 (RCV)
J3-04
Data >
EGPWS Monitor Port RS-232 (XMT)
J3-05
J3-06
PWR (H) >
SmartCable Power (+5VDC)
J3-07
< Clock
SmartCable Serial Clock
J3-08
< Data
SmartCable Serial Input
J3-09
Data >
SmartCable Serial Output
J3-10
< Gdisc
SmartCable Serial Select
J3-11
< Gdisc
GSE present
J3-12
< GND
Ground
J3-13
< GND
Ground
J3-14
< GND
Ground
J3-15
GPS ANT
< RF
GPS COAX Connection
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 136
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX A - Customer Worksheet
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 137
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 138
MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS
ENHANCED GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM
CUSTOMER INTERFACE WORK SHEET
DATE:
The purpose for this work sheet is to obtain the necessary aircraft data for determining the specific interface configuration for the MK VI or MK VIII
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS). For defined MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS interface data, refer to Appendix E, Interface
Description Document (IDD) for the Mark VI and VIII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (MKVI/VIII EGPWS). For product description
information, refer to Honeywell document No. 965-1176-601, Product Specification for the Mark VI and VIII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning
System. Contact Honeywell EGPWS Applications Engineering for assistance (800-813-2099 or 425-885-8719).
Aircraft Operator:
Contact:
Installer:
Contact:
Phone:
Aircraft Type (be specific):
Phone:
Engine Type (model number):
CURRENT GPWS INSTALLATION:
If GPWS is currently installed in the aircraft, please provide the following information:
Manufacturer:
Model No.
Part No.
COCKPIT DISPLAYS:
Please provide the following information for intended EGPWS display purposes (include any new displays planned):
SYSTEM
QTY
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NO.
PART NO.
EFIS Symbol Generator
EFIS Display
EFIS Display Control Panel
Multifunction Display (MFD)
Weather Radar Indicator
Weather Radar R/T
Weather Radar Controller
Other (specify)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 139
SOFTWARE NO.
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS INFORMATION: (Use “N/A” if Not Applicable)
Please provide the manufacturer, model number, part number, software part number, quantity per aircraft, and output data information for:
OUTPUT DATA FORMAT – NOTES
SYSTEM
MFGR.
MODEL NO.
PART NO.
S/W PART NO.
QTY
(ARINC 429, 547, 552, 575, DC, synchro, potentiometer,
discrete, etc. Identify available ARINC 429 labels)
Air Data
Computers
Radio
Altimeters
ILS
Receivers
AHRS / IRU
/ INU
VG
DG
GPS *
* GPS Altitude Reference: WGS-84
MSL
DISCRETE INPUTS:
Please check applicable boxes for both up and down positions.
PARAMETER
Flaps Down (landing configuration)
Flaps Up
Landing Gear Down
Landing Gear Up
GND
>
<
OPEN
+28 VDC
>
°
<
°
°
°
Notes: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 140
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX B - Sample Wiring Diagrams
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 141
GLIDESLOPE
AND/OR
LOCALIZER
RADIO ALTITUDE
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
AUDIO
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 142
ATTITUDE/MAGNETIC HEADING
POSITION
AIR DATA
INPUT/OUTPUT
DISCRETE
FUNCTIONS
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 143
AUTOPILOT ENGAGED
FLAP SWITCH
GEAR SWITCH
CONFIG MODULE
CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMING
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 144
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX C
WinVIEWS OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 145
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX C – WinVIEWS Operation Instructions
RS-232 COMMUNICATION WITH THE EGPWS
The EGPWS contains software that allows monitoring of its internal parameters, for testing purposes, without
altering its operation. The monitoring of these parameter values enables the operator to quickly determine if the
correct signal and scaling is being used by the EGPWS computer. The communication link utilizes the RS-232
Communication Protocol configured as follows:
19200 Baud, No Parity, 8 bits, and 1 stop bit.
The RS-232 interface with the EGPWS is accomplished via the J3 test connector on the front of the EGPWS.
The connection between a PC (with a standard DB9 serial port connector) and the EGPWS RS-232 interface is
defined as follows: (Please note that the EGPWS will activate its RS-232 port only when it receives the
command CONTROL Z after power is applied to the EGPWS. The CONTROL Z command is automatically sent
by WinVIEWS)
RS-232 Receive
RS-232 Transmit
RS-232 Ground
EGPWS Front Connector
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 1
Standard DB9 Connector (for a PC)*
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 5
*NOTE:Some PC Comm Ports have Pins 2 & 3 reversed from what is described above.
The mating connector for the EGPWS J3 test connector is a male (pins) 15 pin double density D-subminiature
type, Positronics Industries (kit) part number ODD15M1OYOZ or the following individual parts:
Nomenclature (AMP)
Connector Shell (HDP-22 Crimp Snap In Contact)
Size 22 DM Crimp Snap In Contacts Pin 0.030
Amp Part Number
Military Part Number
748364-1
reference MIL-C-24308
748333-4 or -7
Backshell (Shielded Cable Clamp Assembly)
745854-5
Jackscrews, 2 required (4-40 Male Jackscrew Kit)
747784-8
Grommet Sets
747746-1
M39029/58-360
The following tools will work with Positronics, Amp, and Mil Spec Connectors:
Insertion / Extraction Tool
91067-1
M81969/1-04
Hand Crimp Tool
M22520/2-01
Positioner
M22520/2-09
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 146
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
WinVIEWS OPERATION:
Windows Virtual Interface to the Enhanced Warning System
WinVIEWS software is a tool developed by Honeywell to monitor or view values within the EGPWS. The WinVIEWS
software provides a monitor function that does not alter the operation of the EGPWS. The monitoring of values
assists in the installation testing of the EGPWS by allowing the operator to quickly determine if the correct signal and
scaling is being used by the EGPWS. Additionally, WinVIEWS provides a detailed status of the software
configuration and input signals which enables quick identification of system anomalies.
The command file is a simple text file that should include each CVT Item used in this test procedure. A sample
command file for this test procedure is found on the following page. The file must be a ‘Text Only’ type of file, such
as those created in the Microsoft Windows NotePad program. It should have a filename extension of .CMD. Once
this file is loaded, WinVIEWS can automatically display the current value of each parameter listed in the file.
Normal Operation for Ground Testing the EGPWS:
STEP 1 - Connect the PC to the EGPWS via the RS-232 cable as defined above.
STEP 2 - On the PC, start Windows 3.1, or higher.
STEP 3 - Start the WinVIEWS program.
STEP 4 - Under the File Menu select the “Load Command File” option and load the appropriate Command
File.
STEP 5 - Use F6 to select Data Display Mode. Each CVT Item listed in the Command File will be
continuously updated at a rate of greater than once per second. The values shown for the CVT
Items listed will be the test values.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 147
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Command File: MK68_GTP.CMD The format for the WinVIEWS command file is:
1. ASCII Text Only; no spaces
2. A CVT Item as specified in the test procedure
3. Each CVT Item Name is followed by a or
AnAtt1Val
RawAACMHD
AACMHdVal
RawIMHd1
LandFlDsc
MFlpOvrd
LandGrDsc
HiLandGrDsc
GndLandGrDs
GSCan
TerrDis
AudInhDsc
GPWSInhDsc
M6LwVolDsc
APEngDisc1
GSInh
StpAppSel
MomSASel
TAWxRng1
TAWxRng2
DispRngOut1
DispRngOut2
PosUncert
GPWInop
WSInop
TA_NotAvail
RawRA1
ARA1Val
DHDsc
RawBAlt1
RawBCAlt1
RawCAS1
RawBaroRt1
AUBaroVal
RawAACSAT
RawSAT1
ILSTuned1
AGS1Val
RawAACGS1
ALoc1Val
RawAACLoc1
RawGS1
RawLoc1
RawGLat1
GPSLatude1
RawGLng1
GPSLngude1
RawGAlt1
RawHFOM1
RawVFOM1
RawRoll1
RawPitch1
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 148
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX D
VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 149
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX D - Vendor Contact Information
Vendor Contact Information
The vendor contact information provided below is current at the time of publication of this document.
AMP
2800 Fulling Mill Road
MS 038-035
Middletown, PA 17507
800 806-0480
http://www.amp.com
Amphenol
20 Melford Drive
Scarborough, Ontario, Canada
M1B 2X6
Ph: 416-291-4401
Fax: 416-292-0647
http://www.amphenol.com
Avidyne Corporation
55 Old Bedford Road
Lincoln, MA 01773
Ph: 888-723-7592
http://www.avidyne.com
Avtech Corporation
3400 Wallingford Ave North
Seattle, WA 98103
Ph: 206-634-2540
http://www.avtcorp.com
Barry Controls
Burbank, CA
818 843-1000
United Kingdom:
Surrey, England
44 (0932) 22-4122
Germany:
Raunheim, Germany
49 (6142) 43077/8/9
Brighton, MA
616 787-1555
BF Goodrich Aircraft Sensors
14300 Judicial Road
Burnsville, MN 55306-4898
Ph: 952-892-4000
Fax: 952-892-4800
1000 Shames Drive
Westbury, New York 11590
Ph: 516-876-8400
Fax: 516-876-9153
http://www.bfg-aerospace.com
Comant
12920 Park Street
Sante Fe Springs, CA 90670
Ph: 562-946-6694
Fax: 562-946-5150
Email: sales@comant.com
http://www.comant.com
Dallas Avionics, Inc.
2525 Santa Anna Ave.
Dallas, Texas 75228
Ph: 800-527-2581
distributor for Eaton switches
http://www.dallasavionics.com
Eaton Corporation
(see Dallas Avionics)
Lighted Switches, Displays
1640 Monrovia Avenue
Costa Mesa, CA 92627
Ph: 800-300-9320
http://www.aerospace.eaton.com
EDMO Distributors Inc.
5505 E. Rutter Ave.
Spokane, WA 99212-1333
Ph: 800-235-3300
distributor for STACO switches
http://www.edmo.com
BF Goodrich Aerospace
Computer Instruments Corp.
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
Email: info@computerinstruments.com
http://www.computerinstruments.com
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 150
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Electronic Cable Specialists
and Electrical Conservation
Systems, Inc.
5300 W Franklin Drive
Franklin, WI 53132-8642
414 421-5300
http://www.ecsdirect.com
Electrical & Mechanical
Technologies (EMTEQ)
S84 W18693 Enterprise Drive
Muskego, WI 53150
PH: 262 679-6170
Fax: 262 679-6175
888 679-6170
Email: Sales@emteq.com
http://www.emteq.com
Hollingsead International
Sante Fe Springs, CA
213 921-3436
http://www.hollingsead.com
IDD Aerospace
Redmond, WA
425 885-4353
ITT Cannon
Santa Ana, CA
714 557-4700
Korry Electronics
901 Dexter Avenue North
Seattle, WA
Ph: 800 257- 8921
Fax: 206 281-3576
Master Specialties Co.
Costa Mesa, CA
714 642-2427
Email: info@korry.com
http://www.korry.com
Mid-Continent Instruments
http://midcontinentinstruments.com
Norwich Aero Products
http://www.norwichaero.com
PIC Wire & Cable Supply
N53 W24747 S. Corporate Circle
Positronic Industries
423 North Campbell Avenue
Springfield, Missouri 65801
Email: info@positronic.com
http://www.positronic.com
Sensor Systems, Inc.
8929 Fullbright Avenue
Chatsworth, CA 91311
818 341-5366
Fax: 818 341-9059
http://www.sensorantennas.com
Shadin Co.
6831 Oxford Street
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
Ph: 800-328-0584
Fax: 612-924-1111
http://www.shadin.com
Email: sales@shadin.com
Spirent Systems
Penny & Giles Aerospace
8710 E. 32nd Street N.
Wichita, KS 67226
Ph: 316-636-2000
Fax: 316-636-9098
http://www.spirent-systems.com
Email: denniss@pgaerospace.com
Staco Switch
(see EDMO Distributors)
1139 Baker Street
Costa Mesa, CA 92626-4191
Ph: 714-549-3041
Fax: 714-549-0930
http://www.stacoswitch.com
CAGE CODE: 97896
P.O. Box 330
Sussex, WI 53089-0330
414 246-0500
Fax: 414 246-0450
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
Email: BHackett@Picwire.com
http://www.picwire.com
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 151
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
West Coast Specialties
CAGE CODE: 97896
P.O. Box 5010
Preston, WA 98050
Ph: 425 222-3118
Fax: 425-222-3119
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
Contact:
Bruce Maxwell, (Rep)
206-232-2871
Fax: 206-232-3174
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 152
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX E
Interface Description Document
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 153
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table of Contents
APPENDIX E - INTERFACE DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT
159
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PART NUMBER
1.2 PURPOSE
1.3 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.4 DOCUMENT OVERVIEW
159
159
159
159
159
2 REFERENCES
159
3 MECHANICAL INTERFACE
3.1 WEIGHT
3.2 SYSTEM INTERFACE COMPONENTS
3.2.1
EGPWC Mounting
3.2.2
EGPWC Connectors
3.2.3
Configuration Module
3.3 OUTLINE
160
160
160
160
160
161
162
4 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
4.1 INTRODUCTION
4.2 SIGNAL INTERFACES
4.2.1
Grounds
164
164
164
164
4.2.1.1
4.2.1.2
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.3.1
4.2.3.2
4.2.3.3
4.2.3.4
4.2.3.5
4.2.3.6
4.2.4
4.2.4.1
4.2.4.2
4.2.4.3
4.2.4.4
4.2.4.5
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.2.6.1
4.2.6.2
4.2.6.3
4.2.6.4
4.2.6.5
4.2.7
4.2.8
4.2.9
4.2.10
4.2.11
4.2.11.1
4.2.11.2
4.2.12
4.2.12.1
4.2.12.2
4.2.13
4.2.13.1
4.2.13.2
Chassis Ground
DC Ground
164
164
Primary Power Input
DC Analog Inputs
164
165
Radio Altitude
Low Level Glideslope
Localizer Deviation or Low Level Glideslope Validity
Barometric Altitude
Outside Air Temperature
Configuration Defined DC Inputs
165
165
165
166
166
166
AC Analog Inputs
166
Synchro Roll Attitude
Synchro Magnetic Heading
Synchro Pitch Attitude
Configuration Defined Synchro Inputs
Signal Timing Reference Inputs
166
167
167
167
167
ARINC 429/575 Digital Serial Bus Inputs
RS-232 / RS-422 Digital Serial Bus Inputs
168
168
GPS RS-232 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 3)
GPS RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 3)
Air Data RS-232 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 2)
Air Data RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 2)
SCI Range RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 1)
169
169
169
169
169
Discrete Inputs
Configuration Module Interface
GPS Antenna Input
OAT Voltage Reference Output
Lamp Driver Outputs
170
170
170
171
171
Monitor Output Characteristics
Discrete Output Characteristics
171
171
Audio Outputs
171
High Level (Speaker) Audio Output
Low Level (Interphone) Audio Output
171
172
ARINC Digital Serial Output Buses
172
ARINC 429 Output Bus
ARINC 453 Output Bus
172
172
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 154
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.3 FRONT PANEL TEST INTERFACE
4.3.1
RS-232 Maintenance Port (serial port 4)
4.3.2
PCMCIA / SmartCable Port
4.3.3
GSE Present Discrete Input
4.4 FRONT PANEL STATUS INDICATORS
172
173
173
173
173
5 AIRCRAFT APPLICATION DATA
5.1 CONFIGURATION TYPES
5.2 CONFIGURATION SELECTION
5.3 CONFIGURATION SELECTION TABLES
5.3.1
Category 1, Aircraft / Mode Type Select
5.3.2
Category 2, Air Data Input Select
5.3.3
Category 3, Position Input Select
5.3.4
Category 4, Altitude Callouts
5.3.5
Category 5, Audio Menu Select
5.3.6
Category 6, Terrain Display Select
5.3.7
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
5.3.8
Category 8, Radio Altitude Input Select
5.3.9
Category 9, Navigation Input Select
5.3.10 Category 10, Attitude Input Select
5.3.11 Category 11, Heading Input Select
5.3.12 Category 12, Windshear Input Select
5.3.13 Category 13, Input / Output Discrete Type Select
5.3.14 Category 14, Audio Output Level
5.3.15 Category 15, Undefined for this software release
5.3.16 Category 16, Undefined for this software release
5.3.17 Category 17, Undefined for this software release
174
174
174
177
177
179
187
193
194
198
241
244
248
252
255
257
258
269
269
269
269
6 CONFIGURABLE INPUT DATA DEFINITION
6.1 ANALOG INPUT DATA
6.1.1
ARINC 552 Radio Altimeter
6.1.2
ALT 55 Radio Altimeter
6.1.3
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude
6.1.4
Outside Air Temperature (500 ohm probe)
6.1.5
Outside Air Temperature (Internal Constant)
6.1.6
ARINC 547/578-4 Low Level Glideslope Deviation with Discrete Valid
6.1.7
ARINC 547/578-4 Low Level Glideslope Deviation with Low Level Valid
6.1.8
Roll Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC )
6.1.9
Magnetic Heading, 5 Wire Synchro
6.1.10 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (ADS-65)
6.1.11 RT-221/300 Radio Altimeter
6.1.12 Pitch Synchro Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC )
6.1.13 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (CIC 02702)
6.1.14 ARINC 547/578-4 Low Level Glideslope Deviation Validity
6.1.15 Roll Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC ) with Validity
6.1.16 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (AZ-241, AZ-800)
6.1.17 ARINC 547 Localizer Deviation with Discrete Valid
6.2 DIGITAL INPUT DATA, ARINC 429
6.2.1
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (203)
6.2.2
Static Air Temperature (213)
6.2.3
Barometric Altitude Rate (212)
6.2.4
Altitude (076) - GPS (MSL)
6.2.5
Horizontal Integrity Limit (130) - GPS
6.2.6
Ground Speed (112) - GPS
6.2.7
Latitude (110) - GPS
6.2.8
Longitude (111) - GPS
6.2.9
Track Angle (103) - GPS
270
270
270
270
271
271
271
272
272
272
273
273
273
274
274
275
275
275
276
276
278
278
278
278
278
278
279
279
279
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 155
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.2.10
6.2.11
6.2.12
6.2.13
6.2.14
6.2.15
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
6.2.19
6.2.20
6.2.20.1
Horizontal Figure Of Merit (247) – GPS (ARINC 743A)
Horizontal Figure Of Merit (247) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Horizontal Figure Of Merit from HDOP (101) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Vertical Figure Of Merit (136) – GPS (ARINC 743A)
Vertical Figure Of Merit (136) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Vertical Figure Of Merit from VDOP (102) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Sensor Status (273) - GPS
Universal Time Correlation (125) - GPS
Date (260) - GPS
Control Word (154) - MFD
Control Word 2 (271/273)
279
279
279
279
279
279
280
280
280
281
281
Control Word 2 (271/273) Type 2
281
6.2.21 Discrete Word (155 or 176) - MFD
6.2.22 Hazard Range Output (077)
6.2.23 Range (050) - Multifunction Signal Generator (MG) or IC600
6.2.24 Query / Continuous Response (011) - KCPB
6.2.25 Key Press Data (012) – KCPB
6.2.26 Control Word 1 (270)
6.2.27 Discrete Word (273) – Bendix Weather Radar Vertical Profile Mode
6.2.28 Discrete Word (275) – IC600 only
6.2.29 Radio Altitude (164)
6.2.30 Glideslope Deviation (174 or 117)
6.2.31 Roll Angle (325)
6.2.32 Magnetic Heading (320)
6.2.33 Localizer Deviation (173 or 116)
6.2.34 Pitch Angle (324)
6.2.35 Range (271) - KCPB
6.2.36 DSU Status Word (350)
6.2.37 True Heading (314)
6.2.38 Corrected Barometric Altitude (204)
6.2.39 Computed Airspeed (206)
6.2.40 True Airspeed (210)
6.2.41 Decision Height (370) – IOC Scaling
6.2.42 Normal Acceleration (333)
6.2.43 Longitudinal Acceleration (331)
6.2.44 Left Body Angle of Attack (224)
6.2.45 Right Body Angle of Attack (225)
6.2.46 VOR/ILS Frequency (034)
6.2.47 PFD Mode Select Word (163)
6.2.48 FWC & GP Discrete Word (171)
6.2.49 Body Pitch Rate (326)
6.2.50 Body Roll Rate (327)
6.2.51 Minimum Descent Altitude (170) – IOC Scaling
6.2.52 Normal Angle of Attack (236)
6.2.53 North/South Velocity (166) - GPS
6.2.54 East/West Velocity (174) - GPS
6.2.55 Discrete Word (017) - KMD 550/850
6.2.56 Inertial Vertical Speed (365)
6.2.57 Inertial Altitude (361)
6.2.58 Vertical Velocity (165) - GPS
6.2.59 Latitude Fine (120) - GPS
6.2.60 Longitude Fine (121) - GPS
6.2.61 Selected Course (100) - IOC
6.2.62 DH/MDA Selected (170) – DAU Scaling
6.3 DIGITAL DATA, ARINC 575
6.3.1
Static Air Temperature (213)
6.3.2
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (203)
282
282
283
283
284
284
285
285
285
285
286
286
286
286
286
286
287
287
287
287
287
287
288
288
288
288
288
289
290
290
290
290
291
291
291
291
291
291
292
292
292
292
292
292
293
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 156
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.3.3
Barometric Altitude Rate (212)
6.3.4
Computed Airspeed (206)
6.4 DIGITAL DATA, RS-232
6.4.1
Xpress GPS Packets ID 15: Lat/Lon/Estimated Horizontal Position Error
6.4.2
Xpress GPS Packets ID 16: Altitude/Estimated Vertical Position Error
6.4.3
Xpress GPS Packets ID 17: Ground Speed/Track Angle
6.4.4
Xpress GPS Packets ID 18: East/North/Up Velocity
6.4.5
Xpress GPS Packets ID 1C: GPS State
6.5 DIGITAL DATA, RS-422
6.5.1
Honeywell RS-422 Serial Control Interface (SCI) Mode/Range Word
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
293
293
293
293
293
293
294
294
295
295
Serial Control Interface (SCI) Mode/Range Word 1 (80)
Serial Control Interface (SCI) Status Word 1 (FF)
295
296
6.5.2
Honeywell RS-232 Serial Control Interface for DC811 Up/Down Range
6.6 DISCRETE INPUTS
6.6.1
Analog Radio Altitude Validity Flags
6.6.2
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.4
GND Landing Flap Discrete
6.6.5
+28V Landing Flap Discrete
6.6.6
Momentary Flap Override Discrete
6.6.7
Self-Test Discrete
6.6.8
GND ILS Tuned Discrete #1
6.6.9
+28V ILS Tuned Discrete #1
6.6.10 Glideslope Validity Discrete #1
6.6.11 GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12 +28 V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.13 Glideslope Cancel Discrete
6.6.14 Decision Height Discrete
6.6.15 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.16 GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17 +28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.18 Display Select Discrete #1
6.6.19 Display Select Discrete #2
6.6.20 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete
6.6.21 Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.22 Barometric Altitude Validity Discrete
6.6.23 Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete
6.6.24 Attitude Validity Discrete
6.6.25 Steep Approach Discrete #2
6.6.26 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27 GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.28 Localizer Validity Discrete #1
296
297
297
297
297
298
298
298
298
298
299
299
299
299
299
300
300
300
300
300
301
301
301
301
301
301
302
302
302
302
7 OUTPUT DATA DEFINITION
7.1 ARINC 429 OUTPUT DATA
7.1.1
Discrete Output Words
7.1.1.1
7.1.1.2
7.1.1.3
7.1.1.4
7.1.1.5
7.1.1.6
7.1.2
7.1.2.1
7.1.2.2
7.1.2.3
7.1.2.4
7.1.2.5
7.1.2.6
303
303
305
EGPWS Alert Discrete #1 (270)
EGPWC Logic Discretes (271)
Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #1 (272)
Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #2 (273)
EGPWS Alert Discrete #2 (274)
EGPWC Alert Discrete #3 (300)
305
305
306
306
307
307
Internal Data Outputs
308
Geometric Altitude VFOM (135)
Terrain Clearance (164)
Geometric Altitude (261)
Computed Terrain Clearance (067)
Latitude – Selected EGPWS (310)
Longitude – Selected EGPWS (311)
308
308
308
308
308
308
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 157
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.2.7
7.1.2.8
7.1.2.9
7.1.2.10
7.1.2.11
7.1.2.12
7.1.2.13
7.1.2.14
7.1.2.15
7.1.3
7.1.3.1
7.1.3.2
7.1.3.3
7.1.3.4
7.1.3.5
7.1.3.6
7.1.4
7.1.4.1
7.1.5
7.1.5.1
7.1.5.2
7.1.5.3
7.1.6
7.1.6.1
7.1.6.2
Body Angle of Attack—Right (223) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Body Angle of Attack—Left (224) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Corrected Airspeed (242) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Windshear Warning Threshold (331) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Corrected Longitudinal Acceleration (332) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Raw Total Shear (362) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Corrected Normal Acceleration (364) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Computed Flight Path Angle (375) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Scaled Total Shear (376) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Terrain Display Outputs
310
Displayed Range (050)
Terrain Display Status Word (051)
Message Word #1 (052)
Message Word #2 (053)
Message Word #3 (054)
Message Word #4 (055)
310
310
311
311
312
312
Equipment Identification
313
Equipment Identification Word (377)
313
Fault Summary Words (for Proline 4/21)
313
Fault Diagnostic Word #1 (350)
Fault Diagnostic Word #2 (351)
Fault Diagnostic Word #3 (355)
313
313
314
Peak Binary Labels
314
Peaks Upper Elevation (011)
Peaks Lower Elevation (012)
314
315
7.2 ARINC 708A OUTPUT
7.3 AUDIO OUTPUT
7.4 DISCRETE OUTPUTS
7.4.1
Ground Proximity Alerts Discrete (Lamp) Outputs
7.4.2
Audio On Discrete
7.4.3
Monitor Discretes (GPWS INOP & Terrain INOP or Terrain Not Available)
7.4.4
Terrain Display Switching Discretes (WxR/EGPWS Display Select)
7.4.5
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.6
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.7
Terrain / Obstacle Awareness Alert Discretes
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.2
308
309
309
309
309
309
309
309
309
315
315
315
315
316
316
316
316
316
316
Terrain / Obstacle Caution
Terrain / Obstacle Warning
316
316
7.4.8
Terrain Pop Up
7.4.9
Windshear INOP Monitor Discretes
7.4.10 Windshear Warning
7.4.11 Windshear Caution
7.4.12 Steep Approach Discrete
7.5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION STATUS
7.5.1
System Status Messages
316
316
316
317
317
317
318
8 CONNECTOR INTERFACE
8.1 PINOUT FOR FRONT CONNECTORS SORTED BY PIN NUMBER
319
319
9 DEFINITIONS
324
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 158
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
APPENDIX E - Interface Description Document
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Part Number
This document is the Interface Description Document for the MK VI and MK VIII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning
System (EGPWS). The EGPWS computer (EGPWC) for these systems are identified by Honeywell part numbers:
965-1180-0XX
MK VI EGPWC
With upgraded CPU
965-1190-0XX
MK VI EGPWC
With upgraded CPU and internal GPS
965-1210-0XX:
MK VIII EGPWC
With upgraded CPU
965-1220-0XX:
MK VIII EGPWC
With upgraded CPU and internal GPS
Differences, where they exist, between the different part numbers, are highlighted within this document.
The EGPWC 10 digit part number will identify the configuration of the EGPWC as follows:
965-1ABC-DDD (example 965-1180-020)
A = 1 (MK VI) or 2 (MK VIII)
B = Functionality of hardware (with or without internal GPS or Upgraded CPU). Refer to part number list above for
details.
C = MK VI or MK VIII EGPWC hardware (including boot code). C = 0 as hardware part numbers roll.
DDD = Application Software (including Configuration Software)
The Terrain Database (including the Envelope Modulation Database) Version is not identified in the 10-digit part number
but with a separate identifier on the nameplate.
All modification changes not affecting form, fit or function will be identified via “mod dots”.
The digits identifying the Application software will match the respective version number of the Application software.
1.2
Purpose
The Interface Description Document describes all of the system external interfaces for the MK VI and MK VIII Enhanced
Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS).
1.3
System Overview
Refer to the EGPWS Product Specification document referenced in section 2.
1.4
Document Overview
This document is organized as follows.
Section 1 Introduction, identifies this Description Document and describes the content and organization of the document.
Section 2 Referenced Documents.
Section 3 Mechanical Interface, summarizes the outline, mounting tray outline and weight of the EGPWS.
Section 4 Electrical Interface, summarizes the number and type of electrical interfaces available.
Section 5 Aircraft Application Data, specifies the available interfaces as well as specific data provided on each interface
Section 6 Input Data Definition, provides definition of digital and analog input characteristics.
Section 7 Output Data Definition, describes the characteristics of the EGPWC outputs.
Section 8 Connector Interface, describes pin out and function for the front panel connectors.
Section 9 Definitions, provides a list of acronyms.
2
REFERENCES
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Product Specification
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Pilot Guide
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Line Maintenance Manual
MK VI/MK VIII EGPWS Terrain Database
EGPWS Interface Methodology
965-1180-601
060-4314-000
060-4199-180
060-4326-000
060-4303-000
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 159
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3
MECHANICAL INTERFACE
3.1
Weight
The maximum weight for all MK VI and MK VIII EGPWC part numbers is 3.9 pounds.
3.2
System Interface Components
Refer to section 3.3 for outline drawings.
3.2.1 EGPWC Mounting
The mounting rack for the EGPWC is identified as follows:
TRAY
Honeywell P/N
Source/Vendor
405-0383-001
Bendix/King
Vendor Part Number
071-04003-0002
3.2.2 EGPWC Connectors
There are two connectors that interface the aircraft with the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWC. The 78-pin (J1) and 50 pin
(J2) front panel interface connectors of the MK VI and VIII EGPWC contain all the interfaces for signals and power. The
78 pin is a Subminiature-D, High-Density Series connector conforming to Mil-C-24308. The 50 pin is a Subminiature-D
Connector conforming to Mil-C-24308.
P1
Vendor/Supplier
Positronics
78 pin Connector
Supplier P/N
DD78F10JVLC-15
P2
Vendor/Supplier
Positronics
50 pin Connector
Supplier P/N
RD50F10JVLC-15
Honeywell P/N
440-1158-009
Honeywell P/N
440-1233-001
A GPS Antenna connector is required for Enhanced MK VI and MK VIII units with internal GPS receiver.
GPS Connector
Vendor/Supplier
Supplier P/N
Honeywell P/N
AMP
225554-6
440-1239-001
For a pictoral of the front panel connectors, see Figure 8.1-1 and 8.1-2. Also, refer to Section 8 for pin-out information.
A test connector (J3) is provided on the EGPWC front panel. This provides access for a PC test monitor and future
portable data loading capabilities. The mating connector for the EGPWC test plug is a male (pins) 15 pin double density
D-subminiature type, Positronics Industries (kit) part number ODD15M1OYOZ or the following individual parts:
Nomenclature (AMP)
Amp Part Number
Military Part Number
Connector Shell (HDP-22 Crimp Snap In Contact) 748364-1
reference MIL-C-24308
Size 22 DM Crimp Snap In Contacts Pin 0.030
748333-4 or –7
M39029/58-360
Backshell (Shielded Cable Clamp Assembly)
745854-5
Jackscrews (4-40 Male Jackscrew Kit)
747784-8 (specify quantity of 2 per connector)
Grommet Sets
747746-1
The following tools will work with Positronics, Amp, and Mil Spec Connectors:
Insertion / Extraction Tool
91067-1
Hand Crimp Tool
Positioner
M81969/1-04
M22520/2-01
M22520/2-09
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 160
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.2.3 Configuration Module
The EGPWS aircraft configuration is programmed into a configuration module installed in the aircraft wiring. This
configuration module is identified as follows:
Vendor/Supplier
Supplier P/N
Honeywell
700-1710-001
Honeywell
700-1710-020 *
The configuration module is installed as part of the P2 mating connector backshell and contains reprogrammable memory
for configuration storage.
Configuration module part number 700-1710-020, contains a Real Time Clock (RTC) circuit that supplies the EGPWS
with date and time to allow the internal GPS receiver to determine GPS constellation shift and provide faster satellite
signalacquistion and navigation. The Configuration module, part number 700-1710-020, will only operate with EGPWC
hardware part numbers 965-1180, 965-1190, 965-1210, 965-1220 and software versions -020 or later.
Configuration module, part number 700-1710-001, can be used with all EGPWC hardware part numbers and software
versions.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 161
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
3.3
Outline
Dimensions of the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWC hardware and their associated mounting rack are given in this section.
The mounting rack is identical to that of the MK VI GPWC.
FIGURE 3.3-1: OUTLINE DRAWING FOR THE MK VI AND MK VIII EGPWC
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 162
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
FIGURE 3.3-2: MOUNTING RACK FOR THE MK VI AND MK VIII EGPWC
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 163
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4
ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
4.1
Introduction
The MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS provide electrical interfaces for aircraft systems and to support maintenance functions.
The interfaces are made via the front panel aircraft interface connectors, front panel maintenance/test port and front panel
LED’s. A TNC coaxial connector is located on the front panel for internal GPS receivers in the 965-1190-0XX MK VI
EGPWC, and 965-1220-0XX MK VIII EGPWC only. The following sections describe the types of electrical interfaces
provided in the EGPWC. See Section 5 for the specific interface configuration capabilities of the MK VI and MK VIII
EGPWS.
4.2
Signal Interfaces
This section identifies and describes the number and characteristics of each interface type provided in the front panel aircraft
interface connectors. The aircraft interface connectors are defined as P1 (78 pins) and P2 (50 pins). Section 8 identifies the
connector pin assignments. The signal mnemonic for each signal in Section 8 is included in the following sections. All
synchro inputs are brought in as three or five wire devices. No two wire absolute AC signals are available. All analog inputs
provide broken wire detection on all input signal legs. Unless otherwise stated, the “Maximum reverse fault current” is
defined as the current resulting from an internal component failure, with the input signal at zero volts.
4.2.1 Grounds
4.2.1.1 Chassis Ground
Used for redundant metal connection. This pin is internally connected to DC Ground (see section 4.2.1.2).
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
J1-42, J1-53
(GND)
4.2.1.2 DC Ground
For discrete inputs and lamp driver outputs. These pins are also internally connected to Chassis Ground (see section 4.2.1.1).
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
(same as +28 VDC Return)
NOTE: All analog signals are differential input.
J1-41, J1-61
(PWR_L)
4.2.2 Primary Power Input
Nominal Input
Normal Voltage Range
Normal Surge Voltage Range
Abnormal Voltage Range
Abnormal Surge Voltage Range
Normal Frequency Range
Frequency Transients
Power Requirements
Recommended Power Control Device
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
+28 VDC Input
+28 VDC Return
28 VDC
22.0 to 30.3 VDC
15 to 40VDC (30 mSec)
20.5 to 32.2 VDC
37.8 VDC (1sec); 46.3 VDC (100 mSec)
not applicable
not applicable
9 Watts - No Warnings
+7 Watts with warning voice over 8 Ω speaker
+3 Watts with Internal GPS (includes antenna power)1
+49 Watts (typical) with heater blanket on2
3 Amp delayed action circuit breaker.
J1-40, J1-60
J1-41, J1-61
(PWR_H3)
(PWR_L3)
1
Based on the Honeywell GPS Pxpress card specification and applies to 965-1190-0XX and 965-1220-0XX only.
The heater blanket turns on at temperatures ≤ -23° C and turns off at temperatures ≥ -20° C.
3
Note that this is not a floating input. +28 VDC must be applied to both PWR_H and +28 VDC Return to both PWR_L inputs.
2
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 164
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.2.3 DC Analog Inputs
Unless otherwise specified, Input Signal accuracy is 1% linearity +0.1% full scale offset.
4.2.3.1 Radio Altitude
Quantity
Input Impedance, each leg
Maximum Reverse Fault Current
Signal Range
Input Voltage Range (VRA)
Conversion Range (VC)
Input Filter
Broken Wire Detect
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Signal (+)
Return (-)
1
> 83 KΩ
< 200 µA
0 to 2500 feet
37.7V ≥ VRA ≥ -2.5V
29.7V ≥ VC ≥ -0.4V
0.1 Second Low Pass, ± 10%
Input will be biased to less than -50 feet
J1-64
J1-45
(RALT_H)
(RALT_L)
4.2.3.2 Low Level Glideslope
Quantity
Input Impedance, each leg
Reverse Fault Current
Signal Range
Input Voltage Range
Input Filter
Input Type
Common Mode Voltage Range (VCM)
Broken Wire Detect
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
+Up, Below Beam, Fly Up
+Down, Above Beam, Fly Down
1
> 2.5 MΩ
< 6.2 µA
±12 Dots
±0.9 VDC
0.1 Second Low Pass, ± 10%
Differential
11V ≥ VCM ≥ -2V
Input will be biased less than -15 dots
J1-65
J1-46
(GSDEV_H)
(GSDEV_L)
4.2.3.3 Localizer Deviation or Low Level Glideslope Validity
This input can be configured as either a low level glideslope valid, or as a localizer deviation input. Installations that only
have the low level validity signal for glideslope can not activate the analog localizer input. See section 5.3.9 for more
information.
Quantity
Input Impedance, each leg
Reverse Fault Current
Input Filter
Input Type
Common Mode Voltage Range (VCM)
When used as a validity input:
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
+ Flag
– Flag
Active Voltage Range (Logic True)
Inactive Voltage Range (Logic False)
Broken Wire Detect
When used as a localizer input:
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
CRS DEV + Fly Right
CRS DEV + Fly Left
Signal Range
Input Voltage Range
Broken Wire Detect
1
> 2.5 MΩ
< 6.2 µA
0.1 Second Low Pass, ± 10%
Differential
11V ≥ VCM ≥ -2V
J1-30
(GS_VAL_H)
J1-10
(GS_VAL_L)
+160 to +840 mVDC
0 to 50 mVDC
Input will be biased less than –1 VDC
J1-30
(LCDEV_H)
J1-10
(LCDEV_L)
±12 Dots
±0.9 VDC
Input will be biased less than -15 dots
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 165
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.2.3.4 Barometric Altitude
Quantity
Input Impedance, each leg
Reverse Fault Current
Input Voltage Range
Input Filter
Input Type
Broken Wire Detect
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Signal (+)
Return (-)
1
> 83 KΩ
< 200 µA
-0.18 VDC to +15 VDC
0.1 Second Low Pass, ± 10%
Differential
Input will be biased less than -3000 feet
J1-62
J1-43
(ALT_H)
(ALT_L)
4.2.3.5 Outside Air Temperature
Quantity
Input Impedance, each leg
Reverse Fault Current
Input Voltage Range
Input Filter
Input Type
Broken Wire Detect
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Signal (+)
Return (-)
1
> 100 KΩ
< 200 µA
+0.3 VDC to +0.6 VDC
0.1 Second Low Pass, ± 10%
Differential
Input will be biased less than -80° C
J1-63
J1-44
(OAT_H)
(OAT_L)
NOTE: For temperature probe voltage reference see section 4.2.10.
4.2.3.6 Configuration Defined DC Inputs
Quantity
Input Impedance, each leg
Reverse Fault Current
Input Voltage Range
Input Filter
Input Type
Broken Wire Detect
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
#1 Signal (+)
#1 Return (-)
#2 Signal (+)
#2 Return (-)
2
> 83 KΩ
< 200 µA
±5 VDC
0.1 Second Low Pass, ± 10%
Differential
Input will be biased less than -6 VDC
J1-26
J1-27
J1-66
J1-47
4.2.4 AC Analog Inputs
Unless otherwise specified
Input Impedance: X leg
Input Impedance: Y leg
Input Impedance: Z leg
Maximum Reverse Fault Current
Input Voltage Range
Accuracy
> 140 KΩ
> 140 KΩ
> 140 KΩ
< 200 µA
±11.8 VACRMS ± 20% (leg to leg)
2.5% linearity + 0.1% full scale offset
4.2.4.1 Synchro Roll Attitude
Quantity
Synchro Angle Range
Reference Voltages
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
X leg
Y leg
Z leg
1
±80 deg
Not Required
J1-1
J1-21
J1-2
(SYN_1X)
(SYN_1Y)
(SYN_1Z)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 166
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.2.4.2 Synchro Magnetic Heading
Quantity
Synchro Angle Range
Reference Voltages
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
X leg
Y leg
Z leg
1
±180 deg
±26 VACRMS ± 20% (see 4.2.4.4)
J1-22
J1-23
J1-3
(SYN_2X)
(SYN_2Y)
(SYN_2Z)
4.2.4.3 Synchro Pitch Attitude
Quantity
Synchro Angle Range
Reference Voltages
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
X leg
Y leg
Z leg
1
±80 deg
Not Required
J1-5
J1-7
J1-6
(SYN_3X)
(SYN_3Y)
(SYN_3Z)
4.2.4.4 Configuration Defined Synchro Inputs
Quantity
Reference Voltages
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
#2 X leg
#2 Y leg
#2 Z leg
2
±26 VACRMS ± 20%
#3 X leg
#3 Y leg
#3 Z leg
J2-1
J2-2
J2-18
(SYN_4X)
(SYN_4Y)
(SYN_4Z)
J2-19
J2-20
J2-3
(SYN_5X)
(SYN_5Y)
(SYN_5Z)
4.2.4.5 Signal Timing Reference Inputs
These inputs accept 400 Hz AC signals, and detect the “zero crossings” of these signals. These zero crossings are used to
time the conversion and input of AC signals. Absolute voltage level of these signals is not measured, but it must be within
the range specified below. Voltage below the specified minimum value may result in intermittent or “jittery” zero cross
detection.
Timing reference signals are required for input of most AC devices (not required for pitch and roll). These references can be
brought into the appropriate timing reference input, or the system can be configured to derive a reference from the signal.
Timing reference signals are specified for synchro inputs requiring a range greater than ± 80 degrees. Inputs requiring less
(i.e., Roll Attitude) are configured to derive a reference from the synchro input signal and do not require a separate reference
voltage input.
Quantity
Input Impedance
Maximum Reverse Fault Current
A/C Input Signal Frequency Range
Maximum Input Voltage Swing (differential)
Maximum Input Voltage Swing (ref. to Gnd)
Input Hardware Filtering
Minimum Input Voltage
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
26VAC Reference #1 H
26VAC Reference #1 C
26VAC Reference #2 H
26VAC Reference #2 C
2
> 140KΩ each line to signal ground
< 120 µA
400 Hz, ±10%
50V between input legs
50V from any leg to signal ground
None
± 0.5 VAC
J1-4
J1-24
(26REF_1H)
(26REF_1L)
J2-34
J2-35
(26REF_2H)
(26REF_2L)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 167
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.2.5 ARINC 429/575 Digital Serial Bus Inputs
Quantity
Format
Low Speed Data Rate
High Speed Data Rate
Direction of Information Flow
Word/Frame Structure
Data definition
Channel
Receive #1 A leg
Receive #1 B leg
8
DITS, ARINC 429/575 Low or high speed 1
12.0 KBPS to 14.5 KBPS
100 KBPS ± 1%
Type ‘A’ broadcast for ARINC 429/575
Type ‘B’ 32 bit words consisting of 8 bits label and 24 bits data/status
Refer to Section 6 of this document
(Signal Mnemonic):
Pin Assignment
(429/422RX_1A)
J2-37
(429/422RX_1B)
J2-36
Receive #2 A leg
Receive #2 B leg
J2-39
J2-38
(429RX_2A)
(429RX_2B)
Receive #3 A leg
Receive #3 B leg
J2-41
J2-40
(429RX_3A)
(429RX_3B)
Receive #4 A leg
Receive #4 B leg
J2-25
J2-8
(429RX_4A)
(429RX_4B)
Receive #5 A leg
Receive #5 B leg
J2-21
J2-4
(429RX_5A)
(429RX_5B)
Receive #6 A leg
Receive #6 B leg
J2-22
J2-5
(429RX_6A)
(429RX_6B)
Receive #7 A leg
Receive #7 B leg
J2-23
J2-6
(429RX_7A)
(429RX_7B)
Receive #8 A leg
Receive #8 B leg
SSM/SDI Definition:
(429RX_8A)
J2-24
(429RX_8B)
J2-7
Refer to Section 6.2 of this document
4.2.6 RS-232 / RS-422 Digital Serial Bus Inputs
Two full duplex RS-232 / RS-422 buses and a third RS-422 receiver are provided at the aircraft interface connectors. The
RS-422 transceivers are electrically multiplexed with the RS-232 transceivers, and are selected through the configuration
process. The third RS-422 receiver is electrically multiplexed with the ARINC 429 channel 1 receiver. The maintenance
RS-232 bus is described in section 4.3.1. The specific characteristics (data rate, parity, data bits, stop bits) is defined in
the configuration selection, see Section 5 and 6 for details. RS-422 cable termination will not be required for typical
applications, see TIA/EIA-422-B Annex A.
The RS-232 bus meets the characteristics specified in RS232C and supports the following characteristics:
Data Rate
Parity
Data bits
Stop bits
Maximum Recommended Cable Length
Data definition
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 or 38400 bits/Sec
None, Odd or Even
7 or 8
1 or 2
15 meters
Refer to Section 6 of this document
The RS-422 bus meets the characteristics of TIA/EIA-422-B and supports the following characteristics:
Data Rate
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 12000, 19200 or 38400 bits/Sec
Maximum Transceivers on Bus
20
Receiver Input Impedance
12 KΩ
Word/Frame Structure
Refer to Section 6 of this document
Data definition
Refer to Section 6 of this document
1
The bus speed is defined in the configuration selection, see Section 5 for details.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 168
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.2.6.1 GPS RS-232 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 3)
One port is provided for use with external or internal RS-232 GPS interfaces. This port is common with the GPS RS-422
port described in Section 4.2.6.2 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but not both.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Transmit
J2-45
(GPS_TXA)
Receive
J2-29
(GPS_RXA)
Common
J2-28
(GND)
NOTE: If an internal GPS configuration is used (965-1190-0XX or 965-1220-0XX) then the receive input will be nonfunctional.
4.2.6.2 GPS RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 3)
One port is provided for use with external GPS interfaces. This port is common with the GPS RS-232 port described in
Section 4.2.6.1 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but not both.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Transmit A leg
J2-45
(GPS_TXA)
Transmit B leg
J2-46
(GPS_TXB)
Receive A leg
Receive B leg
J2-29
J2-12
(GPS_RXA)
(GPS_RXB)
NOTE: If an internal GPS configuration is used (965-1190-0XX or 965-1220-0XX) then the receive input will be nonfunctional.
4.2.6.3 Air Data RS-232 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 2)
One port is provided for use with Air Data computer or Static Pressure Sensor interfaces. This port is common with the
Air Data RS-422 port described in Section 4.2.6.4 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but
not both.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Transmit
J2-27
(ADC_TXA)
Receive
J2-11
(ADC_RXA)
Common
J2-28
(GND)
4.2.6.4 Air Data RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 2)
One port is provided for use with Air Data computer or Static Pressure Sensor interfaces. This port is common with the
Air Data RS-232 port described in Section 4.2.6.3 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but
not both.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Transmit A leg
J2-27
(ADC_TXA)
Transmit B leg
J2-44
(ADC_TXB)
Receive A leg
Receive B leg
J2-11
J2-10
(ADC_RXA)
(ADC_RXB)
4.2.6.5 SCI Range RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 1)
Two ports are provided for use with the SCI range bus interfaces. Port 1 is common with the ARINC 429 channel 1 port
described in Section 4.2.5 and can only function as a RS-422 interface or an ARINC 429 interface but not both. Port 2 is
common with the RS-232 port described in Section 4.2.6.4 and can only function as a RS-422 interface or an RS-232
interface but not both.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Receive A leg
J2-36
(429/422RX_1B)
Receive B leg
J2-37
(429/422RX_1A)
Receive A leg
Receive B leg
J2-10
J2-11
(232/422RX_2A)
(232/422RX_2B)
Note: SCI Display Range RS-422 bus A and B legs are reversed from ARINC 429.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 169
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.2.7 Discrete Inputs
Discrete signals are intended for remote switching through the aircraft, and are therefore subject to being connected to
other signals, and are also subject to transient voltage conditions. For these reasons, the following rules apply to each
input, unless otherwise stated.
Each input is capable of withstanding voltage transients of ± 600VDC for 10 µs and ± 50VDC continuously, without
damage. The +28 VDC discretes are internally biased via a pull down resistor, and are externally pulled up to +28VDC
when active. The characteristics of each +28 VDC discrete input are as follows:
+28 VDC Discrete Characteristics
Quantity
13
Active Voltage Range (Logic True)
> +17 VDC
Inactive Voltage Range (Logic False)
< +4.4 VDC
Diode Isolation
None
Input Impedance
> 95 KΩ
Maximum Fault Current
< 60 µA
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
See specific discrete in Category 13 (28V_DISC_xx)
The Ground discretes are internally biased via a pull up resistor, and are externally pulled down to ground when active.
The characteristics of each Ground discrete input are as follows:
Ground Discrete Characteristics
Quantity
15
Active Voltage Range (Logic True)
< +3 VDC
Inactive Voltage Range (Logic False)
> 100 KΩ (to ground) or > +3.5 VDC
Diode Isolation
Each input is diode isolated to prevent current sinking
Input Impedance
> 10 KΩ
Maximum Fault Current
< 100 µA (at +28 VDC input)
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
See specific discrete in Category 13 (GND_DISC_xx)
4.2.8 Configuration Module Interface
System configuration is defined via a Configuration Module, which resides in the MK VI/VIII EGPWS aircraft wiring
harness backshell. The EGPWS Configuration Module contains the aircraft interface and functionality definitions specific
to the installed aircraft. Refer to Section 5 for interface and functional definitions by category. Note that both
configuration module part numbers, 700-1710-003 and 700-1710-020, have identical electrical interfaces.
Electrical Characteristics
Data definition
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Clock
Master Data Out
Master Data In
Configuration Module Select
Configuration Module +5VDC
Configuration Module +5VDC Return
Refer to the EGPWS Configuration Module specification
Refer to the EGPWS Configuration Module specification
J2-32 (RED)
J2-50 (BLK)
J2-33 (ORN)
J2-49 (WHT)
J2-17 (VIO)
J2-16 (BLU)
(SPICLK)
(SPIMOSI)
(SPIMISO)
(SPISEL_CM#)
(SC_PWR)
(GND)
Output to Config Module
Logic Low (nominal)
Logic High (nominal)
EMK 6/8
EMK 6/8
Clock Out
0V
5V
Master Data Out
0V
5V
Config Module Select
0V
5V
INTERFACE OF EGPWS OUTPUTS TO CONFIGURATION MODULE
4.2.9 GPS Antenna Input
A GPS input connector is available on the front of the MK VI EGPWS (965-1190-0XX only) and MK VIII EGPWS (9651220-0XX) only.
Quantity
1
Cable Length/Allowed Signal Loss
Not more than 8 dB, at 1575.42 MHz, for cable and
connector loss from antenna to unit.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 170
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Connector Type
Low Level DC on RF Output
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
TNC
+5 VDC ±5%, 50 mAmps maximum, Shield Ground.
GPS ANT
(COAX)
4.2.10 OAT Voltage Reference Output
This output is an accurate voltage source for 500 Ω resistive temperature sensors.
Quantity
1
Output Voltage
5.000 VDC ±10 mVDC (no load)
Nominal Load
500 Ω
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
J1-25
(OAT_REF)
NOTE: This output has a source impedance of 4.42 KΩ, 0.1%.
4.2.11 Lamp Driver Outputs
The MK VI and MK VIII EGPWC support two kinds of Ground/Open discrete outputs used to signal various discrete
conditions. Monitor outputs are used to signal failure conditions for the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWC. Monitor outputs
default to an active state when there is a failure or if power is removed from the MK VI or MK VIII EGPWC. The other
Lamp Driver outputs are used to signal the alert or mode control status of the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS.
Short-term current limit protection is provided on all drivers for output shorting conditions. Ground going output discretes
may be connected together to produce a “wired OR” function for the active low state of the signals. If output discretes are
“wired Or’d” then diodes must be installed for isolation.
4.2.11.1 Monitor Output Characteristics
Quantity
Type of Output:
Max. Open Circuit Voltage:
Current Limit
Potential Across “Closed” Switch:
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
3
Switch Closure to Ground
30 VDC
1A
2.5 VDC Max
See specific output in Category 13
(MON_OUT_xx)
NOTE: Intended to operate with +28VDC lamp sources and will not operate with +5VDC lamp sources.
4.2.11.2 Discrete Output Characteristics
Quantity
Type of Output:
Max. Open Circuit Voltage:
Current Limit
Potential Across “Closed” Switch:
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
9
Switch Closure to Ground
30 VDC
500 mA (typical)
1 VDC Max
See specific output in Category 13
(DISC_OUT_xx)
NOTE: Intended to operate with +28VDC pullup external to the EGPWS.
4.2.12 Audio Outputs
There are two audio outputs provided one 8-ohm output and one 600-ohm output. There are several possible volume levels
available with the MKVI and MK VIII EGPWS as shown below, with maximum output being 4W (8Ω) or 100mW (600Ω).
The actual audio level output by the EGPWS is dependent on several items:
• Selection of nominal alert audio volume level (max, -6, -12, -18 or -24 dB) via Category 14. (Section 5.3.14)
• If a ‘soft’ Glideslope alert is being issued (given 6 dB below nominal alert volume level).
• If a Self Test is in progress, alerts are given 6 dB below nominal alert volume level.
• Selection of Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete (lowers callout volume by 6 dB - See Section 5.3.13).
4.2.12.1 High Level (Speaker) Audio Output
The 8-ohm output is capable of driving a speaker directly but can also be used to drive other devices with equal or higher
impedance.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 171
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Quantity
Maximum Power Output
Nominal Output Impedance
Load Impedance
Number of Available Power Output Levels
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Signal (+)
Return (-)
1
4 Watts Nominal
8Ω
8Ω or greater
5 selectable levels excluding the Mode 6 Audio Reduction function
J1-70
J1-71
(AUD_HL_H)
(AUD_HL_L)
4.2.12.2 Low Level (Interphone) Audio Output
The 600-ohm output is capable of driving one 600-ohm load at the specified level (or at a reduced level). This output is
primarily designed for headphones and interphone systems.
Quantity
1
Nominal Output Impedance
600Ω ±10%
Maximum Single Channel Power Output
100 mW Nominal
Available Power Output Levels
5 selectable levels excluding the Mode 6 Audio Reduction function
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Signal (+)
J1-75
(AUD_LL_H)
Return (-)
J1-74
(AUD_LL_L)
4.2.13 ARINC Digital Serial Output Buses
4.2.13.1 ARINC 429 Output Bus
The ARINC 429 output buses are defined in the terrain display select Section 5.3.6.3, output 429 bus group.
Quantity
2
Format
DITS, ARINC 429
Low Speed Data Rate
12.0 KBPS to 14.5 KBPS
High Speed Data Rate
100 KBPS ± 1%
Direction of Information Flow
Type ‘A’ broadcast for ARINC 429
Word/Frame Structure
Type ‘B’ 32 bit words consisting of 8 bits label and 24 bits data/status
Data definition
Refer to Section 7
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Bus #1 (A leg)
J2-43
(429TX_1A)
(429TX_1B)
Bus #1 (B leg)
J2-42
Bus #2 (A leg)
Bus #2 (B leg)
J2-26
J2-9
(429TX_2A)
(429TX_2B)
4.2.13.2 ARINC 453 Output Bus
Quantity
Format
Data Rate
Word/Frame Structure
Data definition
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Bus #1 (A leg)
Bus #1 (B leg)
2
1600 bit Manchester BI-phase per ARINC 708A
1 Mb per second
Refer to Section 7.2
Refer to Section 7.2
Bus #2 (A leg)
Bus #2 (B leg)
4.3
J1-58
J1-59
(KCPB_1A)
(KCPB_1B)
J1-56
J1-57
(KCPB_2A)
(KCPB_2B)
Front Panel Test Interface
The MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS provide a 15 pin (double density, D-Sub) test connector on the front panel, which
provides interfaces for various test and maintenance functions. This connector provides the following interfaces.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 172
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
4.3.1 RS-232 Maintenance Port (serial port 4)
One port is provided which meets the characteristics specified in RS232C. This bus can be used to read internal data from
the MK VI or MK VIII EGPWS for both bench, and aircraft testing or transmitting configuration data for selected
EGPWS interfaces and options.
Baud Rate
19,200
Parity
None
Data bits
8
Stop bits
1
Maximum Recommended Cable Length
15 meters
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
Transmit
J3-4
(RS232TXD_MON)
(RS232RXD_MON)
Receive
J3-3
(GND)
Common
J3-1
4.3.2 PCMCIA / SmartCable Port
One port is provided which meets the Motorola SPI characteristics. The PCMCIA / SmartCable interface allows for both
the uploading, and downloading of internal MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS information. Using this interface system,
software and databases can be updated. Control of the upload/download process is accomplished by connection of the
SmartCable to the MK VI or MK VIII EGPWS front panel test connector and insertion of the PCMCIA card. LEDs are
provided on the SmartCable for PCMCIA interface operation. The PCMCIA / SmartCable is not intended as an on-line/inflight storage medium and must be removed after completion of the upload/download operation.
Electrical Characteristics
Refer to the Motorola SPI specification
Data definition
Refer to the Motorola SPI specification
Maximum Recommended Cable Length
2 meters
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
(SPICLK)
J3-7
Clock
(SPIMOSI)
J3-9
Master Data Out
J3-8
(SPIMISO)
Master Data In
J3-10
(SPISEL_SC#)
SmartCable Select
J3-6
(SC_PWR)
SmartCable +5VDC
SmartCable +5VDC Return
J3-1
(GND)
PCMCIA Card Present
J3-2
(CARD_PRES#)
(GND)
SmartCable Ground
J3-12, -13, -14
NOTE: SmartCable +5VDC Return is common with RS-232 Maintenance Port common.
4.3.3 GSE Present Discrete Input
A discrete input for test and Ground Support Equipment is provided. Grounding this pin indicates to the EGPWS that test
or Ground Support Equipment is connected to the computer.
Active Threshold Voltage (Logic True)
< 0.8 VDC
Inactive Threshold Voltage (Logic False)
> 2.0 VDC
Input Impedance
> 20 KΩ
Maximum Fault Current
< 500 µA
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
J3-11
(GSE_PRES#)
4.4
Front Panel Status Indicators
The MK VI and MK VIII EGPWC front panel provides three LEDs for indicating system and LRU status. A yellow LED
labeled “EXTERNAL FAULT” is activated when a signal fault external to the MK VI or MK VIII EGPWC is detected.
A green LED labeled “COMPUTER OK” is activated when the MK VI or MK VIII EGPWC itself is okay. A red LED
labeled “COMPUTER FAIL” is activated when the MK VI or MK VIII EGPWC has detected an internal computer fault.
Refer to Product Specification 965-1180-601 for a detailed discussion of status indications, recommended maintenance
actions, Self Test activation and response.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 173
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5
AIRCRAFT APPLICATION DATA
This section describes the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS interfaces for aircraft applications. Section 5.1 is a listing of the
selection categories defining the various aircraft sensor interfaces and EGPWS functional options. Section 5.2 describes
how the Category ID’s are selected and programmed for the interface to aircraft sensors and EGPWS functional options.
Section 5.3 and its sub-sections define the specific aircraft interfaces available for the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS.
5.1
Configuration Types
The selection of the basic interfaces to the MK VI and MK VIII EGPWS can be found in the following categories:
Aircraft / Mode Type Select
Air Data Input Select
Position Input Select
Altitude Callouts
Audio Menu Select
Terrain Display Select
Options Select Group 1
Radio Altitude Input Select
Navigation Input Select
Attitude Input Select
Heading Input Select
Windshear Input Select
I / O Discretes Select
Audio Output Level
Future Configuration Category
Future Configuration Category
Future Configuration Category
5.2
Category 1
Category 2
Category 3
Category 4
Category 5
Category 6
Category 7
Category 8
Category 9
Category 10
Category 11
Category 12
Category 13
Category 14
Category 15
Category 16
Category 17
Configuration Selection
Each category provides information relative to aircraft interfaces or EGPWS functional options required or used for
EGPWS operation. Each category must be defined for the specific aircraft application according to the available aircraft
sensors or equipment and the intended EGPWS function. The choices provided are available in each category identified
by an “ID” number. The ID number is selected for each category and is used to load the selected configuration in a
configuration module installed in the aircraft wiring (physically part of one of the EGPWC mating connectors). For
example, selecting Category 2, ID 1 defines the Air Data Input as ARINC 429 per Table 5.3.2-1 in Category 2. With this
ID programmed into the configuration module the EGPWC will look for and use the interface defined for this ID. Table
5.2 can be used to record the selected ID for each category for later reference when programming the configuration
module. This programming is accomplished using a programming software tool available from Honeywell or generating a
data text string and transferring this data (in either case) via the EGPWC RS-232C (see 4.3.1) to the configuration module.
Once programmed, the configuration is available and read by any installed EGPWC on power up.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 174
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.2: Category ID Selection Procedure
Step
(Category)
Signal Selection
Selects:
1
2
3
a)
Aircraft Type
b)
Mode Type
Selects:
a)
Air Data Source
Selects:
a)
Position Source
Selects:
4
a)
Altitude Callouts
Menu
Selects:
5
a)
Audio Menu
Selects:
6
a)
Terrain Display
Config.
Instruction
Ident No.
Using Table 5.3.1, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the Aircraft / Mode
Type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.2, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Air Data
signal type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.3, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Position
signal type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.4 and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Altitude
Callout Menu.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.5 and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Audio
Menu type. Audio Menu types 2 & 3 are
designed for Fixed Gear installations.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.6 and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Terrain
Display indicator type and range bus type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.7 and any sub-tables
contained within, select the desired True or
False condition for Steep Approach
Enabled, TA&D Alternate Pop Up, Peaks
Mode Enable, Obstacle Awareness Enable,
Bank Angle Enable, Flap Reversal Select
functions and GPS Altitude Reference type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.8, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Radio
Altitude signal type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.9, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired
Navigation signal type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.10, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Attitude
signal type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.11, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Magnetic
Heading signal type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.12, select “0” NoWindshear
unless you are an OEM with a defined
aircraft windshear type.
Record the Ident “0” (ID No.) on the
space available on Ident column of this
table.
__0 __
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
Selects:
7
a)
Steep Approach
Enabled
b)
TA&D Alternate
Pop Up
c)
Peaks Mode Enable
d)
Obstacle Awareness
Enable
e)
Bank Angle Enable
f)
Flap Position
Polarity
g)
GPS Altitude
Reference
Selects:
8
a)
Radio Altitude
Source
Selects:
9
10
a)
Glideslope and/or
Localizer Source
Selects:
a)
Attitude Source
Selects:
11
a)
Magnetic Heading
Source
Selects:
12
a)
Windshear Input
Type
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 175
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Step
(Category)
Signal Selection
Instruction
Ident No.
Selects:
13
14
15
16
17
a)
Input Discrete
Functions
b)
Output Discrete
Functions
Selects:
a)
Audio Output Level
Using Table 5.3.13, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired I / O
Discrete type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.14, and any sub-tables
contained within, locate the desired Volume
type.
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
available on Ident column of this table.
_______
Using Table 5.3.15, select “0” Unused.
Record the Ident “0” (ID No.) on the
space available on Ident column of this
table.
__0__
Using Table 5.3.16, select “0” Unused.
Record the Ident “0” (ID No.) on the
space available on Ident column of this
table.
__0__
Using Table 5.3.17, select “0” Unused.
Record the Ident “0” (ID No.) on the
space available on Ident column of this
table.
__0__
Selects:
a)
Unused
Selects:
b)
Unused
Selects:
c)
Unused
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
ID #
LIMITATIONS: The described use of the configuration module provides for maximum flexibility in selection of input
sensors and output behavior. Every attempt has been made to avoid conflicts arising between categories and to reflect the
known configurations of aircraft. However in the case of input sensors it should not be construed that all combinations are
valid configurations. There may be configurations not supported by the EGPWS software configuration building process
(which will cause the EGPWS to fail in an obvious manner). In general you can not have redundancy through the mixing
of analog and digital sources, however redundant digital signals on different buses are permissable. As it is not practical to
verify all possible sensor combinations, verification of particular sensor combinations is part of the installation
certification process. If you intend to implement a sensor configuration not currently identified in Section 5, please contact
Honeywell or an authorized dealer/installer.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 176
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3
Configuration Selection Tables
Configuration selection is defined by category (or group of functions or inputs). The Category number identifies the
subsection where the details are defined. For example Air Data, Category 2, is defined in Section 5.3.2, and Position
Input Source, Category 3, is defined in Section 5.3.3.
5.3.1 Category 1, Aircraft / Mode Type Select
In this category the following parameters are defined:
• Basic mode alert thresholds
• Selected Mode 4B threshold
• Selected airspeed expansion
• Landing gear type
• Aircraft category (GA Fast, GA Slow, or Bizjet) defines the expected aircraft models, which the Aircraft Type will be
allocated to. It should be noted that the term “GA” when referring to GA Fast and GA Slow refers to Turboprop
aircraft and slower jet aircraft. Some of the differences between aircraft types are listed below to assist the reader.
Bizjet (Turbofan, MK VIII EGPWS only):
• Uses Commercial GPWS modes with Bizjet optimized “Bank-Angle” callout.
• A Gear stuck down fault will be indicated if the Gear are down and Airspeed exceeds 290 knots
• A Flap stuck down fault will be indicated if the Flaps are down and Airspeed exceeds 250 knots
• Uses either a 2000 ft and greater runway database (default) or a 3500 ft and greater runway database
GA Fast (Fast Turboprop):
• Uses classic MK VI GPWS modes.
• A Gear stuck down fault will be indicated if the Gear are down and Airspeed exceeds 290 knots
• A Flap stuck down fault will be indicated if the Flaps are down and Airspeed exceeds 250 knots
GA Slow (Slow Turboprop):
• Uses classic MK VI GPWS modes.
• Allows use of Mode 4 Alternate Airspeed Expansion
• A Gear stuck down fault will be indicated if the Gear are down and Airspeed exceeds 200 knots
• A Flap stuck down fault will be indicated if the Flaps are down and Airspeed exceeds 180 knots
The gear stuck and flap stuck faults activate the “GPWS INOP” and are recorded in fault history.
In addition, the Mode 4 Altitude and Airspeed Expansion variables are defined as follows:
•
Mode 4B Altitude are described as follows:
150’ Mode 4B: The voice “Too Low Flaps” is intitiated at 150 feet above the ground.
170’ Mode 4B: The voice “Too Low Flaps” is intitiated at 170 feet above the ground.
200’ Mode 4B: The voice “Too Low Flaps” is intitiated at 200 feet above the ground.
•
Normal/Alternate Airspeed Expansion are described as follows:
Normal Airspeed Expansion:
• Above 178 knots, penetration of the Mode 4 envelope will cause a “Too Low Terrain” voice
• Below 178 knots, penetration of the Mode 4 envelope will cause a “Too Low Gear” voice
Alternate Airspeed Expansion:
• Above 148 knots, penetration of the Mode 4 envelope will cause a “Too Low Terrain” voice
• Below 148 knots, penetration of the Mode 4 envelope will cause a “Too Low Gear” voice
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 177
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
The following table provides identification of the basic Aircraft/Mode Types and associated parameters. For purposes of
selecting an ID, use the “Description” provided in Table 5.3.1 appropriate to the desired variables as given above.
Table 5.3.1: Aircraft / Mode Type Select
Aircraft /
Mode
ID
Software
Effectivity
DESCRIPTION
Type
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
GA Fast (Fast Turboprop, Slow Turbofan),
170’ Mode 4B, Normal Airspeed Expansion
GA Fast (Fast Turboprop, Slow Turbofan),
150’ Mode 4B, Normal Airspeed Expansion
GA Fast (Fast Turboprop, Slow Turbofan),
200’ Mode 4B, Normal Airspeed Expansion
GA Slow (Slow Turboprop),
170’ Mode 4B, Alternate Airspeed Expansion
GA Slow (Slow Turboprop),
150’ Mode 4B, Alternate Airspeed Expansion
Bizjet (Turbofan), default GPWS modes with Bizjet Bank
Angle Callout and 3500 ft and greater runway database.
(MKVIII Only) (Note 1)
Bizjet (Turbofan), default GPWS modes with Bizjet Bank
255
255
Angle Callout and 2000 ft and greater runway database.
(MKVIII Only)
Note 1: ID 254 is supported with terrain database 426 and later.
254
ID
0
1
2
3
4
254
255
254
Aircraft
Type
GA Fast
GA Fast
GA Fast
GA Slow
GA Slow
Bizjet
Bizjet
Mode 1
Type
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
Mode 2
Type
4
4
4
5
5
1
1
Mode 3
Type
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
Mode 4
Type
6
8
5
7
9
1
1
EGPWS
MKVI
MKVIII
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
N/A
X
-020
N/A
X
Mode 6
Type
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bank Angle
Type
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
Runway
Database
2000’
2000’
2000’
2000’
2000’
3500’
2000’
See Product Specification 965-1180-601 for a description of Mode ‘X‘ type number.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 178
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.2 Category 2, Air Data Input Select
The following table provides identification of the Air Data source type. The entry in the Air Data Type corresponds to a
table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Air Data Type #2 are found in
Table 5.3.2-2. In this category, only the following signals are defined:
• Uncorrected Barometric Altitude in analog, ARINC 575, or ARINC 429 format, and associated validity.
• Temperature (Outside Air or Static Air) in analog, ARINC 575, or ARINC 429 format.
• Corrected Barometric Altitude in ARINC 429 format.
• Barometric Rate in ARINC 575 or ARINC 429 format.
• Computed Airspeed in ARINC 575 or ARINC 429 format.
TABLE 5.3.2: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT
ID
Air Data
Type
Software
Effectivity
Description
(Table
5.3.2-x)
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
255
255
EGPWS
MKVI
Analog - Uncorrected Baro altitude and 500Ω OAT
(i.e., CIC 04077)
Digital - ARINC 429
(i.e., Bendix KDC 281)
Digital - ARINC 575
(i.e., Collins ADC-80, 81, 82)
Analog - Uncorrected Baro altitude and 500Ω OAT
(i.e., Collins ADS-65)
Analog - Uncorrected Baro altitude and 500Ω OAT
(i.e., CIC 02702)
Digital - ARINC 429 with Corrected Altitude label 204
(i.e., Bendix KDC 481T)
Digital - ARINC 429 without Baro Rate label 212
(i.e., Honeywell AZ-810)
Digital - ARINC 429 and 500Ω OAT
(i.e. Shadin 2000)
Analog - Uncorrected Baro altitude and 500Ω OAT
(i.e., Honeywell AZ-241, AZ-242, AZ-648, AZ-800,
AZ-810) (Note 2)
Analog - Uncorrected Baro altitude without temperature
(i.e., Honeywell AZ-241, AZ-242, AZ-648, AZ-800,
AZ-810) (Note 2)
Digital - ARINC 429 Uncorrected Altitude label 203
without temperature
Digital – ARINC 429 (via dual IOC buses).
(Note 1)
MKVIII
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
N/A
X
Note 1: ID 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12.
Note 2: The AZ-800 provides an OAT signal with reference provided by the ADC. This signal is not compatible
with any current EGPWS interface. The AZ-241 does not provide an OAT interface. The installer may either
add an OAT probe (ID 11) or use the internal constant (ID 12). Honeywell recommends ID 11 (added OAT
probe) be used when operating in temperature extremes.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 179
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 5.3.2-0: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #0
(+) = J1-62
(–) = J1-43
Outside Air Temp
Total Air Temperature
REFERENCE
6.1.3
6.1.4
4.2.3.5
Probe element
Excitation:
5 V = J1-25
Temp Input
(probe element):
(+) = J1-63
(–) = J1-44
Ground
GND = J1-53
SUMMARY DATA
Format: DC with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE FAULT
Validity: Barometric Alt Valid (+28V)
Format: DC
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE FAULT
4.2.10
J1
25
(5 V Ref)
4.42 K Ohms
63 +
44
Voat
Uncorrected Barometric
Altitude
CONNECTION
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
SIGNAL
Temp In
53 Chassis Gnd
Note: Nominal 500 Ω Temperature Probe only.
Resistance @ 0°C: 500Ω ± 0.6Ω
Connection example:
CIC Temperature Sensor, P/N 05257 (2 wire). Connect positive
lead to both J1-25 and J1-63. Connect negative lead to both J144 and J1-53 (Chassis Ground).
Other probes may have three contacts.
Computed Airspeed
No Connection
N/A
Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air
data input)
PIN FUNCTION
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Barometric Altitude
Validity Discrete (+28V)
J1-9
Input
28V_DISC_08
Configuration Data
Derive Baro Altitude Rate
Type
Analog
Polarity/Configuration
References
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Invalid
6.6.22
4.2.7
Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude. Baro Rate
is not available with this air data source.
TABLE 5.3.2-1: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #1
CHANNEL
429RX_2
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
CONNECT TO: ADC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
Computed Airspeed
Barometric Rate
Static Air Temperature
Label
203
206
212
213
Reference
6.2.1
6.2.39
6.2.3
6.2.2
Sig. Bits
17
14
11
11
Range
±131,072 FT
±1024 KTS
±32768 FPM
512 Degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
1.0
0.0625
16.0
0.25
Rate (ms)
31.3-62.5
62.5-125
31.3-62.5
250-500
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 180
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 5.3.2-2: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #2
CHANNEL
429RX_2
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
CONNECT TO: ADC #1
Format: ARINC 575 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
Computed Airspeed
Barometric Rate
Static Air Temperature
Label
203
206
212
213
Reference
6.3.2
6.3.4
6.3.3
6.3.1
Sig. Bits
17
13
11
10
Range
±131,072 FT
±1024 KTS
±20480 FPM
±512 Degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
1.0
0.125
10.0
0.5
Rate (ms)
31.3-62.5
62.5-125
31.3-62.5
250-500
TABLE 5.3.2-3: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #3
(+) = J1-62
(–) = J1-43
Outside Air Temp
Total Air Temperature
REFERENCE
6.1.10
6.1.4
4.2.3.5
Probe element
Excitation:
5 V = J1-25
Temp Input
(probe element):
(+) = J1-63
(–) = J1-44
Ground
GND = J1-53
SUMMARY DATA
Format: DC with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE FAULT
Validity: Barometric Alt Valid (+28V)
Format: DC
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE FAULT
4.2.10
J1
25
(5 V Ref)
4.42 K Ohms
Voat
Uncorrected Barometric
Altitude
CONNECTION
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
SIGNAL
63 +
44
Temp In
53 Chassis Gnd
Note: Nominal 500 Ω Temperature Probe only.
Resistance @ 0°C: 500Ω ± 0.6Ω
Connection example:
CIC Temperature Sensor, P/N 05257 (2 wire). Connect positive
lead to both J1-25 and J1-63. Connect negative lead to both J144 and J1-53 (Chassis Ground).
Other probes may have three contacts.
Computed Airspeed
No Connection
N/A
Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air data
input)
PIN FUNCTION
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Barometric Altitude
Validity Discrete (+28V)
J1-9
Input
28V_DISC_08
Configuration Data
Derive Baro Altitude Rate
Type
Analog
Polarity/Configuration
References
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Invalid
6.6.22
4.2.7
Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude. Baro
Rate is not available with this air data
source.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 181
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 5.3.2-4: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #4
(+) = J1-62
(–) = J1-43
Outside Air Temp
Total Air Temperature
REFERENCE
6.1.13
6.1.4
4.2.3.5
Probe element
Excitation:
5 V = J1-25
Temp Input
(probe element):
(+) = J1-63
(–) = J1-44
Ground
GND = J1-53
SUMMARY DATA
Format: DC with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE FAULT
Validity: Barometric Alt Valid (+28V)
Format: DC
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE FAULT
4.2.10
J1
25
(5 V Ref)
4.42 K Ohms
Voat
Uncorrected Barometric
Altitude
CONNECTION
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
SIGNAL
63 +
44
Temp In
53 Chassis Gnd
Note: Nominal 500 Ω Temperature Probe only.
Resistance @ 0°C: 500Ω ± 0.6Ω
Connection example:
CIC Temperature Sensor, P/N 05257 (2 wire). Connect positive
lead to both J1-25 and J1-63. Connect negative lead to both J144 and J1-53 (Chassis Ground).
Other probes may have three contacts.
Computed Airspeed
No Connection
N/A
Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air data
input)
PIN FUNCTION
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Barometric Altitude
Validity Discrete (+28V)
J1-9
Input
28V_DISC_08
Configuration Data
Derive Baro Altitude Rate
Type
Analog
Polarity/Configuration
References
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Invalid
6.6.22
4.2.7
Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude. Baro
Rate is not available with this air data
source.
TABLE 5.3.2-5: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #5
CHANNEL
429RX_2
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
CONNECT TO: ADC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
Corrected Baro. Alt
Computed Airspeed
Barometric Rate
Static Air Temperature
Label
203
204
206
212
213
Reference
6.2.1
6.2.38
6.2.39
6.2.3
6.2.2
Sig. Bits
17
17
14
11
11
Range
±131,072 FT
±131,072 FT
±1024 KTS
±32678 FPM
±512 Degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
1.0
1.0
0.0625
16.0
0.25
Rate (ms)
31.3-62.5
31.3-62.5
62.5-125
31.3-62.5
250-500
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 182
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 5.3.2-6: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #6
CHANNEL
429RX_2
CONNECT TO: ADC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
Data
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
Computed Airspeed
Static Air Temperature
Label
203
206
213
Reference
6.2.1
6.2.39
6.2.2
Configuration Data
Derive Baro Altitude Rate
Sig. Bits
17
14
11
Range
±131,072 FT
±1024 KTS
±512 Degrees
Type
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
1.0
0.0625
0.25
Rate (ms)
31.3-62.5
62.5-125
250-500
Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude.
Baro Rate is not available with this air
data source.
Digital
TABLE 5.3.2-10: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #10
Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: ADC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
Corrected Baro. Alt
Computed Airspeed
Barometric Rate
Outside Air Temp
Total Air Temperature
Reference
6.2.1
6.2.38
6.2.39
6.2.3
6.1.4
4.2.3.5
Probe element
Excitation:
5 V = J1-25
4.2.10
Temp Input
(probe element):
(+) = J1-63
(–) = J1-44
Ground
GND = J1-53
Label
203
204
206
212
Sig. Bits
Range
Signal Type
Resolution
17
±131,072 FT
Basic
1.0
17
±131,072 FT
Basic
1.0
14
±1024 KTS
Basic
0.0625
11
±32678 FPM
Basic
16.0
Format: DC
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE FAULT
J1
25
Rate (ms)
31.3-62.5
31.3-62.5
62.5-125
31.3-62.5
(5 V Ref)
4.42 K Ohms
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
Voat
CHANNEL
429RX_2
63 +
44
Temp In
53 Chassis Gnd
Note: Nominal 500 Ω Temperature Probe only.
Resistance @ 0°C: 500Ω ± 0.6Ω
Connection example:
CIC Temperature Sensor, P/N 05257 (2 wire). Connect positive
lead to both J1-25 and J1-63. Connect negative lead to both J144 and J1-53 (Chassis Ground).
Other probes may have three contacts.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 183
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 5.3.2-11: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #11
(+) = J1-62
(–) = J1-43
Outside Air Temp
Total Air Temperature
REFERENCE
6.1.16
6.1.4
4.2.3.5
Probe element
Excitation:
5 V = J1-25
Temp Input
(probe element):
(+) = J1-63
(–) = J1-44
Ground
GND = J1-53
SUMMARY DATA
Format: DC with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE FAULT
Validity: Barometric Alt Valid (+28V)
Format: DC
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE FAULT
4.2.10
J1
25
(5 V Ref)
4.42 K Ohms
Voat
Uncorrected Barometric
Altitude
CONNECTION
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
SIGNAL
63 +
44
Temp In
53 Chassis Gnd
Note: Nominal 500 Ω Temperature Probe only.
Resistance @ 0°C: 500Ω ± 0.6Ω
Connection example:
CIC Temperature Sensor, P/N 05257 (2 wire). Connect positive
lead to both J1-25 and J1-63. Connect negative lead to both J1-44
and J1-53 (Chassis Ground).
Other probes may have three contacts.
Computed Airspeed
No Connection
N/A
Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air data
input)
PIN FUNCTION
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Barometric Altitude
Validity Discrete (+28V)
J1-9
Input
28V_DISC_08
Configuration Data
Derive Baro Altitude Rate
Type
Analog
Polarity/Configuration
References
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Invalid
6.6.22
4.2.7
Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude.
Although the ADC’s provide Baro Rate,
the EGPWS does not have an analog
connection available.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 184
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 5.3.2-12: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #12
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
SUMMARY DATA
Uncorrected Barometric
Altitude
(+) = J1-62
(–) = J1-43
6.1.16
Format: DC with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE FAULT
Validity: Barometric Alt Valid (+28V)
Outside Air Temp
No Connection
N/A
No temperature
Computed Airspeed
No Connection
N/A
Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air data
input)
PIN FUNCTION
Barometric Altitude
Validity Discrete (+28V)
CONNECTION
J1-9
PIN TYPE
Input
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_08
Configuration Data
Derive Baro Altitude Rate
Type
Analog
Polarity/Configuration
References
>+17V = Valid
6.6.22
< +4.4V = Invalid
4.2.7
Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude.
Although the ADC’s provide Baro Rate,
the EGPWS does not have an analog
connection available.
TABLE 5.3.2-13: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #13
Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL
429RX_2
CONNECT TO: ADC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
Data
Reference
Label
Sig. Bits
Range
Signal Type
Resolution
Rate (ms)
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
6.2.1
203
17
±131,072 FT
Basic
1.0
31.3-62.5
Outside Air Temp
No Connection
N/A
No temperature
Computed Airspeed
No Connection
N/A
Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air data
input)
Configuration Data
Derive Baro Altitude Rate
Type
Digital
Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using
Uncorrected Barometric Altitude.
Baro Rate is not available with this air
data source.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 185
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 5.3.2-255: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #255
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
Corrected Baro. Alt
Computed Airspeed
True Airspeed
Barometric Rate
Static Air Temperature
Label
203
204
206
210
212
213
Reference
6.2.1
6.2.38
6.2.39
6.2.40
6.2.3
6.2.2
Sig. Bits
17
17
14
15
11
11
Range
±131,072 FT
±131,072 FT
±1024 KTS
±2048 KTS
±32678 FPM
±512 Degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Uncorrected Baro. Alt
Corrected Baro. Alt
Computed Airspeed
True Airspeed
Barometric Rate
Static Air Temperature
Label
203
204
206
210
212
213
Reference
6.2.1
6.2.38
6.2.39
6.2.40
6.2.3
6.2.2
Sig. Bits
17
17
14
15
11
11
Range
±131,072 FT
±131,072 FT
±1024 KTS
±2048 KTS
±32678 FPM
±512 Degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
1.0
1.0
0.0625
0.0625
16.0
0.25
Rate (ms)
31.3-62.5
31.3-62.5
62.5-125
62.5-125
31.3-62.5
250-500
Resolution
1.0
1.0
0.0625
0.0625
16.0
0.25
Rate (ms)
31.3-62.5
31.3-62.5
62.5-125
62.5-125
31.3-62.5
250-500
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 186
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.3 Category 3, Position Input Select
The following table provides identification of the Position source signal. Each entry in the Position Input Type column
has a corresponding table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Position
Input Type #0 are found in Table 5.3.3-0.
In this category, only the following Position signals are defined:
• Altitude
• Sensor Status
• Date *
• True Track Angle
• Ground Speed
• Universal Time Correlation *
• Horizontal Figure of Merit (HFOM)
• Vertical Figure of Merit (VFOM)
• Horizontal Integrity Limit
• N/S Velocity
• Latitude Position
• E/W Velocity
• Longitude Position
• Vertical Velocity
* used if present
Table 5.3.3: Position Input Select
ID
Position
Input Type
0
1
2
3
4
5
(Table
5.3.3-x)
0
1
2
3
4
5
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
253
253
255
255
Software
Effectivity
Description
GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743A format
GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743 format
GPS, Internal
GPS, RS-232 GPS-PXPRESS format
GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A format
GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743 format
GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743A format
No N/S-E/W velocities Note 2
GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743 format
No N/S-E/W velocities Note 2
GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A format
No N/S-E/W velocities Note 2
GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743 format
No N/S-E/W velocities Note 2
Dual IOC GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A
format, No N/S-E/W velocities Note 2
Dual GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A format
EGPWS
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
MK
VI
X
X
X
X
X
X
MK
VIII
X
X
X
X
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
N/A
X
NOTE 1: The GPS Altitude Reference in Category 7, Options Select Group #1 must be properly applied for the
appropriate GPS Position type. At the time of release of this document, all GPS sources except the Universal GPS1000
based systems are of MSL type. The Universal GPS1000 based GPS sources are of WGS-84 type. If the internal GPS
source (ID=2) is defined, the GPS altitude reference in Category 7 must be MSL.
NOTE 2: ID 10, 11, 12, 13 and 253 may only be used when pitch and roll attitude inputs are configured for use in
Category 10 Attitude Input Select.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 187
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.3-0: Position Input Type 0 (Low Speed ARINC 743A GPS)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743A)
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Latitude - Normal
Longitude - Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VFOM
HFOM
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
North/South Velocity
East/West Velocity
Vertical Velocity
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.13
6.2.10
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.53
6.2.54
6.2.58
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Label
110
111
130
076
136
247
112
103
166
174
165
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
18
18
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
32768 ft
16 nm
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
±4096 Knots
±4096 Knots
±32768 fpm
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
0.125
0.125
1
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.03125
0.03125
0.125
0.0054931640625
0.125
0.125
1
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Table 5.3.3-1: Position Input Type 1 (Low Speed ARINC 743 GPS)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743)
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Latitude - Normal
Longitude - Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VDOP
HDOP
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
North/South Velocity
East/West Velocity
Vertical Velocity
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.15
6.2.12
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.53
6.2.54
6.2.58
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Label
110
111
130
076
102
101
112
103
166
174
165
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
1024
1024
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
±4096 Knots
±4096 Knots
±32768 fpm
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Table 5.3.3-2: Position Input Type 2 (Internal GPS)
CHANNEL
Fault Designation: INTERNAL GPS
Bus Type: Basic
Internal GPS
Data
Latitude
Longitude
HP Error
Altitude
VP Error
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
East Velocity
North Velocity
Vertical Velocity
GPS State
Integrity State
Error Status
Reference
6.4.1
6.4.1
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.4.2
6.4.3
6.4.3
6.4.4
6.4.4
6.4.4
6.4.5
6.4.5
6.4.5
ID/byte
15/1-4
15/5-8
15/9-12
16/1-4
16/5-8
17/1-4
17/5-8
18/1-4
18/5-8
18/9-12
1C/0
1C/1
1C/6-7
Sig. Bits
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
8
8
8
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
meters
meters
meters
meters/sec
360 Degrees
meters/sec
meters/sec
meters/sec
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
n/a
n/a
n/a
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
1.
"MSL" reference must be selected when an internal GPS is utilized. Refer to Table 5.3.7
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 188
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.3-3: Position Input Type 3 (RS232 GPS, PXpress format)
CHANNEL
GPS_RXA
GPS_TXA
J2-28 (cm)
J2-29 (Rx)
CONNECT TO: GPS (PXpress format)
Format: RS232 (9600 baud)
Data
Latitude
Longitude
HP Error
Altitude
VP Error
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
East Velocity
North Velocity
Vertical Velocity
GPS State
Integrity State
Error Status
Reference
6.4.1
6.4.1
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.4.2
6.4.3
6.4.3
6.4.4
6.4.4
6.4.4
6.4.5
6.4.5
6.4.5
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
ID/byte
15/1-4
15/5-8
15/9-12
16/1-4
16/5-8
17/1-4
17/5-8
18/1-4
18/5-8
18/9-12
1C/0
1C/1
1C/6-7
Sig. Bits
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
8
8
8
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
meters
meters
meters
meters/sec
360 Degrees
meters/sec
meters/sec
meters/sec
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
real single-precision
n/a
n/a
n/a
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
Table 5.3.3-4: Position Input Type 4 (High Speed ARINC 743A GPS)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743A)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Latitude - Normal
Longitude - Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VFOM
HFOM
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
North/South Velocity
East/West Velocity
Vertical Velocity
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.13
6.2.10
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.53
6.2.54
6.2.58
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Label
110
111
130
076
136
247
112
103
166
174
165
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
18
18
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
32768 ft
16 nm
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
±4096 Knots
±4096 Knots
±32768 fpm
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
0.125
0.125
1
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.03125
0.03125
0.125
0.0054931640625
0.125
0.125
1
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Table 5.3.3-5: Position Input Type 5 (High Speed ARINC 743 GPS)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Latitude - Normal
Longitude - Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VDOP
HDOP
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
North/South Velocity
East/West Velocity
Vertical Velocity
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.15
6.2.12
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.53
6.2.54
6.2.58
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Label
110
111
130
076
102
101
112
103
166
174
165
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
1024
1024
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
±4096 Knots
±4096 Knots
±32768 fpm
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 189
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.3-10: Position Input Type 10 (Low Speed ARINC 743A GPS, no N/S-E/W Velocities)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743A)
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Latitude – Normal
Longitude – Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VFOM
HFOM
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.13
6.2.10
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Label
110
111
130
076
136
247
112
103
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
18
18
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
32768 ft
16 nm
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Table 5.3.3-11: Position Input Type 11 (Low Speed ARINC 743 GPS, no N/S-E/W Velocities)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743)
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Latitude – Normal
Longitude – Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VFOM
HFOM
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.13
6.2.10
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Label
110
111
130
076
136
247
112
103
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
1024 meters
1024 meters
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Table 5.3.3-12: Position Input Type 12 (High Speed ARINC 743A GPS, no N/S-E/W Velocities)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743A)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Latitude – Normal
Longitude – Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VFOM
HFOM
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.13
6.2.10
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Label
110
111
130
076
136
247
112
103
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
18
18
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
32768 ft
16 nm
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 190
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.3-13: Position Input Type 13 (High Speed ARINC 743 GPS, no N/S-E/W Velocities)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Latitude – Normal
Longitude – Normal
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VFOM
HFOM
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.14
6.2.11
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Label
110
111
130
076
136
247
112
103
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
1024 meters
1024 meters
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.03125
0.03125
0.125
0.0054931640625
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes:
*
Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
** This label is not required. Data used if present
Table 5.3.3-253: Position Input Type 253 (Dual High Speed ARINC 743A GPS)
CHANNEL
429RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 (ARINC 743A-2)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Latitude - Normal
6.2.7
Longitude - Normal
6.2.8
Latitude - Fine
6.2.59
Longitude – Fine
6.2.60
Vertical Velocity
6.2.58
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
6.2.5
Altitude
6.2.4
VFOM
6.2.13
HFOM
6.2.10
Ground Speed
6.2.6
True Track Angle
6.2.9
Sensor Status
6.2.16
**UTC
6.2.17
**Date
6.2.18
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 (ARINC 743A-2)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
110
111
120
121
165
130
076
136
247
112
103
273
125
260
Data
Latitude - Normal
Longitude - Normal
Latitude - Fine
Longitude – Fine
Vertical Velocity
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
Altitude
VFOM
HFOM
Ground Speed
True Track Angle
Sensor Status
**UTC
**Date
*Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
**This label is not required. Data used if present
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Reference
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.59
6.2.60
6.2.58
6.2.5
6.2.4
6.2.13
6.2.10
6.2.6
6.2.9
6.2.16
6.2.17
6.2.18
Sig. Bits
20
20
11
11
15
17
20
18
18
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
±0.000172
±0.000172
±32768 fpm
16 nm
±131,072 ft
32768 ft
16 nm
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00000008381903
0.00000008381903
1
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00000008381903
0.00000008381903
1
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
110
111
120
121
165
130
076
136
247
112
103
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
11
11
15
17
20
18
18
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
±0.000172
±0.000172
±32768 fpm
16 nm
±131,072 ft
32768 ft
16 nm
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 191
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.3-255: Position Input Type 255 (Dual High Speed ARINC 743A GPS)
CHANNEL
429RX_4
A = J2-25
B = J2-8
CHANNEL
429RX_7
CONNECT TO: GPS #1 (ARINC 743A)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: GPS BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Latitude - Normal
6.2.7
Longitude - Normal
6.2.8
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
6.2.5
Altitude
6.2.4
VFOM
6.2.13
HFOM
6.2.10
Ground Speed
6.2.6
True Track Angle
6.2.9
Sensor Status
6.2.16
**UTC
6.2.17
**Date
6.2.18
CONNECT TO: GPS #2 (ARINC 743A)
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
110
111
130
076
136
247
112
103
273
125
260
Sig. Bits
20
20
17
20
18
18
15
15
19
19
19
Range
±180 Degrees
±180 Degrees
16 nm
±131,072 FT
32768 ft
16 nm
±4096 Knots
±180 Degrees
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Discrete Wd
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.00017166137695
0.00017166137695
0.00012207
0.125
0.125
0.000061035
0.125
0.0054931640625
n/a
0.1 min
1 day
*Rate (ms)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Fault Designation: GPS BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Label
Sig. Bits
Range
Signal Type
Resolution
*Rate (ms)
Latitude - Normal
6.2.7
110
20
±180 Degrees
Basic
0.00017166137695
1000
Longitude - Normal
6.2.8
111
20
±180 Degrees
Basic
0.00017166137695
1000
GPS Hor. Int. Limit
6.2.5
130
17
16 nm
Basic
0.00012207
1000
* NOTE
Altitude
6.2.4
076
20
±131,072 FT
Basic
0.125
1000
VFOM
6.2.13
136
18
32768 ft
Basic
0.125
1000
HFOM
6.2.10
247
18
16 nm
Basic
0.000061035
1000
Ground Speed
6.2.6
112
15
±4096 Knots
Basic
0.125
1000
True Track Angle
6.2.9
103
15
±180 Degrees
Basic
0.0054931640625
1000
Sensor Status
6.2.16
273
19
Discrete Wd
Basic
n/a
1000
**UTC
6.2.17
125
19
Discrete Wd
Basic
0.1 min
1000
**Date
6.2.18
260
19
Discrete Wd
Basic
1 day
1000
*Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
**This label is not required. Data used if present
NOTE: This configuration may not be selected if an AHRS configuration is required for Attitude and Heading information (refer to Category 10 type 1 and
Category 11 type 1), due to the conflict with Channel 429 RX-7.
A = J2-23
B = J2-6
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 192
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.4 Category 4, Altitude Callouts
The following table provides identification of the Altitude Callouts Menu. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to a
particular menu selection. The Altitude Callouts menu ID’s 0 through 12 consist of standard callouts. Selecting ID 0 – 12
will result in the callouts listed being enunciated.
Smart 500 activation is reflected by a “500” callout being spoken at the end of the selected callout menu sequence in the
Long Level 1 Self-Test. In addition, the Callout menu ID number and the “Smart Callout Selected” configuration
message, will both be given during level 3 Self-Test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
Table 5.3.4: Altitude Callouts
ID
MENU
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
“Smart 500”, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20 ,10
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
“Smart 500”, 200
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
“Smart 500”, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20 ,10
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
“Smart 500”
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20 ,10
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
200
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
100, 50, 40, 30, 20 ,10
(no callouts)
0
1
2
3
41
51
61
71
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS
81
9
10
11
12
13
141
151
2
100
1012
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
500, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20 ,10
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
500, 200
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
500, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20 ,10
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
500
MINIMUMS,
1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
100
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,
200, 100
Above Field Callout “500”
Above Field Callout “500 Above”
Smart
Callout
Selected
Software
Effectivity
True
EGPWS
MKVI
MK VIII
-020
X
X
True
-020
X
X
True
-020
X
X
True
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
-020
X
X
False
False
-020
-020
X
X
X
X
1
Compliance with TSO-C151a requires a "500" callout. These IDs cannot be used on installations requiring compliance with TSO-C151a unless
there is an alternate source of the "500" callout.
2
This ID provides Above Field Callout. Geometric altitude and runway database are used to calculate the height above field. If this ID is selected
TA&D and TCF must be enabled (MK VI and MK VIII installations cannot select Category 6 ID 2).
Note:
Selecting an Altitude Callout ID without a minimums callout can be accomplished by leaving the Decision Height (DH) input discrete open.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 193
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.5 Category 5, Audio Menu Select
The Audio Menu Select option consists of sets of voices that are mapped to specific warning mode outputs. The Audio
Menu tables list the alert/warning conditions in order of priority.
The following table provides identification of the Audio Menu Type. Each entry in the Audio Menu Type column has a
corresponding table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Audio Menu
Type 0 are found in Table 5.3.5-0.
Table 5.3.5: Audio Menu Type
ID
0
1
2
3
Audio Menu Type
(Table 5.3.5-x)
0
1
2
3
Description
Basic (Caution Terrain TAD annunciation)
Alternate (Terrain Ahead TAD annunciation)
Basic (Caution Terrain TAD annunciation) for Fixed Gear aircraft
Alternate (Terrain Ahead TAD annunciation) for Fixed Gear aircraft
Software
Effectivity
-020
-020
-020
-020
Table 5.3.5-0: Audio Menu Type 0 (Basic)
ALERT/WARNING CONDITION
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING
MODE 1 PULL UP
MODE 2 PULL UP PREFACE
MODE 2 PULL UP
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
MODE 2 TERRAIN
MODE 6 MINIMUMS
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
MODE 4 TOO LOW TERRAIN
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN
MODE 6 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS
MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR
MODE 4 TOO LOW FLAPS
MODE 1 SINKRATE
MODE 3 DON’T SINK
MODE 5 GLIDESLOPE
MODE 6 BANK ANGLE
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR CAUTION
AUDIO MENU
(SIREN) WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR
PULL UP
TERRAIN TERRAIN
PULL UP
TERRAIN TERRAIN
PULL UP
OBSTACLE OBSTACLE
PULL UP
TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN
CAUTION OBSTACLE (PAUSE) CAUTION OBSTACLE
TOO LOW TERRAIN
TOO LOW TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
TOO LOW GEAR
TOO LOW FLAPS
SINKRATE
Note: The basic warning is “SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE”.
However, if the Mode 1 Pullup curve is violated only a single
“Sinkrate” may occur prior to the pull up voice.
DON’T SINK (PAUSE) DON’T SINK
GLIDESLOPE
BANK ANGLE (PAUSE) BANK ANGLE,
BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE
(QUIET) (or CAUTION WINDSHEAR if Caution voice Enabled)
NOTES
6
1
1, 2
1
1, 2
1, 3
1, 2
1, 3
Note 1: These are the only voices that can interrupt.
Note 2: The preface voices will always be given prior to the warning voice.
Note 3: Voice message is continuous.
Note 4: Voice message will repeat every 10 seconds.
Note 5: Long Self-Test will only issue a single 'Sinkrate".
Note 6: The Windshear Alerts will only be given on a MK VIII EGPWS with Windshear enabled per Category 12.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 194
4
4
5
6
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.5-1: Audio Menu Type 1 (Alternate)
ALERT/WARNING CONDITION
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING
MODE 1 PULL UP
MODE 2 PULL UP PREFACE
MODE 2 PULL UP
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
MODE 2 TERRAIN
MODE 6 MINIMUMS
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
MODE 4 TOO LOW TERRAIN
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN
MODE 6 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS
MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR
MODE 4 TOO LOW FLAPS
MODE 1 SINKRATE
MODE 3 DON’T SINK
MODE 5 GLIDESLOPE
MODE 6 BANK ANGLE
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR CAUTION
AUDIO MENU
NOTES
(SIREN) WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR
6
PULL UP
1
TERRAIN TERRAIN
1, 2
PULL UP
1
TERRAIN AHEAD
1, 2
PULL UP
1, 3
OBSTACLE AHEAD
1, 2
PULL UP
1, 3
TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
TERRAIN AHEAD (PAUSE) TERRAIN AHEAD
4
OBSTACLE AHEAD (PAUSE) OBSTACLE AHEAD
4
TOO LOW TERRAIN
TOO LOW TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
TOO LOW GEAR
TOO LOW FLAPS
SINKRATE
5
Note: The basic warning is "SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE".
However, if the Mode 1 Pullup curve is violated only a single
"Sinkrate" may occur prior to the pull up voice.
DON’T SINK (PAUSE) DON’T SINK
GLIDESLOPE
BANK ANGLE (PAUSE) BANK ANGLE,
BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE (Honeywell Algorithm at low altitudes)
(QUIET) (or CAUTION WINDSHEAR if Caution voice Enabled)
6
Note 1: These are the only voices that can interrupt.
Note 2: The preface voices will always be given prior to the warning voice.
Note 3: Voice message is continuous.
Note 4: Voice message will repeat every 10 seconds.
Note 5: Long Self-Test will only issue a single 'Sinkrate".
Note 6: The Windshear Alerts will only be given on a MK VIII EGPWS with Windshear enabled per Category 12.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 195
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.5-2: Audio Menu Type 2 (Basic for Fixed Gear Aircraft)
ALERT/WARNING CONDITION
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING
MODE 1 PULL UP
MODE 2 PULL UP PREFACE
MODE 2 PULL UP
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
MODE 2 TERRAIN
MODE 6 MINIMUMS
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
MODE 4 TOO LOW TERRAIN
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN
MODE 6 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS
MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR
MODE 4 TOO LOW FLAPS
MODE 1 SINKRATE
MODE 3 DON’T SINK
MODE 5 GLIDESLOPE
MODE 6 BANK ANGLE
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR CAUTION
AUDIO MENU
NOTES
(SIREN) WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR
6
PULL UP
1
TERRAIN TERRAIN
1, 2
PULL UP
1
TERRAIN TERRAIN
1, 2
PULL UP
1, 3
OBSTACLE OBSTACLE
1, 2
PULL UP
1, 3
TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN
4
CAUTION OBSTACLE (PAUSE) CAUTION OBSTACLE
4
TOO LOW TERRAIN
TOO LOW TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
TOO LOW FLAPS
TOO LOW FLAPS
SINKRATE
5
Note: The basic warning is “SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE”.
However, if the Mode 1 Pullup curve is violated only a single
“Sinkrate” may occur prior to the pull up voice.
DON’T SINK (PAUSE) DON’T SINK
GLIDESLOPE
BANK ANGLE (PAUSE) BANK ANGLE,
BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE (Honeywell Algorithm at low altitudes)
(QUIET) (or CAUTION WINDSHEAR if Caution voice Enabled)
6
Note 1: These are the only voices that can interrupt.
Note 2: The preface voices will always be given prior to the warning voice.
Note 3: Voice message is continuous.
Note 4: Voice message will repeat every 10 seconds.
Note 5: Long Self-Test will only issue a single 'Sinkrate".
Note 6: The Windshear Alerts will only be given on a MK VIII EGPWS with Windshear enabled per Category 12.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 196
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.5-3: Audio Menu Type 3 (Alternate for Fixed Gear Aircraft)
ALERT/WARNING CONDITION
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING
MODE 1 PULL UP
MODE 2 PULL UP PREFACE
MODE 2 PULL UP
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
MODE 2 TERRAIN
MODE 6 MINIMUMS
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
MODE 4 TOO LOW TERRAIN
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN
MODE 6 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS
MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR
MODE 4 TOO LOW FLAPS
MODE 1 SINKRATE
MODE 3 DON’T SINK
MODE 5 GLIDESLOPE
MODE 6 BANK ANGLE
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR CAUTION
AUDIO MENU
NOTES
(SIREN) WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR-WINDSHEAR
6
PULL UP
1
TERRAIN TERRAIN
1, 2
PULL UP
1
TERRAIN AHEAD
1, 2
PULL UP
1, 3
OBSTACLE AHEAD
1, 2
PULL UP
1, 3
TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
TERRAIN AHEAD (PAUSE) TERRAIN AHEAD
4
OBSTACLE AHEAD (PAUSE) OBSTACLE AHEAD
4
TOO LOW TERRAIN
TOO LOW TERRAIN
SELECTED CALLOUTS
TOO LOW FLAPS
TOO LOW FLAPS
SINKRATE
5
Note: The basic warning is "SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE".
However, if the Mode 1 Pullup curve is violated only a single
"Sinkrate" may occur prior to the pull up voice.
DON’T SINK (PAUSE) DON’T SINK
GLIDESLOPE
BANK ANGLE (PAUSE) BANK ANGLE,
BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE (Honeywell Algorithm at low altitudes)
(QUIET) (or CAUTION WINDSHEAR if Caution voice Enabled)
6
Note 1: These are the only voices that can interrupt.
Note 2: The preface voices will always be given prior to the warning voice.
Note 3: Voice message is continuous.
Note 4: Voice message will repeat every 10 seconds.
Note 5: Long Self-Test will only issue a single 'Sinkrate".
Note 6: The Windshear Alerts will only be given on a MK VIII EGPWS with Windshear enabled per Category 12.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 197
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.6 Category 6, Terrain Display Select
The following table (5.3.6) has an identification number (ID) associated with each Terrain Display configuration. Each of
the ID rows has a group number for the Display Configuration, the Input Control. The TA&D Pop Up Disable function is
defined by a Boolean. The ID groups will completely identify a particular Terrain Display Interface.
Table 5.3.6: Terrain Display Select
ID
Table
5.3.6.1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
18
19
20
Software
Effectivity
Application Notes
KC Picture Bus (KCPB) (Note 1)
No Display (TAD and TCF Enabled)
TAD / TCF Disabled
Collins ProLine II (4x4) (Note 2)
Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B with Auto Range (Note 3)
Collins ProLine II (5x6) (Note 2)
Collins ProLine II (5x4,5x5) (Note 2)
Honeywell/Bendix IN182A/IN812A (RDR 2000, RDS 81/82)
Honeywell/Bendix IN842A/IN862A (RDR 2100, RDS 84/86)
Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (non-Integrated)
Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Integrated) (Note 6, 8)
Collins WXI-701/711 PPI, with Auto Range
Collins WXI-701/711 PPI, without Auto Range
Honeywell P880/660/440, (Integrated) WXPD with SCI range
Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B without Auto Range (Note 3)
Honeywell P880/660/440, (Integrated) WXPD with SCI range, Aircraft symbol
KC Picture Bus (KCPB) without presentation of Geometric Altitude (Note 1)
KC Picture Bus (KCPB) with Digital Discrete Word (Note 1, 9)
KC Picture Bus (KCPB) with Digital Discrete Word without presentation of
Geometric Altitude (Note 1, 9)
EGPWS
MKVI MKVIII
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
X
X
X
X
X
-020
N/A
X
-020
N/A
X
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
The following displays are only supported by the MK VIII
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
251
252
253
Collins ProLine 4 (non-Integrated)
Collins ProLine 4 (Integrated)
Honeywell Primus 1000 with binary Peaks Elevations and Cyan ASCII window text
Honeywell Primus 1000 with binary Peaks Elevations
Collins FPI-9XX (Integrated) with binary Peaks
Collins ProLine 21 (Integrated) with overlay Peaks Elevation and Partial Compass
Raster patch (Note 4)
Collins ProLine 21 (Integrated) with binary Peaks Elevation and Full Compass
Raster patch (Note 4)
Honeywell EDZ802, EDZ603, EDZ803 (non-Integrated) with dual SCI range (Note 8)
Honeywell EDZ806 (non-Integrated) with dual SCI range (Note 8)
Honeywell EDZ806, (Integrated) with dual SCI range
Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 10 (non-Integrated) (Note 7)
Collins FDS-255/2000 (EGPWS controls selection)
Honeywell Primus 1000 (Integrated) with overlay Peaks Elevation
Honeywell Primus EPIC CDS/R with overlay Peaks Elevations
Honeywell Primus EPIC CDS/R with binary Peaks Elevations
Honeywell SPZ8000, EDZ605/805 with ARINC 429 range
Collins FDS-255/2000 (Integrated) display controls selection
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 198
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
ID
Table
5.3.6.1
254
255
Software
Effectivity
Application Notes
Collins ProLine 21 (Integrated) with binary Peaks Elevations and Partial Compass
Raster patch (Note 4)
Honeywell SPZ8000 (Integrated, older style) WXPD with SCI range (Note 5)
EGPWS
MKVI MKVIII
-020
N/A
X
-020
N/A
X
Note 1: For a description of the KCPB features implemented in a particular software release, see Appendix B: KCPB
Phased Implementation in the EGPWS Interface Methodology document 060-4303-000.
Note 2: Refer to Rockwell Collins Service Information Letter, EFIS 84/85/86 SIL 2-99 Dated March 16/99 or later
revision, for information describing the requirements to interface an EGPWS to the Collins Pro Line II system
equipped with EFIS 84/85/86 Displays and WXR-350/840/700 or TWR-850 Weather Radar systems. This SIL
provides guidance on the type and use of Collins WXA-1000 video converter, required for EGPWS installations
where a WXR-350 radar is installed in the aircraft.
Note 3: This configuration is applicable to RDR-4B with a mod that makes it capable of displaying blue.
Note 4: This ID may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2,8,9,10,11 and 12. ID’s
240 and 254 can be selected for Pro Line 21 display configurations that provide a Partial Compass Raster patch
(such as a Citation Jet). ID 241 can be selected for Pro Line 21 display configurations that provide a Full Compass
Raster patch (such as a Challenger 300).
Note 5: This interface only supports the SG-810 and SG-811 SPZ-8000.
Note 6: SG-465 must have software level 01/14.
Note 7: Requires Bendix (Honeywell) 80-series radar (i.e. RDS-86)
Note 8: ID 10, 243, and 244 must have Category 7, Peaks Mode Enabled, option selected.
Note 9: KCPB Digital Discrete Word supports softkey discretes for Flap Desense, Steep Approach, Glideslope Cancel and
Self Test.
In this category the following signals are configured by the ID number:
Signal Name
Signal Type
KCPB* or ARINC
Terrain Display Bus:
ARINC 429 or RS-422
Range Bus:
Boolean
TA&D Alternate Pop Up
*KCPB is also known as AlliedSignal Picture Bus (ASPB)
Defined By
Display Configuration Group
Display Input Control Group
Defined directly in Table
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 199
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-0
KC Picture Bus
Display Configuration Group 0
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
Value
KC Picture Bus (KCPB)2
Curtain (Vertical or Horizontal scan)
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
None (Display controls selection)
None (Display controls selection)
Controlled by display response (if selected a 10 NM range will be used)
None
Controlled by display
KCPB
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 0
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Reference
Range3
6.2.35
Query/Continuous Response
6.2.24
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
6.2.36
3
Key Press/Display Mode
6.2.25
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
011
350
012
Reference
6.2.35
6.2.24
6.2.36
6.2.25
Label
271
011
350
012
Data
Range3
Query/Continuous Response
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
Key Press/Display Mode3
Channel
Pins
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Comments
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x , and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the Display Input bus must be connected to both
EGPWS input channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. KCPB (Keyed Component Picture Bus) is also known as ASPB (AlliedSignal Picture Bus)
3. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if
Range Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
4. The Display group is configured by the Display using response labels on its ARINC 429 data bus.
5. KCPB bus types use “Inop & Warning Annunciations in same Window” therefore during EGPWS Self Test the
Fail lights will not remain on throughout the test.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 200
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-1
No Display, TAD and TCF enabled
No Table
Table 5.3.6.1-2
No Display, TAD and TCF disabled
No Table
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 201
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-3
Collins Pro-Line II, 4x4
Display Configuration Group 6
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Collins Pro-Line II (4x4) Display
Standard with +/-60 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
No
Yes, “TERR” located on the left side of display.
Peaks Elevations located on the upper left side of Terrain image.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 1
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1.
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 202
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-4
Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B with Auto Range
Display Configuration Group 1
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Bendix PPI-4A/4B (MAP-MODE)
Standard
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
Yes 10NM
No
Without Peaks: “TERR” located in the lower right corner.
With Peaks: Peaks numbers located in the lower right corner.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 1
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. Bendix PPI 4B with blue water capability required for Peaks display.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 203
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-5
Collins ProLine II, 5x6
Display Configuration Group 2
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Collins ProLine II (5x6)
Standard with +/-60 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
No
Yes, “TERR” or Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of Terrain
image.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 1
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 204
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-6
Collins ProLine II, 5x4, 5x5
Display Configuration Group 3
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Collins ProLine II (5x4, 5x5)
Standard with +/-60 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
No
Yes, “TERR” or Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of
Terrain image.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 1
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1.
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 205
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-7
Honeywell/Bendix IN182A/IN812A (RDR 2000, RDS 81/82)
Display Configuration Group 4
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Bendix IN182A/IN812A color radar display
RDR 2000 and RDS 81/82 radar systems
Sweep range +/- 50 degrees
Reference section
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up when the display is in the Never Pop Up
proper mode.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime WXR is on and display is in proper Mode
Anytime
No
No
Yes, “TERR” or Peaks Elevation located on upper right side of Terrain
image.
ARINC 453
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 2
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
J1-31
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
270
271
273
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
GND_DISC_13
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Label Sig. Bits
Range
270
Discrete
Mode, Tilt, Gain
271
Discrete
5-320NM
273
Discrete
VP Mode, Bit 11
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
Mode, Tilt, Gain
5-320NM
VP Mode, Bit 11
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
N/A
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution
Rate
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1.
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
Rate
100 ms
100 ms
100 ms
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 206
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-8
Honeywell/Bendix IN842A/IN862A (RDR 2100, RDS 84/86)
Display Configuration Group 5
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Bendix IN842A/IN862A color radar display
RDR 2100 and RDS 84/86 radar systems
Sweep range +/- 60 degrees
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up when display is in the
Never Pop Up
proper mode.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime WXR is on and display is in proper Mode
Anytime
No
No
Yes, “TERR” or Peaks Elevation located on upper right side of Terrain
image.
ARINC 453
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 2
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
J1-31
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
270
271
273
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
GND_DISC_13
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Label Sig. Bits
Range
270
Discrete
Mode, Tilt, Gain
271
Discrete
5-320NM
273
Discrete
VP Mode, Bit 11
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
Mode, Tilt, Gain
5-320NM
VP Mode, Bit 11
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
N/A
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution
Rate
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1.
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
Rate
100 ms
100 ms
100 ms
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 207
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-9
Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Non-Integrated)
Display Configuration Group 7
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Non-Integrated)
Sweep range +/- 60 degrees
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up when display is in the
Never Pop Up
proper mode.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime WXR is on and display is in proper Mode
Anytime
No
No
Yes, “TERR” at middle right of the display. Peaks Elevations located
middle right of display.
ARINC 453
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 2
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
J1-31
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
270
271
273
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
GND_DISC_13
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Label Sig. Bits
Range
270
Discrete
Mode, Tilt, Gain
271
Discrete
5-320NM
273
Discrete
VP Mode, Bit 11
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
Mode, Tilt, Gain
5-320NM
VP Mode, Bit 11
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
N/A
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution
Rate
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1.
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
Rate
100 ms
100 ms
100 ms
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 208
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-10
Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Integrated)
Display Configuration Group 8
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up 2
Peaks Mode 1
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Integrated)
Sweep range +/- 90 degrees
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up on Caution or Warning.
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Always Enabled (See Note 1)
Anytime
Anytime
Yes 10 NM
No
No, the display supplies a “TERR” mode annunciation.
ARINC 453
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 2
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41 3
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
J1-31
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
270
271
273
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 6.2.27
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
GND_DISC_13
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Label Sig. Bits
Range
270
Discrete
Mode, Tilt, Gain
271
Discrete
5-320NM
273
Discrete
VP Mode, Bit 11
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
Mode, Tilt, Gain
5-320NM
VP Mode, Bit 11
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate
100 ms
100 ms
100 ms
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution
Rate
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Peaks Elevations are transmitted digitally to the display via Label 025 on the ARINC 453 bus. They are then displayed as stroked
characters on the bottom left or right of the display (depending on EFIS strapping).
To Pop Up the Terrain display for a Terrain Caution or Warning it is necessary for the EFIS to receive two discrete signals from the
EGPWS (one to indicate that the Terrain display is selected and one to indicate that selection was due to an alert). The EFIS needs to
distinguish between manual selection and alert conditions so it will know when it should autorange. Both EFIS and EGPWS start to
autorange on a Caution or Warning to minimize any latency problem displaying status during an alert.
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input channels. This prevents
the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Software Level 14 required for integrated display and popup.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 209
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-11
Collins WXI-701/711 PPI, with Auto Range
Display Configuration Group 9
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Collins WXI-701/711 PPI
Fan
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
Yes 10NM
No
Without Peaks: “TERR” located at the bottom left of display.
With Peaks: Peaks numbers located at the bottom left of display.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 1
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
A = J2-41 2
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. Left/Right shift keys on the display are not to be used when displaying terrain.
2. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 210
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-12
Collins WXI-701/711 PPI, without Auto Range
Display Configuration Group 10
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Collins WXI-701/711 PPI
Fan
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
No
Without Peaks: “TERR” located at the bottom left of display.
With Peaks: Peaks numbers located at the bottom left of display.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 1
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
A = J2-41 2
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. Left/Right shift keys on the display are not to be used when displaying terrain.
2. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 211
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-13
Honeywell P880/660/440, WXPD with SCI range (Integrated)
Display Configuration Group 11
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
Value
Honeywell P880/660/440 radar displays (Integrated)
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
Yes (across bottom of display)
Yes, for Peaks Elevations located at lower left of display
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Not supported for this display type
Display Input Control Group 3
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1
Format: RS-422 (12K baud)
A = J2-36
B = J2-37
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
CONNECT TO:
CONN PIN #
J1-32
No Connection
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.5.1.1
Label
80
Sig. Bits
4 Discrete
Range
2000NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation:
Bus Type:
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. Radar Indicator part number must end in –X1X.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 212
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-14
Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B without Auto Range
Display Configuration Group 12
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Bendix PPI-4A/4B (MAP-MODE)
Standard
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
No
Without Peaks: “TERR” located in the lower right corner.
With Peaks: Peaks numbers located in the lower right corner.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 1
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43 B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. Bendix PPI 4B with blue water capability required for Peaks display.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 213
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-15
Honeywell P880/660/440, (Integrated) WXPD with SCI range and A/C symbol
Display Configuration Group 13
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
Value
Honeywell P880/660/440 radar displays (Integrated) with A/C symbol
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
Yes (across bottom of display)
Yes, for Peaks Elevations located lower left of the display
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Not supported for this display type
Display Input Control Group 3
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1
Format: RS-422 (12K baud)
A = J2-36
B = J2-37
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
CONNECT TO:
CONN PIN #
J1-32
No Connection
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.5.1.1
Label
80
Sig. Bits
4 Discrete
Range
2000NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation:
Bus Type:
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43 B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. Radar Indicator part number must end in -X1X.
2. This display type overlays an inverted T aircraft symbol.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 214
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-18
KC Picture Bus without presentation of Geometric Altitude
Display Configuration Group 17
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Value
KC Picture Bus (KCPB)2
Curtain (Vertical or Horizontal scan)
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
None (Display controls selection)
None (Display controls selection)
Controlled by display response (if selected a 10 NM range will be used)
None
Controlled by display
KCPB
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 0
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Reference
*Range
6.2.35
Query/Continuous Response
6.2.24
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
6.2.36
*Key Press/Display Mode
6.2.25
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
011
350
012
Data
*Range
Query/Continuous Response
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
*Key Press/Display Mode
Label
271
011
350
012
Channel
Pins
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Reference
6.2.35
6.2.24
6.2.36
6.2.25
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Comments
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x , and 7.1.4.x
429TX_2
No Connection (No Data Output)
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the Display Input bus must be connected to both
EGPWS input channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. KCPB (Keyed Component Picture Bus) is also known as ASPB (AlliedSignal Picture Bus)
3. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if
Range Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
4. The Display group is configured by the Display using response labels on its ARINC 429 data bus.
5. KCPB bus types use “Inop & Warning Annunciations in same Window” therefore during EGPWS Self Test the
Fail lights will not remain on throughout the test.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 215
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-19
KC Picture Bus with Soft Keys
Display Configuration Group 0
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
Value
KC Picture Bus (KCPB)2
Curtain (Vertical or Horizontal scan)
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
None (Display controls selection)
None (Display controls selection)
Controlled by display response (if selected a 10 NM range will be used)
None
Controlled by display
KCPB
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 4
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Reference
Range3
6.2.35
Query/Continuous Response
6.2.24
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
6.2.36
3
Key Press/Display Mode
6.2.25
Discrete Word
6.2.55
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
011
350
012
017
Data
Range3
Query/Continuous Response
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
Key Press/Display Mode3
Discrete Word
Label
271
011
350
012
017
Channel
Pins
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Reference
6.2.35
6.2.24
6.2.36
6.2.25
6.2.55
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
200
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
200
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Comments
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x , and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the Display Input bus must be connected to both
EGPWS input channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. KCPB (Keyed Component Picture Bus) is also known as ASPB (AlliedSignal Picture Bus)
3. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if
Range Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
4. The Display group is configured by the Display using response labels on its ARINC 429 data bus.
5. KCPB bus types use “Inop & Warning Annunciations in same Window” therefore during EGPWS Self Test the
Fail lights will not remain on throughout the test.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 216
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-20
KC Picture Bus without presentation of Geometric Altitude
Display Configuration Group 17
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
Value
KC Picture Bus (KCPB)2
Curtain (Vertical or Horizontal scan)
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
None (Display controls selection)
None (Display controls selection)
Controlled by display response (if selected a 10 NM range will be used)
None
Controlled by display
KCPB
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 4
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Reference
Range3
6.2.35
Query/Continuous Response
6.2.24
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
6.2.36
3
Key Press/Display Mode
6.2.25
Discrete Word
6.2.55
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
271
011
350
012
017
Data
Range3
Query/Continuous Response
DSU Status Data (DSU only)
Key Press/Display Mode3
Discrete Word
Label
271
011
350
012
017
Channel
Pins
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Reference
6.2.35
6.2.24
6.2.36
6.2.25
6.2.55
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
200
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
250
1000
1000
250
200
Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
11
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Discrete
Range
0.5-1023.5NM
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Comments
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x , and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the Display Input bus must be connected to both
EGPWS input channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. KCPB (Keyed Component Picture Bus) is also known as ASPB (AlliedSignal Picture Bus)
3. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if
Range Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
4. The Display group is configured by the Display using response labels on its ARINC 429 data bus. KCPB bus types
use “Inop & Warning Annunciations in same Window” therefore during EGPWS Self Test the Fail lights will not
remain on throughout the test.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 217
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-235
Collins ProLine 4 (Non-Integrated)
Display Configuration Group 2
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Collins ProLine 4
Standard with +/-60 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No
No
Yes, “TERR” or Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of Terrain
image.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 244
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
6.2.21
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
155
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
155
Discrete
5-640NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.21
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
50
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 218
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-236
Collins ProLine 4 (Integrated)
Display Configuration Group 241
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display Priority
Display bus type
Terrain Mode Annunciation
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Collins ProLine 4
Fan Mode with +/-60 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up controlled by display
Pop Up controlled by display
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enabled: False
Peaks Enabled: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes (10 NM) controlled by display
No
Yes, “TERR” or Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of Terrain
image. Peaks does not support sea level “blue water”
Standard
ARINC compatible format – Collins ProLine 4 (label 077)
Standard
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 244
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
6.2.21
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
155
A = J2-41 1
B = J2-40
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
Label
155
Reference
6.2.21
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Output 429 Bus Group 1
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, and 7.1.5.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, and 7.1.5.x
Integration Notes:
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input channels.
This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 219
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-237
Honeywell Primus 1000 with binary Peaks Elevations and Cyan
ASCII window text
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 242
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up 3
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Binary Peaks Elevations
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1/#2
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
Value
Honeywell Primus 1000 with binary Peaks Elevations
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes - Data passed by ARINC 429, Labels 011 and 012
Yes 10NM
Yes (Honeywell type)
Yes, for Peaks Elevations only (located middle right side of display)
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 248
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: IC600 #1 FDR Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: FDR BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
Reference
Data
Range
6.2.23
Discrete Word
6.2.28
CONNECT TO: IC600 #2 FDR Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
050
275
Reference
6.2.23
6.2.28
Label
050
275
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range
Discrete Word
Sig. Bits
Bits 11-14
Bit 17
Range
2000NM
Discrete
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100 max
500
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100 max
500
Fault Designation: FDR BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
Bits 11-14
Bit 17
Range
2000NM
Discrete
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43 B = J2-42
Comments
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, and 7.1.6.x
429TX_2
No Connection (No Data Output)
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. Display channels 1 and 2 are multiplexed on ARINC 453 Bus 1.
3. The Terrain display will Pop-Up in response to EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (Left display) and bit 29 (right display).
4. The system has only one range for terrain display on MFD, therefore the range to use depends on the value of label
275, bit 17.
5. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
6. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only at
the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
7. At the time of this printing this configuration is not supported by Primus 1000 hardware (prior to installation contact
Honeywell EGPWS group for applicability).
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 220
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-238
Honeywell Primus 1000 with binary Peaks Elevations
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 243
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Binary Peaks Elevations
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1/#2
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
Value
Honeywell Primus 1000 with binary Peaks Elevations
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes - Data passed by ARINC 429, Labels 011 and 012
Yes 10NM
Yes (Honeywell type)
Yes, for Peaks Elevations only (located middle right side of display)
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 248
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: IC600 #1 FDR Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: FDR BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
Reference
Data
Range
6.2.23
Discrete Word
6.2.28
CONNECT TO: IC600 #2 FDR Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
050
275
Reference
6.2.23
6.2.28
Label
050
275
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range
Discrete Word
Sig. Bits
Bits 11-14
Bit 17
Range
2000NM
Discrete
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
500
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
500
Fault Designation: FDR BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
Bits 11-14
Bit 17
Range
2000NM
Discrete
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, and 7.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. Display channels 1 and 2 are multiplexed on ARINC 453 Bus 1.
3. The Terrain display will Pop-Up in response to EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (Left display) and bit 29 (right display).
4. The system has only one range for terrain display on MFD, therefore the range to use depends on the value of label
275, bit 17.
5. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
6. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only at
the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
7. At the time of this printing this configuration is not supported by Primus 1000 hardware (prior to installation contact
Honeywell EGPWS group for applicability).
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 221
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-239
Collins FPI-9XX (Integrated) with binary Peaks
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 244
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Binary Peaks Elevations
Manual Select
Manual Deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Collins FPI-9xx with binary Peaks Elevations
Fan
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Category 7 does not affect pop up logic. The display controls pop up,
therefore enable/disable of pop up is done via the display.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Yes - Data passed by ARINC 429, Labels 011 and 012
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes (10 NM) controlled by display
No
No
ARINC 453
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 253
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
273
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range
Reference
6.2.20
Label
273
Sig. Bits
N/A
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
N/A
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Output 429 Bus Group 1
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x and 7.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x and 7.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. The FPI-9xx, when not selected, will command the display range to 10 NM and “Pop Up” to Terrain mode if there is
a Terrain alert. The range does not change if Terrain Mode is already selected when there is a Terrain Alert.
3. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 222
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-240
Collins Pro Line 21 (Integrated) with overlay Peaks Elevations
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 245
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual Select
Manual Deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
Terrain Mode
Annunciation
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Collins ProLine 21 Integrated, with overlay peaks elevations and partial
compass raster patch
Fan Mode with +/- 90 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Category 7 does not affect pop up logic. The display controls pop up,
therefore enable/disable of pop up is done via the display.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes (10 NM) controlled by display
No
Yes, for Peaks Elevations only (located upper right side of display)
ARINC Compatible Format – Collins ProLine 21 (label 077)
ProLine 21 system outputs Terrain Mode annunciation, it does not use
EGPWS ASCII message.
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to Primary Flight Display/Multi Function display #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to Primary Flight Display/Multi Function display #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 254
CHANNEL
429RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
6.2.21
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
176
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
Reference
6.2.21
Label
176
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Output 429 Bus Group 1
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, and 7.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, and 7.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. The Terrain Display will Pop-Up in response to EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (left display) and bit 29 (right display).
3. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only at
the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
4. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 223
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-241
Collins Pro Line 21 (Integrated) with binary Peaks Elevations
and Full Compass Raster Patch
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 247
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Binary Peaks Elevations
Manual Select
Manual Deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
Terrain Mode
Annunciation
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Collins ProLine 21 Integrated, with binary peaks elevations and full
compass raster patch
Fan Mode with +/- 90 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Category 7 does not affect pop up logic. The display controls pop up,
therefore enable/disable of pop up is done via the display.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Yes - Data passed by ARINC 429, Labels 011 and 012
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes (10 NM) controlled by display
No
No
ARINC Compatible Format – Collins ProLine 21 (label 077)
ProLine 21 system outputs Terrain Mode annunciation, it does not use
EGPWS ASCII message.
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to Primary Flight Display/Multi Function display #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to Primary Flight Display/Multi Function display #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 254
CHANNEL
429RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
6.2.21
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
176
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
Reference
6.2.21
Label
176
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Output 429 Bus Group 1
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x and 7.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x and 7.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. The Terrain Display will Pop-Up in response to EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (left display) and bit 29 (right display).
3. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only at
the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
4. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 224
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-243
Honeywell EDZ802, EDZ603, EDZ803 (non-Integrated) with
dual SCI range
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 238
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Honeywell (Non-Integrated) EDZ802, EDZ603, EDZ803
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime except when display is in GMAP or Sector Scan mode
Anytime
No
Yes – a magenta underline will be alternately placed and removed under
the Peaks Elevations
Yes for Peaks Elevations (located near the vertical center on the right edge
of the Terrain image)
Honeywell picture bus
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1 and MFD left channel
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2 and MFD right channel
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 249
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1
Format: RS-422 (12.0K baud)
A = J2-36
B = J2-37
Data
Range (Mode/Range word)
Status
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 2
Format: RS-422 (12.0K baud)
Reference
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
Reference
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Mode/Range word)
Status
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-10
B = J2-11
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Label
80
FF
Sig. Bits
4 discrete
Discrete
Range
2000NM
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Label Sig. Bits
Range
80
4 discrete
2000NM
FF
Discrete
N/A
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. The display does not use EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus.
2. The display color palette is not compatible with Terrain in the GMAP mode. Peaks Elevations are outside of the scan
area in Sector Scan mode. Terrain will not be allowed to display in these modes.
3. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 225
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-244
Honeywell EDZ806 (non-Integrated) with dual SCI range
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 239
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Honeywell (Non-Integrated) EDZ806
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime except when display is in GMAP or Sector Scan mode
Anytime
No
Yes – a magenta underline will be alternately placed and removed under
the Peaks Elevations
Yes for Peaks Elevations (located near the vertical center on the right edge
of the Terrain image)
Honeywell picture bus
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 249
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1
Format: RS-422 (12.0K baud)
A = J2-36
B = J2-37
Data
Range (Mode/Range word)
Status
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 2
Format: RS-422 (12.0K baud)
Reference
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
Reference
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range (Mode/Range word)
Status
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-10
B = J2-11
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Label
80
FF
Sig. Bits
4 discrete
Discrete
Range
2000NM
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Label Sig. Bits
Range
80
4 discrete
2000NM
FF
Discrete
N/A
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. The display does not use EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus.
2. The display color palette is not compatible with Terrain in the GMAP mode. Peaks Elevations are outside of the scan
area in Sector Scan mode. Terrain will not be allowed to display in these modes.
3. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 226
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-245
Honeywell SPZ8000, EDZ806, (Integrated) with dual SCI range
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 250
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Honeywell (SPZ8000 new style) every fourth display line is blanked
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes 10NM
Yes (Honeywell type)
Yes for Peaks Elevations only (located middle right of display)
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1 and MFD left channel
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1 and MFD right channel
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 249
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1
Format: RS-422 (12.0K baud)
A = J2-36
B = J2-37
Data
Range (Mode/Range word)
Status
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 2
Format: RS-422 (12.0K baud)
Reference
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
Data
Range (Mode/Range word)
Status
Reference
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-10
B = J2-11
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Label
80
FF
Sig. Bits
4 discrete
Discrete
Range
2000NM
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
100
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
80
FF
Sig. Bits
4 discrete
Discrete
Range
2000NM
N/A
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1.
The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2.
The ‘DISPLAY BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have failed.
3.
The Honeywell EFIS SG & MG provide Terrain display relay control.
4.
When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
5.
The display uses the following ARINC 429 labels from the EGPWS for annunciations. The Terrain display will
annunciate: “TERR” in green or cyan (depending on the program) when the Terrain is selected and valid.
“TERR” in amber if Terrain is selected and any of the following conditions are TRUE:
• The EGPWS ARINC 429 output bus is missing or labels 050 and 051 are absent or unreadable for 2 seconds.
• EGPWS ARINC label 051 bit 13 = 0 (“Terrain Display Valid” bit FALSE).
• EGPWS ARINC label 050 bit 17 = 1 (“Terrain Inhibit” bit TRUE).
• EGPWS ARINC labels are valid, but the range in label 050 disagrees with the range via SCI bus label 80 (label
050 bit 11-14 contain left display bus range and bits 15-18 are the right display bus range).
The display will be blanked when the amber “TERR” is present.
The display will Pop Up to Terrain mode as follows:
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 227
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
•
•
•
•
•
•
If all the conditions indicated for the amber “TERR” above are FALSE.
If the display is in normal MFD mode (not HSI backup, or SG backup) AND if label051 bit 11 transitions from
0 to 1 (rising edge), AND Checklist is not selected on the MFD, AND TCAS Auto Pop Up is not occurring.
The display will change to Map mode.
The display will energize the Terrain selection relays.
The display will annunciate “TERR”.
The display will change to the range indicated by the EGPWS ARINC 429 label 050.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 228
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-246
Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 10, EFS 86 Radar system
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 246
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Bendix EFIS 10 (Non-Integrated)
Normal, Sweep range +/- 90 degrees
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up on Caution or Warning.1
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime1
Anytime1
No
No
Yes; Without Peaks: “TERR” is located at the bottom left of the
display. With Peaks: Peaks numbers are located at the bottom left of
the display.
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
TERRAIN DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
TERRAIN DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 246
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND 429 Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Data
Reference
Mode (Display Word 1)
6.2.26
Range (Display Word 2)
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND 429 Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
270
271
A = J2-412
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Mode (Display Word 1)
Range (Display Word 2)
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
Label Sig. Bits
Range
270
Discrete
Mode, Tilt, Gain
271
Discrete
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.26
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Discrete
Range
Mode, Tilt, Gain
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate
100 ms
100 ms
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution
Rate
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Basic
N/A
100 ms
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. Either Weather (WX) or Weather Test pattern must be displayed before Terrain can be viewed. The white Weather
annunciation “WX” will still be present when Terrain is displayed.
2. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 229
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-247
Collins FDS 255/2000 with selection controlled by the EGPWS
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 252
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Value
Collins FDS 255/2000
Fan
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Anytime
Anytime
No (see Integration Notes)
No
Yes for Peaks Elevations only (located on lower left of the display)
ARINC 453
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 253
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND 429 Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND 429 Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
273
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONN PIN #
J1-32
Data
Range
REFERENCE NAME
GND_DISC_12
J1-31
GND_DISC_13
Reference
6.2.20
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.18
Reference
4.2.7
6.6.19
Sig. Bits
N/A
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label Sig. Bits
Range
273
N/A
5-320NM
PIN FUNCTION
Display Select Discrete #1
Display Select Discrete #2
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
Basic
N/A
100
Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
Gnd = Display Select Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. When there is a Terrain Alert and the FDS 255/2000 is not currently displaying Terrain it will set its range to 10 NM
and Pop Up to Terrain mode. The range does not change if Terrain mode is already selected when there is a Terrain
Alert.
3. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 230
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-248
Honeywell Primus 1000
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 248
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1 & #2
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
Value
Honeywell Primus 1000
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes 10NM
Yes (Honeywell type)
Yes, for Peaks Elevations only (located middle right side of the display)
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Not supported for this display type
Display Input Control Group 248
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: IC600 #1 FDR Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: FDR BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
Reference
Data
Range
6.2.23
Discrete Word
6.2.28
CONNECT TO: IC600 #2 FDR Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
050
275
Reference
6.2.23
6.2.28
Label
050
275
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range
Discrete Word
Sig. Bits
Bits 11-14
Bit 17
Range
2000NM
Discrete
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
500
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
N/A
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
500
Fault Designation: FDR BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
Bits 11-14
Bit 17
Range
2000NM
Discrete
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. Display channels 1 and 2 are multiplexed on ARINC 453 bus 1.
3. The system only has one range for terrain display on MFD, therefore the range to use depends on the value of label
275, bit 17.
8. The Terrain display will Pop-Up in response to EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (Left display) and bit 29 (right display).
9. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
10. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only at
the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 231
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-249
Honeywell Primus EPIC CDS/R, (Integrated) with overlay
Peaks Elevations
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 249
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display Priority
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1 & #2
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
Value
Honeywell Primus EPIC CDS/R (Control Display System/Retrofit) with
overlay Peaks elevation
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Category 7 does not affect pop up logic. The display controls pop up,
therefore enable/disable of pop up is done via the display.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes 10NM
No
Yes, for Peaks Elevations only (located on lower right side of display)
Standard
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Honeywell left/right interleaved picture bus to MFD and PFD
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Not supported for this display type
Display Input Control Group 250
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
Data
FWC & GP discrete word
CHANNEL
429RX_3
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
FWC & GP discrete word
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.2.48
Label
171
Sig. Bits
Format 1
Bits 15-18
Bits 25-28
Range
Type 1
2000NM
Discrete
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.2.48
Label
171
Sig. Bits
Format 1
Bits 15-18
Bits 25-28
Range
Type 1
2000NM
Discrete
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. The ‘IOC BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have failed.
3. The Honeywell EFIS SG & MG provide Terrain display relay control.
4. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display
5. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only at
the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
6. Display channels 1 and 2 are multiplexed on ARINC 453 bus 1.
7. This display uses the following ARINC 429 labels from the EGPWS for annunciations:
Label 050 If bits 11-14 left range output from the EGPWS does not match left MFD range (via label 171), then
display white “RANGE MISMATCH” on the left PFD and MFD.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 232
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
8.
If bits 15-18 right range output from the EGPWS does not match right MFD range (via label 171), then
display white “RANGE MISMATCH” on the right PFD and MFD.
Label 051 If bit 17 = 1 then display white “TERRAIN OFF” message on PFD and MFD.
Labels 052-055 EGPWS ASCII characters are not used. Green “TERRAIN” on PFD and MFD by EFIS.
Label 274 If bit 13 or 22 = 1 then display red “PULL UP” on left and right PFD.
If bit 12 or 23 = 1 then display amber “GND PROX” on left and right PFD.
If bit 14 = 1 then display white “GPWS FAIL” message on PFD.
If bit 15 = 1 then display red “WIND SHR” message on PFD.
If bit 17 = 1 then display white WNDSHR FAIL” message on PFD.
If bit 18 = 1 then display amber “WIND SHR” message on PFD.
If bit 24 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN FAIL” message on PFD and MFD.
If bit 27 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN NA” message on PFD and MFD.
If bit 28 = 1 and display configured for Pop Up on pilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on left MFD.
If bit 29 = 1 and display configured for Pop Up on copilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on right MFD.
If bit 14, bit 17, and bit 24 = 1 then display amber “EGPWS SYS FAIL” on PFD in lieu of “GPWS
FAIL” and “WNDSHR FAIL” messages on PFD.
If bits 30 and 31 = 01 (Functional Test) then display white “TERRAIN TEST” on PFD and MFD.
Terrain can be displayed on the PFD and MFD.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 233
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-251
Honeywell Primus EPIC CDS/R, with binary Peaks Elevations
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 251
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Binary Peaks Elevations
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display Priority
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1 & #2
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
Value
Honeywell Integrated Primus Epic CDS/R (Control Display
System/Retrofit), with binary peaks elevations
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Category 7 does not affect pop up logic. The display controls pop up,
therefore enable/disable of pop up is done via the display.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Yes - Data passed by ARINC 429, Labels 011 and 012
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes 10NM
No
No
Standard
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Honeywell left/right interleaved picture bus to MFD and PFD
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Not supported for this display type
Display Input Control Group 250
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
Data
FWC & GP discrete word
CHANNEL
429RX_3
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
FWC & GP discrete word
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.2.48
Label
171
Sig. Bits
Format 1
Bits 15-18
Bits 25-28
Range
Type 1
2000NM
Discrete
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.2.48
Label
171
Sig. Bits
Format 1
Bits 15-18
Bits 25-28
Range
Type 1
2000NM
Discrete
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x, and 7.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x, and 7.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. Display channels 1 and 2 are multiplexed on ARINC 453 Bus 1.
3. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only at
the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
4. This display uses the following ARINC 429 labels from the EGPWS for annunciation’s:
Label 011/012
Label 050
Upper/Lower Peaks Elevations – “xxx/xxx” on PFD and MFD.
If bits 11-14 left range output from EGPWS does not match left MFD range (via label 171), then display
white “RANGE MISMATCH” on left PFD and MFD.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 234
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Label 051
Labels 052-055
Label 274
If bits 15-18 right range output from EGPWS does not match right MFD range (via label 171), then
display white “RANGE MISMATCH” on right PFD and MFD.
If Bit 17 = 1 then display white “TERRAIN OFF” message on PFD and MFD and Terrain window will be
cleared by EPIC.
EGPWS ASCII characters are not used. Green TERRAIN on PFD and MFD by EFIS.
If Bit 13 or 22 =1 then display red “PULL UP” on left and right PFD.
If Bit 12 or 23 =1 then display amber “GND PROX” on left and right PFD.
If Bit 14 = 1 then display white “GPWS FAIL” message on PFD.
If Bit 15 = 1 then display red “WIND SHR” message on PFD.
If Bit 17 = 1 then display white “WNDSHR FAIL” message on PFD.
If Bit 18 = 1 then display amber “WIND SHR” message on PFD.
If Bit 24 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN FAIL” message on PFD and MFD (Terrain window cleared
by Epic).
If Bit 27 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN NA” message on PFD and MFD (Terrain window cleared by
Epic).
If Bit 28 = 1 and display configured for pop up on Pilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on left MFD.
If Bit 29 = 1 and display configured for pop up on CoPilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on right MFD.
If Bit 14, Bit 17, and Bit 24 = 1 then display amber “EGPWS SYS FAIL” on PFD in lieu of “GPWS
FAIL” and “WNDSHR FAIL” messages on the PFD.
If bits 30 and 31 = 01 (functional test) then display white “TERRAIN TEST” on PFD and MFD.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 235
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-252
Honeywell SPZ8000, EDZ605, EDZ805 and EDZ806, with
ARINC 429 Range
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 250
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Honeywell (SPZ8000 new style) dual ARINC 429 Range
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes 10NM
Yes (Honeywell type)
Yes for Peaks Elevations only (located middle right side of display)
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1 and MFD left channel
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1 and MFD right channel
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 252
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: MG/SG Left Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
Reference
Data
Range
6.2.23
(Both ranges on one word)
CONNECT TO: MG/SG Right Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range
(Both ranges on one word)
Fault Designation: EFIS BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.2.23
Note: Provides range unless MG is not backing up right side (see channel 3)
Label Sig. Bits
Range
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
050
4/4
2000NM discrete TA&D
N/A
100
Fault Designation: EFIS BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Note: Only provides range if MG is backing up right side, MG input on channel 1 is
primary input
Label Sig. Bits
Range
Signal Type
Resolution Rate (ms)
050
4/4
2000NM discrete TA&D
N/A
100
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have failed.
3. The Honeywell EFIS SG & MG provide Terrain display relay control.
4. The display uses the following ARINC 429 labels from the EGPWS for annunciations. The Terrain display will
annunciate: “TERR” in green or cyan (depending on the program) when the Terrain is selected and valid.
“TERR” in amber if Terrain is selected and any of the following conditions are TRUE:
• The EGPWS ARINC 429 output bus is missing or labels 050 and 051, or are absent or unreadable for 2 seconds.
• EGPWS ARINC label 051 bit 13 = 0 (“Terrain Display Valid” bit FALSE).
• EGPWS ARINC label 050 bit 17 = 1 (“Terrain Inhibit” bit TRUE).
• EGPWS ARINC labels are valid, but the range in label 050 disagrees with the range via SCI bus label 80 (label
050 bit 11-14 contain left display bus range and bits 15-18 are the right display bus range).
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 236
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
The display will be blanked when the amber “TERR” is present.
The display will Pop Up to Terrain mode as follows:
• If all the conditions indicated for the amber “TERR” above are FALSE.
• If the display is in normal MFD mode (not HSI backup, or SG backup) AND if label 051 bit 11 transitions from
0 to 1 (rising edge), AND Checklist is not selected on the MFD, AND TCAS Auto Pop Up is not occurring.
• The display will change to Map mode.
• The display will energize the Terrain selection relays.
• The display will annunciate “TERR”.
• The display will change to the range indicated by the EGPWS ARINC 429 label 050.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 237
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-253
Collins FDS 255/2000 with selection controlled by the display
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 253
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Collins FDS 255/2000
Fan
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Category 7 does not affect pop up logic. The display controls pop up,
therefore enable/disable of pop up is done via the display.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection controlled by display
Deselection controlled by display
No (see Integration Notes)
No
Yes for Peaks Elevations only (located on lower left of the display)
Standard
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 253
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: WX-IND 429 Bus 1 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range
6.2.20
CONNECT TO: WX-IND 429 Bus 2 out
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Label
273
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range
Reference
6.2.20
Label
273
Sig. Bits
N/A
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
N/A
Range
5-320NM
Signal Type
Basic
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. When there is a Terrain Alert and the FDS 255/2000 is not currently displaying Terrain it will set its range to 10 NM
and Pop Up to Terrain mode. The range does not change if Terrain mode is already selected when there is a Terrain
Alert.
3. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 238
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-254
Collins ProLine 21 (Integrated)
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 254
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
Terrain Mode
Annunciation
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Collins ProLine 21, Integrated with binary peaks elevation, with partial
compass raster patch
Fan Mode with +/- 90 degree limit
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Category 7 does not affect pop up logic. The display controls pop up,
therefore enable/disable of pop up is done via the display.
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes (10NM) – Controlled by ProLine 21 system
No
No
ARINC compatible format – Collins ProLine 21 (label 077)
ProLine 21 system outputs Terrain Mode annunciation, it does not use
EGPWS ASCII message.
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to Primary Flight Display/Multi Function Display #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to Primary Flight Display/Multi Function Display #2
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 254
CHANNEL
429RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Reference
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
6.2.21
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
176
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
Reference
6.2.21
Label
176
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
50
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
Discrete
Range
5-640NM
Output 429 Bus Group 1
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x and 7.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, 7.1.4.x, 7.1.5.x and 7.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
3. The Peaks mode will support ‘blue water’ on displays that can support blue.
4. This configuration will cause the GPWS INOP, TERRAIN INOP, and WINDSHEAR INOP lamps to turn on only
at the beginning of the EGPWS Self Test.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 239
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.6.1-255
Honeywell SPZ8000 older style
MK VIII Only
Display Configuration Group 255
Function
Display Type
Sweep Type
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode
(Elevations via overlay)
Manual select
Manual deselect
Auto Range
Moving Marker
Overlay Page
Display bus type
DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1
A = J1-58
B = J1-59
DISPLAY BUS #2
453TX_2
A = J1-56
B = J1-57
Value
Honeywell (5x6) SPZ8000 older style; does not blank every fourth
weather radar display line.
This interface supports SG-810 and SG-811 SPZ8000 systems only.
Honeywell
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Never Pop Up
Category 7, Options Select Group #1
Peaks Enable: False
Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Off
Peaks On
Selection is controlled by display
Deselection is controlled by display
Yes (10 NM)
Yes (Honeywell type)
Yes for Peaks Elevations only (located on lower right side)
Honeywell picture bus
Reference section
5.3.7
5.3.7
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
CONNECT TO:
Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2
Note: Range setting always follows Display Bus #1
4.2.13.2
7.2
Display Input Control Group 255
CHANNEL
429_422RX_1
CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1
Format: RS-422 (12K baud)
A = J2-36
B = J2-37
Data
Range (Mode/Range Word)
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.5.1.1
Label
80
Sig. Bits
4 discrete
Range
2000NM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
N/A
Rate (ms)
100
Output 429 Bus Group 0
Channel
Pins
Comments
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Transmits (Section 7) Label sets: 7.1.1.x, 7.1.2.x, 7.1.3.x, and 7.1.4.x
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the SPZ8000 display.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 240
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.7 Category 7, Options Select Group #1
The following table provides identification of the Options Select Group #1. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to a
particular combination of TA&D Alternate Pop Up, Obstacle Awareness Enabled, Peaks Mode Enabled, Bank Angle
Enable, Steep Approach Enabled, Flap Reversal and GPS Altitude Reference selection. Refer to section 7.5 for
configuration messages that will be present for each option selected.
Table 5.3.7: Options Select Group #1
ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Steep
Approach
Enabled 1
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
TA&D
Alternate
Pop Up
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
Peaks
Mode
Enabled 2
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
Obstacle
Awareness
Enabled
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
Bank Angle
Enable
Flap
Reversal
GPS Altitude
Reference 3
Software
Effectivity
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
1
TRUE enables steep approach selection via Steep Approach Select Discrete (see Section 5.3.13 and 6.6.25).
Enables PEAKS mode display if display supports (see display configuration group Section 5.3.6)
3 "MSL" reference must be selected when an internal GPS is utilized (Refer to Table 5.3.3-2).
2
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 241
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
ID
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
Steep
Approach
Enabled 1
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
TA&D
Alternate
Pop Up
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
Peaks
Mode
Enabled 2
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
Obstacle
Awareness
Enabled
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
Bank Angle
Enable
Flap
Reversal
GPS Altitude
Reference 3
Software
Effectivity
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 242
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
ID
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
Steep
Approach
Enabled 1
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
TA&D
Alternate
Pop Up
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
Peaks
Mode
Enabled 2
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
Obstacle
Awareness
Enabled
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
Bank Angle
Enable
Flap
Reversal
GPS Altitude
Reference 3
Software
Effectivity
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
False
False
False
False
True
True
True
True
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
False
False
True
True
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
WGS-84
MSL
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 243
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.8 Category 8, Radio Altitude Input Select
The following table provides identification of the Radio Altitude type. The entry in the Radio Altitude Type corresponds
to a table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Radio Altitude Type #1 are
found in Table 5.3.8-1. ARINC 552, ALT 55 and digital ARINC 429 compatible Radio Altimeters are supported. ALT50
Radio Altimeters are not recommended due to the maximum 2000-foot operation. GPWS TSO-C92c requires Mode 1
alert thresholds up to 2450 feet radio altitude.
In this category, only the following signals are defined:
•
Radio Altitude source selection, input scaling, and associated validities.
Table 5.3.8: Radio Altitude Input Select
ID
0
1
2
3
4
Radio Altitude
Type
Software
Effectivity
Description
(Table 5.3.8-x)
0
1
2
3
4
Analog Radio Altitude (ARINC 552)
Analog Radio Altitude (ALT 55)
Digital Radio Altitude (ARINC 429)
Analog Radio Altitude (RT-200/300)
Analog Radio Altitude (KRA 405)
EGPWS
Effectivity
MKVI
MKVIII
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
Digital Radio Altitude (ARINC 429 via dual IOC
-020
N/A
X
buses with DH/MDA) (Note 1,3)
Digital Radio Altitude (ARINC 429 via dual IOC
252
252
-020
N/A
X
buses) (Note 1,3)
Digital Radio Altitude (ARINC 429 via dual IOC
-020
N/A
X
253
253
buses with DH discrete) (Note 1)
Digital Radio Altitude and MDA (ARINC 429
254
254
-020
N/A
X
via dual IOC buses) (Notes 1, 2, 3)
Digital Radio Altitude (ARINC 429 via dual IOC
255
255
-020
N/A
X
buses) (Note 1, 3)
Note 1: ID 251 - 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2,6,9,10,11 and 12.
Note 2: ID 254 must be used in conjunction with Category 9 ID 254, since this provides Label 163 which determines from
bits 19-21 whether MDA or DH is displayed.
Note 3: ID 251, 252, 254 and 255 must not be used in conjunction with Category 4, ID 100 or 101 Altitude Callouts types.
251
251
Table 5.3.8-0: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 0 (ARINC 552)
SIGNAL
Radio Altimeter #1
PIN FUNCTION
Radio Altitude Validity
Discrete #1 (+28V)
DH Discrete (Gnd)
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
(+) = J1-64
(-) = J1-45
6.1.1
4.2.3.1
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-29
Input
J1-33
Input
SUMMARY DATA
Format: ARINC 552 with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER FAULT
Validity: Radio Altitude Valid Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_07
>+17V = Valid
<+4.4V = Invalid
GND_DISC_11
Gnd = Below DH
Gnd = Above DH
References
6.6.1
4.2.7
6.6.14
4.2.7
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 244
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.8-1: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 1 (ALT 55)
SIGNAL
Radio Altimeter #1
PIN FUNCTION
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
(+) = J1-64
(-) = J1-45
6.1.2
4.2.3.1
CONNECTION
Radio Altitude Validity
Discrete #1 (+28V)
DH Discrete (Gnd)
PIN TYPE
J1-29
Input
J1-33
Input
SUMMARY DATA
Format: Alt 55 with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER FAULT
Validity: Radio Altitude Valid Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_07
>+17V = Valid
<+4.4V = Invalid
GND_DISC_11
Gnd = Below DH
Gnd = Above DH
References
6.6.1
4.2.7
6.6.14
4.2.7
Table 5.3.8-2: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 2 (ARINC 429)
CHANNEL
429RX_5
A = J2-21
B = J2-4
PIN FUNCTION
DH Discrete (Gnd)
CONNECT TO: Left LRRA
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Radio Altitude
CONNECTION
Reference
6.2.29
PIN TYPE
Input
J1-33
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Label
Sig. Bits
Range
164
16
±8192 FT
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
GND_DISC_11
Signal Type
Resolution
Basic
0.125
Polarity/Configuration
Gnd = Below DH
Gnd = Above DH
Rate (ms)
25-50
References
6.6.14
4.2.7
Table 5.3.8-3: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 3 (RT-200/300)
SIGNAL
Radio Altimeter #1
PIN FUNCTION
Radio Altitude Validity
Discrete #1 (+28V)
DH Discrete (Gnd)
CONNECTION
(+) = J1-64
(-) = J1-45
REFERENCE
6.1.11
4.2.3.1
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-29
Input
J1-33
Input
SUMMARY DATA
Format: DC with Validity Flag (RT-200/300 Precision Output)
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER FAULT
Validity: Radio Altitude Valid Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_07
>+17V = Valid
<+4.4V = Invalid
GND_DISC_11
Gnd = Below DH
Gnd = Above DH
References
6.6.1
4.2.7
6.6.14
4.2.7
Table 5.3.8-4: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 4 (KRA 405)
SIGNAL
Radio Altimeter #1
PIN FUNCTION
Radio Altitude Validity
Discrete #1 (+28V)
DH Discrete (Gnd)
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
(+) = J1-64
(-) = J1-45
6.1.2
4.2.3.1
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-29
Input
J1-33
Input
SUMMARY DATA
Format: Alt 55 with Validity Flag (KRA-405 Auxiliary Output #1)
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER FAULT
Validity: Radio Altitude Valid Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/Configuration
References
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_07
>+17V = Valid
6.6.1
<+4.4V = Invalid
4.2.7
GND_DISC_11
Gnd = Below DH
6.6.14
Gnd = Above DH
4.2.7
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 245
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.8-251: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 251 (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses with DH/MDA)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL
429RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Data
Reference
Radio Altitude
6.2.29
Decision Height/MDA
6.2.62
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Radio Altitude
Decision Height/MDA
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Reference
6.2.29
6.2.62
Label
164
170
Sig. Bits
16
12 / 14
Range
±8192 FT
4096/16384
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.125
1.0
Rate (ms)
25-50
1000
Resolution
0.125
1.0
Rate (ms)
25-50
1000
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
164
170
Sig. Bits
16
12 / 14
Range
±8192 FT
4096/16384
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Table 5.3.8-252: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 252 (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses with DH discrete)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL
429RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Data
Reference
Radio Altitude
6.2.29
Decision Height (format 1)
6.2.41
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Radio Altitude
Decision Height (format 1)
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Reference
6.2.29
6.2.41
Label
164
370
Sig. Bits
16
16
Range
±8192 FT
±8192 FT
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.125
0.125
Rate (ms)
25-50
100-200
Resolution
0.125
0.125
Rate (ms)
25-50
100-200
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
164
370
Sig. Bits
16
16
Range
±8192 FT
±8192 FT
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Table 5.3.8-253: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 253 (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses with DH discrete)
CHANNEL
429RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Radio Altitude
Reference
6.2.29
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
PIN FUNCTION
DH Discrete (Gnd)
Data
Radio Altitude
J1-33
Sig. Bits
16
Range
±8192 FT
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
0.125
Rate (ms)
25-50
Resolution
0.125
Rate (ms)
25-50
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Reference
6.2.29
CONNECTION
Label
164
PIN TYPE
Input
Label
164
Sig. Bits
16
Range
±8192 FT
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
GND_DISC_11
Signal Type
Basic
Polarity/Configuration
Gnd = Below DH
Gnd = Above DH
References
6.6.14
4.2.7
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 246
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.8-254: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 254 (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses)
CHANNEL
429RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Reference
Radio Altitude
6.2.29
Decision Height (format 3)
6.2.41
MDA (format 3)
6.2.51
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Radio Altitude
Decision Height (format 3)
MDA (format 3)
Reference
6.2.29
6.2.41
6.2.51
Label
164
370
170
Sig. Bits
16
16
16
Range
±8192 FT
±8192 FT
±65536 FT
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.125
0.125
1.0
Rate (ms)
25-50
100-200
200
Resolution
0.125
0.125
1.0
Rate (ms)
25-50
100-200
200
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
164
370
170
Sig. Bits
16
16
16
Range
±8192 FT
±8192 FT
±65536 FT
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Table 5.3.8-255: Radio Altitude Input Select Type 255 (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL
429RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Data
Reference
Radio Altitude
6.2.29
Decision Height (format 1)
6.2.41
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Radio Altitude
Decision Height (format 1)
Reference
6.2.29
6.2.41
Label
164
370
Sig. Bits
16
16
Range
±8192 FT
±8192 FT
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.125
0.125
Rate (ms)
25-50
100-200
Resolution
0.125
0.125
Rate (ms)
25-50
100-200
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
164
370
Sig. Bits
16
16
Range
±8192 FT
±8192 FT
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 247
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.9 Category 9, Navigation Input Select
The following table provides identification of the Navigation type. The entry in the Navigation Type corresponds to a
table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Navigation Type #1 are found
in Table 5.3.9-1. In this category, only the following signals are defined:
•
•
•
•
Glideslope source selection.
Localizer source selection.
PFD Mode Select Word
Selected Course
Note: Numerous (but not all) Envelope Modulation cases require a localizer input. Therefore, a NAV ID
that supplies both Glideslope and Localizer should be selected in this category, if possible.
However, due to hardware limitations, use of Localizer for installations that can only provide low
level GS validity is not supported. In these cases, only ID #1 can be selected. Envelope
Modulation will still function for those locations which do not require a Localizer input, but not
for those that require Localizer.
TABLE 5.3.9: NAVIGATION INPUT SELECT
ID
Navigation
Inputs Select
Software
Effectivity
Description
(Table 5.3.9-x)
Analog Glideslope (ARINC 547) with +28V Validity
Flag
Analog Glideslope (ARINC 547) with Low Level
Validity
EGPWS
Effectivity
MKVI
MK VIII
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
0
0
1
1
2
2
Digital Glideslope (ARINC 429)
-020
X
X
3
3
Digital Glideslope and Localizer (ARINC 429)
-020
X
X
4
4
Digital KN40 Glideslope and Localizer (ARINC 429)
-020
X
X
5
5
Analog Glideslope/Localizer (ARINC 547) with
+28V Validity Flag
-020
X
X
Digital Glideslope, Localizer, PFD Word and Selected
-020
N/A
X
Course (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Digital Glideslope, Localizer and Selected Course
251
251
-020
N/A
X
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 2)
Digital Glideslope and Localizer – Alternate Input
252
252
-020
N/A
X
Channels (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 2)
Digital Glideslope and Localizer (ARINC 429 via
253
253
-020
N/A
X
dual IOC buses) (Note 2)
Digital Glideslope, Localizer and PFD Word (ARINC
254
254
-020
N/A
X
429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Digital Glideslope and Localizer – Alternate Labels
255
255
-020
N/A
X
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 2)
Note 1: ID 250 and 254 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2,6,8,10,11 and 12.
The use of either the left or right source is based on the displayed source provided on label 163.
Note 2: ID 251, 252, 253, and 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories
2,6,8,10,11 and 12.
250
250
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 248
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.9-0: Navigation Inputs Select 0
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
(+) = J1-65
(-) = J1-46
Glideslope Deviation
PIN FUNCTION
Glideslope Validity
Discrete #1
+28V ILS Tuned
Discrete #1
GND ILS Tuned
Discrete #1
REFERENCE
6.1.6
4.2.3.2
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-11
Input
J1-39
Input
J1-20
Input
SUMMARY DATA
Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE FAULT
Validity: Glideslope Validity Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_06
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Not Valid
28V_DISC_01
>+17V = ILS Tuned
< +4.4V = ILS Not Tuned
GND_DISC_01
Gnd = ILS Tuned
Gnd = ILS Not Tuned
Reference
6.6.10
4.2.7
6.6.9
4.2.7
6.6.8
4.2.7
Table 5.3.9-1: Navigation Inputs Select 1
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
Glideslope Deviation
(+) = J1-65
(-) = J1-46
6.1.7
4.2.3.2
Low Level Glideslope
Deviation Validity
(+) = J1-30
(-) = J1-10
6.1.14
4.2.3.3
PIN FUNCTION
+28V ILS Tuned
Discrete #1
GND ILS Tuned
Discrete #1
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-39
Input
J1-20
Input
SUMMARY DATA
Format: ARINC 547 with Low Level Validity & ILS Select
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE FAULT
Validity: Low Level Glideslope Deviation Validity
Format: DC
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE LOW LEVEL VALIDITY FAULT
> 0.145V = Valid (typical active range is 0.16V to 0.84V)
<= 0.145V = Invalid
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_01
>+17V = ILS Tuned
< +4.4V = ILS Not Tuned
GND_DISC_01
Gnd = ILS Tuned
Gnd = ILS Not Tuned
Reference
6.6.9
4.2.7
6.6.8
4.2.7
Table 5.3.9-2: Navigation Inputs Select 2
CHANNEL
429RX_6
A = J2-22
B = J2-5
Fault Designation: ILS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: ILS #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Glideslope
Reference
6.2.30
Label
174
Sig. Bits
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Bit 14 = ILS
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
167-333
Table 5.3.9-3: Navigation Inputs Select 3
CHANNEL
429RX_6
A = J2-22
B = J2-5
Fault Designation: ILS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: ILS #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
Label
174
173
Sig. Bits
12
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Table 5.3.9-4: Navigation Inputs Select 4
CHANNEL
429RX_6
A = J2-22
B = J2-5
Fault Designation: ILS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: ILS #1
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
ILS Select (VOR/ILS Freq)
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
6.2.46
Configuration Data
KN40 Nav Source
Label
174
173
034
Sig. Bits
12
12
Discrete
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
n/a
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Type
Reference Section
True
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 249
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.9-5: Navigation Inputs Select 5
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
Glideslope Deviation
(+) = J1-65
(-) = J1-46
6.1.6
4.2.3.2
Localizer Deviation
(+) = J1-30
(-) = J1-10
6.1.17
4.2.3.3
PIN FUNCTION
Localizer Validity
Discrete #1
Glideslope Validity
Discrete #1
+28V ILS Tuned
Discrete #1
GND ILS Tuned
Discrete #1
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-48
Input
J1-11
Input
J1-39
Input
J1-20
Input
SUMMARY DATA
Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE FAULT
Validity: Glideslope Validity Discrete #1 (+28V)
Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: LOCALIZER FAULT
Validity: Glideslope Validity Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_11
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Not Valid
28V_DISC_06
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Not Valid
28V_DISC_01
>+17V = ILS Tuned
< +4.4V = ILS Not Tuned
GND_DISC_01
Gnd = ILS Tuned
Gnd = ILS Not Tuned
Reference
6.6.28
4.2.7
6.6.10
4.2.7
6.6.9
4.2.7
6.6.8
4.2.7
Table 5.3.9-250: Navigation Inputs Select 250
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Glideslope
6.2.30
Localizer
6.2.33
PFD Mode Select Word
6.2.44
Selected Course
6.2.61
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
174
173
163
100
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
PFD Mode Select Word
Selected Course
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
6.2.44
6.2.61
Sig. Bits
12
12
Discrete
11
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Type 4
±180 degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
n/a
0.087890625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
250
200
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
n/a
0.087890625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
250
200
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
0.087890625
Rate (ms)
33.3-100
33.3-100
33.3-100
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
0.087890625
Rate (ms)
33.3-100
33.3-100
33.3-100
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
174
173
163
100
Sig. Bits
12
12
Discrete
11
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Type 4
±180 degrees
Table 5.3.9-251: Navigation Inputs Select 251
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Glideslope
6.2.30
Localizer
6.2.33
Selected Course
6.2.61
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
174
173
100
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
Selected Course
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
6.2.61
Sig. Bits
12
12
11
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
±180 degrees
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
174
173
100
Sig. Bits
12
12
11
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
±180 degrees
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 250
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.9-252: Navigation Inputs Select 252
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-21
B = J2-04
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Glideslope
6.2.30
Localizer
6.2.33
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
174
173
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
Sig. Bits
12
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
n/a
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
250
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
n/a
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
250
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0001953125
0.00009765625
Rate (ms)
33.3-66.6
33.3-66.6
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
174
173
Sig. Bits
12
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Table 5.3.9-253: Navigation Inputs Select 253
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Glideslope
6.2.30
Localizer
6.2.33
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
174
173
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
Sig. Bits
12
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
174
173
Sig. Bits
12
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Table 5.3.9-254: Navigation Inputs Select 254
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Glideslope
6.2.30
Localizer
6.2.33
PFD Mode Select Word
6.2.44
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
174
173
163
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
PFD Mode Select Word
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
6.2.44
Sig. Bits
12
12
Discrete
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Type 4
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
174
173
163
Sig. Bits
12
12
Discrete
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Type 4
Table 5.3.9-255: Navigation Inputs Select 255
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Data
Reference
Glideslope
6.2.30
Localizer
6.2.33
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
117
116
Data
Glideslope
Localizer
Reference
6.2.30
6.2.33
Sig. Bits
12
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
117
116
Sig. Bits
12
12
Range
±0.8 DDM
±0.4 DDM
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 251
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.10 Category 10, Attitude Input Select
The following table provides identification of the Attitude Roll Angle type. The entry in the Attitude Input Select
corresponds to a table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Attitude Input
Select #2 are found in 5.3.10-2.
In this category, only the following signals are defined:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Roll Attitude.
Pitch Attitude
Roll Rate
Pitch Rate
Normal Acceleration
Longitudinal Acceleration
Inertial Vertical Speed
Inertial Altitude
Table 5.3.10: Attitude Input Select
ID
0
1
2
3
4
Attitude Input
Select
(Table 5.3.10-x)
0
Software
Effectivity
Description
EGPWS
Effectivity
MKVI
MKVIII
Analog Roll without validity
(3-Wire Synchro)
-020
X
X
2
Analog Pitch and Roll
(3-Wire Synchro)
-020
X
X
4
Analog Roll with validity
(3-Wire Synchro)
Digital Pitch and Roll
(ARINC 429 High Speed) (Note 2)
Digital Pitch, Roll, and Vertical Speed
(ARINC 429 High Speed) (Note 2)
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
5
5
6
6
Digital Pitch, Roll, Vertical Speed and Altitude
-020
N/A
X
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Digital Roll and Acceleration
255
255
-020
N/A
X
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Note 1: ID 253 and 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2,6,8,9,11 and 12.
Note 2: Category 10 and Category 11 use the same ARINC 429 receiver if a digital source is selected.
253
253
Table 5.3.10-0: Attitude Input Select Type 0
SIGNAL
Roll Attitude
CONNECTION
(X) = J1-1
(Y) = J1-21
(Z) = J1-2
REFERENCE
6.1.8
SUMMARY DATA
Format: 3 Wire Synchro
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: ROLL FAULT
Validity: None
Reference: None
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 252
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.10-2: Attitude Input Select Type 2
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
Roll Attitude
(X) = J1-1
(Y) = J1-21
(Z) = J1-2
6.1.15
Pitch Attitude
(X) = J1-5
(Y) = J1-7
(Z) = J1-6
6.1.12
PIN FUNCTION
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-68
Input
Attitude Validity
Discrete #1
SUMMARY DATA
Format: 3 Wire Synchro with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: ROLL FAULT
Validity: Attitude Validity Discrete #1
Reference: None
Format: 3 Wire Synchro with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: PITCH FAULT
Validity: Attitude Validity Discrete #1
Reference: None
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/
REFERENCE
Configuration
28V_DISC_12
>+17V = Valid
<+4.4V = Invalid
References
6.6.24
4.2.7
Table 5.3.10-4: Attitude Input Select Type 4
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
(X) = J1-1
(Y) = J1-21
(Z) = J1-2
Roll Attitude
PIN FUNCTION
REFERENCE
6.1.15
CONNECTION
PIN TYPE
J1-68
Input
Attitude Validity
Discrete #1
SUMMARY DATA
Format: 3 Wire Synchro with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: ROLL FAULT
Validity: Attitude Validity Discrete #1
Reference: None
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
Polarity/
REFERENCE
Configuration
28V_DISC_12
>+17V = Valid
<+4.4V = Invalid
Summary Data
6.6.24
4.2.7
Table 5.3.10-5: Attitude Input Select Type 5
CHANNEL
429RX_7
A = J2-23
B = J2-6
Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: AHRS
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Roll Angle
Pitch Angle
Reference
6.2.31
6.2.34
Label
325
324
Sig. Bits
14
14
Range
±180 degrees
±180 degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.010986328125
0.010986328125
Rate (ms)
10-20
10-20
Resolution
0.010986328125
0.010986328125
0.01562500
0.01562500
1.0
Rate (ms)
10-20
10-20
10-20
10-20
20-40
Table 5.3.10-6: Attitude Input Select Type 6
CHANNEL
429RX_7
A = J2-23
B = J2-6
Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: AHRS
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Roll Angle
Pitch Angle
Body Roll Rate
Body Pitch Rate
Inertial Vertical Speed
Reference
6.2.31
6.2.34
6.2.50
6.2.49
6.2.56
Label
325
324
327
326
365
Sig. Bits
14
14
13
13
15
Range
±180 degrees
±180 degrees
±128 deg/sec
±128 deg/sec
±32,768 fpm
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 253
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.10-253: Attitude Input Select Type 253
CHANNEL
429RX_7
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
Data
Roll Angle
Pitch Angle
Body Roll Rate
Body Pitch Rate
Inertial Vertical Speed
Inertial Altitude
CHANNEL
429RX_7
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Reference
6.2.31
6.2.34
6.2.50
6.2.49
6.2.56
6.2.57
Label
325
324
327
326
365
361
Range
±180 degrees
±180 degrees
±128 deg/sec
±128 deg/sec
±32,768 fpm
±131,072 ft
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.010986328125
0.010986328125
0.01562500
0.01562500
1.0
0.125
Rate (ms)
10-20
10-20
10-20
10-20
20-40
20-40
Resolution
0.010986328125
0.010986328125
0.01562500
0.01562500
1.0
0.125
Rate (ms)
10-20
10-20
10-20
10-20
20-40
20-40
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Roll Angle
Pitch Angle
Body Roll Rate
Body Pitch Rate
Inertial Vertical Speed
Inertial Altitude
Sig. Bits
14
14
13
13
15
20
Reference
6.2.31
6.2.34
6.2.50
6.2.49
6.2.56
6.2.57
Label
325
324
327
326
365
361
Sig. Bits
14
14
13
13
15
20
Range
±180 degrees
±180 degrees
±128 deg/sec
±128 deg/sec
±32,768 fpm
±131,072 ft
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Note: ID 253 may only be used with Category 2 ‘digital’ Barometric Altitude Rate sources, analog sources are not
compatible with Inertial Vertical Speed.
Table 5.3.10-255: Attitude Input Select Type 255
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Reference
Roll Angle
6.2.31
Pitch Angle
6.2.34
Normal Acceleration
6.2.42
Longitudinal Acceleration
6.2.43
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IOC #2
429RX_3 Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
325
324
333
331
Data
Roll Angle
Pitch Angle
Normal Acceleration
Longitudinal Acceleration
Label
325
324
333
331
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Reference
6.2.31
6.2.34
6.2.42
6.2.43
Sig. Bits
14
14
12
12
Range
±180 degrees
±180 degrees
±4 g’s
±4 g’s
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.010986328125
0.010986328125
0.000977 g’s
0.000977 g’s
Rate (ms)
10-20
10-20
10-20
10-20
Resolution
0.010986328125
0.010986328125
0.000977 g’s
0.000977 g’s
Rate (ms)
10-20
10-20
10-20
10-20
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Sig. Bits
14
14
12
12
Range
±180 degrees
±180 degrees
±4 g’s
±4 g’s
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Note: The output for Normal Acceleration reads 0 g’s nominal when aircraft is on the ground, or during unaccelerated
level flight.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 254
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.11 Category 11, Heading Input Select
The following table provides identification of the Heading type. The entry in the Heading Input Select corresponds to a
table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Magnetic Heading Input Select
#0 are found in Table 5.3.11-0.
In this category, only the following signals are defined:
•
•
Magnetic Heading
True Heading
Table 5.3.11: Heading Input Select
ID
Heading Input
Select
Software
Effectivity
Description
EGPWS
Effectivity
(Table 5.3.11-x)
0
Analog Magnetic Heading
(3-Wire Synchro with reference and validity discrete)
0
MKVI
MK VIII
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
1
2
2
3
3
Digital Magnetic Heading
(High Speed ARINC 429) (Note 2)
Digital Magnetic Heading and True Heading
(High Speed ARINC 429) (Note 2)
Digital True Heading
-020
N/A
X
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Digital Magnetic Heading
255
255
-020
N/A
X
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Note 1: ID 254 and 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2,6,8,9,10 and 12.
Note 2: Category 10 and Category 11 use the same ARINC 429 receiver if a digital source is selected.
254
254
Table 5.3.11-0: Heading Input Select 0
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
(X) = J1-22
(Y) = J1-23
(Z) = J1-3
Reference
(H) = J1-4
(C) = J1-24
CONNECTION
Magnetic Heading
PIN FUNCTION
Magnetic Heading
Validity Discrete
REFERENCE
6.1.9
4.2.4.2
4.2.4.4
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
28V_DISC_10
PIN TYPE
J1-28
SUMMARY DATA
Format: 5 Wire Synchro with Validity Flag
Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: MAGNETIC HEADING FAULT
Validity: Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete (+28V)
Reference: Nominal 26 VAC
Input
Polarity/Configuration
References
>+17V = Valid
< +4.4V = Invalid
6.6.23
4.2.7
Table 5.3.11-2: Heading Input Select Type 2
CHANNEL
429RX_7
A = J2-23
B = J2-6
Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: AHRS
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Magnetic Heading
Reference
6.2.32
Label
320
Sig. Bits
15
Range
±180 degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
0.0054931640625
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 255
Rate (ms)
10-20
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.11-3: Heading Input Select Type 3
CHANNEL
429RX_7
A = J2-23
B = J2-6
Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
CONNECT TO: AHRS
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Magnetic Heading
True Heading
Reference
6.2.32
6.2.37
Label
320
314
Sig. Bits
15
15
Range
±180 degrees
±180 degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0054931640625
0.0054931640625
Rate (ms)
10-20
25-50
Table 5.3.11-254: Heading Input Select 254
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
True Heading
Reference
6.2.32
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
True Heading
Reference
6.2.32
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Label
314
Sig. Bits
15
Range
±180 degrees
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
0.0054931640625
Rate (ms)
25-50
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
0.0054931640625
Rate (ms)
25-50
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
0.0054931640625
Rate (ms)
25-50
Signal Type
Basic
Resolution
0.0054931640625
Rate (ms)
25-50
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
314
Sig. Bits
15
Range
±180 degrees
Table 5.3.11-255: Heading Input Select 255
CHANNEL
429/422RX_1
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
CONNECT TO: IOC #1
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Magnetic Heading
Reference
6.2.32
CONNECT TO: IOC #2
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Data
Magnetic Heading
Reference
6.2.32
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Label
320
Sig. Bits
15
Range
±180 degrees
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
320
Sig. Bits
15
Range
±180 degrees
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 256
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.12 Category 12, Windshear Input Select
The following table provides identification of the Windshear Input Type. The entry in the Windshear Input Type
corresponds to a table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Windshear
Input Type #255 are found in 5.3.12-255.
In this category, only the following signals are to be defined:
•
•
Body Angle of Attack (AOA) in ARINC 429 format
Normalized Angle of Attack (AOA) in ARINC 429 format
Table 5.3.12: Windshear Input Select
ID
Windshear
Input Type
0
N/A
253
255
254
255
255
255
Description
No Windshear
Digital – ARINC 429
AOA (via Dual IOC
buses). (Note 1)
Digital – ARINC 429
AOA (via Dual IOC
buses). (Note 1)
Digital – ARINC 429
AOA (via Dual IOC
buses). (Note 1)
Windshear
Disable
Windshear
INOP
Disable
Windshear
Caution
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
Software
Effectivity
Disable
Windshear
Caution Voice
Disable
EGPWS
Effectivity
MKVI
MKVIII
TRUE
TRUE
-020
X
X
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
-020
N/A
X
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
-020
N/A
X
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
-020
N/A
X
Note 1: IDs 253, 254, and 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2, 6, 8, 9, 10,
and 11.
Table 5.3.12-255: Windshear Input Type 255
CHANNEL
429RX_1
CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
CHANNEL
429RX_3
Data
Reference
Left Angle of Attack Body
6.2.44
Normal Angle of Attack
6.2.52
CONNECT TO: IOC #2 Bus
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed)
Label
224
236
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Data
Right Angle of Attack Body
Normal Angle of Attack
Reference
6.2.45
6.2.52
Sig. Bits
12
15
Range
±180 degrees
0 to 1
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0439453125 deg
0.00003051757812
Rate (ms)
100
80
Signal Type
Basic
Basic
Resolution
0.0439453125 deg
0.00003051757812
Rate (ms)
100
80
Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Label
225
236
Sig. Bits
12
15
Range
±180 degrees
0 to 1
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 257
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.13 Category 13, Input / Output Discrete Type Select
The following table provides identification of the Input/Output Discrete Type. Each entry in the Input/Output Discrete
Type column has a corresponding table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details
for Input/Output Discrete Type #0 are found in Table 5.3.13-0.
Table 5.3.13: Input/Output Discrete Type Select
ID
Input/Output
Discrete Type
(Table 5.3.13-x)
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
254
254
255
255
Software
Effectivity
Description
Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp format 1)
Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp format 2)
Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp format 1) with GPWS Inhibit
Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp format 2) with GPWS Inhibit
Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp format 1, Flashing lamps) with GPWS Inhibit.
Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp format 2, Flashing lamps) with GPWS Inhibit.
Input / Output discrete definitions (Lamp format 1)
with GPWS Inhibit and Mom. Steep Approach Select.
Input / Output discrete definitions (Lamp format 2)
with GPWS Inhibit and Mom. Steep Approach Select.
Windshear Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp Format 1).
Windshear Input / Output discrete definitions
(Lamp Format 2).
EGPWS
Effectivity
MKVI
MKVIII
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
X
X
-020
N/A
X
-020
N/A
X
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 258
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-0: Input/Output Discrete Type 0
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2,4)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
PIN FUNCTION
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
(alternate action)
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Ref
6.6.25
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
GPWS Alert Discrete (Glideslope Only)
7.4.1
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
Output
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
J1-73
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.5
J1-69
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
7.4.4
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
DISC_OUT_9
Output
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
J1-52
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_7
Input
Input
Output
Output
Not Defined in this ID. (Note 3)
Not Defined in this ID. (Note 3)
Not Defined in this ID. (Note 3)
Not Defined in this ID. (Note 3)
J1-51
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
J1-55
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Polarity/Configuration
7.4.3
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 1
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting.
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 259
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-1: Input/Output Discrete Type 1
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2,4)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
(alternate action)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
PIN FUNCTION
Ref
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
Output
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Warning
Obstacle Awareness Warning
GPWS Alert Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
J1-73
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
J1-69
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
J1-52
DISC_OUT_9
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_7
Output
Input
Input
Output
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
7.4.3
7.4.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.6
7.4.5
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 2
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting.
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 260
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-2: Input/Output Discrete Type 2
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2,4)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
(alternate action)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
PIN FUNCTION
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Ref
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
7.4.3
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.2
GPWS Alert Discrete (Glideslope Only)
7.4.1
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
Output
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
J1-73
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.5
J1-69
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
J1-52
DISC_OUT_9
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_7
Output
Input
Input
Output
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
Polarity/Configuration
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 1
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting.
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 261
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-3: Input/Output Discrete Type 3
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
PIN FUNCTION
Ref
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
(alternate action)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
J1-73
J1-69
Output
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Warning
Obstacle Awareness Warning
GPWS Alert Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.5
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
J1-52
DISC_OUT_9
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_7
Output
Input
Input
Output
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
7.4.3
7.4.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 2
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 262
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-4: Input/Output Discrete Type 4
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2,4)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
(alternate action)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
J1-73
J1-69
PIN FUNCTION
Ref
Output
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.5
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
J1-52
DISC_OUT_9
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_7
Output
Input
Input
Output
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
GPWS Warning Discrete (Flashing)
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning (Flashing)
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning (Flashing)
GPWS Alert Discrete (Glideslope Only) (Flashing)
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
J1-78
J1-77
DISC_OUT_1
Output
DISC_OUT_2
Output
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
7.4.3
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Flashing Lamps
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 1
True
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting.
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 263
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-5: Input/Output Discrete Type 5
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2,4)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
(alternate action)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
J1-73
J1-69
PIN FUNCTION
Ref
Output
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.5
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
J1-52
DISC_OUT_9
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_7
Output
Input
Input
Output
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
7.4.3
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Flashing Lamps
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Warning
Obstacle Awareness Warning
GPWS Alert Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
7.4.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 2
True
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 264
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-6: Input/Output Discrete Type 6
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2,4)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 1,4)
(momentary)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
PIN FUNCTION
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Ref
7.4.3
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
Output
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
J1-73
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.5
J1-69
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
7.4.14
J1-49
DISC_OUT_9
Output
J1-52
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
DISC_OUT_7
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
Output
Input
Input
Output
Steep Approach Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Toggle on/off
Gnd = Normal
7.4.3
GPWS Alert Discrete (Glideslope Only)
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Polarity/Configuration
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 1
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting.
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 265
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-7: Input/Output Discrete Type 7
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.5
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
6.6.4
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.13
J1-14
GND_DISC_07
Input
Momentary Flap Override Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.6
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2,4)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1,4)
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 1,4)
(momentary)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
J1-73
J1-69
PIN FUNCTION
Ref
Output
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Warning
Obstacle Awareness Warning
GPWS Alert Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Flap Override Discrete
7.4.5
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
DISC_OUT_9
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
J1-52
J1-48
J2-15
J1-50
DISC_OUT_7
28V_DISC_11
28V_DISC_13
MON_OUT_3
Output
Input
Input
Output
Steep Approach Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
7.4.14
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Flap Override Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Toggle on/off
Gnd = Normal
7.4.3
7.4.3
7.4.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 2
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Note 4: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete and the 429 discrete word bit, if configured by the display type.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 266
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-254: Input/Output Discrete Type 254
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
PIN FUNCTION
Ref
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete/
Flap Override Switch (non-momentary)
GND Landing Flaps Discrete/
Flap Override Switch (non-momentary)
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1)
6.6.13
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
(alternate action)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-50
MON_OUT_3
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
6.6.5
6.6.4
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
Windshear INOP
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
GPWS Alert Discrete (Glideslope Only)
7.4.9
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
7.4.3
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
Output
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
7.4.6
J1-73
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Windshear Warning Discrete
7.4.10
J1-52
DISC_OUT_7
Output
Windshear Caution Discrete
7.4.11
J1-69
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
J1-49
J1-48
J1-14
J2-15
DISC_OUT_9
28V_DISC_11
GND_DISC_07
28V_DISC_13
Output
Input
Input
Input
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
Polarity/Configuration
7.4.7.3
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
7.4.4
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
State
Type 1
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 267
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Table 5.3.13-255: Input/Output Discrete Type 255
CONN PIN #
CHANNEL
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
PIN TYPE
J1-38
28V_DISC_02
Input
J1-19
GND_DISC_02
Input
PIN FUNCTION
Ref
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12
GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.11
+28V Landing Flaps Discrete/
Flap Override Switch (non-momentary)
GND Landing Flaps Discrete/
Flap Override Switch (non-momentary)
J1-37
28V_DISC_03
Input
J1-18
GND_DISC_03
Input
J1-36
28V_DISC_04
Input
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17
J1-17
GND_DISC_04
Input
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.16
J1-35
28V_DISC_05
Input
+28V Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.3
J1-16
GND_DISC_05
Input
GND Landing Gear Discrete
6.6.2
J1-15
GND_DISC_06
Input
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1)
6.6.13
J1-13
GND_DISC_08
Input
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.15
J1-8
28V_DISC_09
Input
Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
6.6.21
J1-12
GND_DISC_09
Input
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete (Note 2)
6.6.20
J1-34
GND_DISC_10
Input
Self-Test Discrete (Note 1)
6.6.7
J1-67
GND_DISC_14
Input
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27
J2-31
GND_DISC_15
Input
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Note 2)
6.6.25
J1-72
MON_OUT_1
Output
7.4.3
J1-55
MON_OUT_2
Output
J1-50
MON_OUT_3
Output
J1-78
DISC_OUT_1
Output
J1-77
DISC_OUT_2
Output
7.4.6
6.6.5
6.6.4
J1-76
DISC_OUT_3
Output
GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
Terrain Not Available
Windshear INOP
GPWS Warning Discrete
Terrain Awareness Warning
Obstacle Awareness Warning
GPWS Alert Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
J1-73
DISC_OUT_4
Output
Windshear Warning Discrete
7.4.10
J1-52
DISC_OUT_7
Output
Windshear Caution Discrete
7.4.11
J1-69
DISC_OUT_5
Output
Audio On Discrete
7.4.2
J1-54
DISC_OUT_6
Output
7.4.4
J1-51
DISC_OUT_8
Output
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
J1-49
J1-48
J1-14
J2-15
DISC_OUT_9
28V_DISC_11
GND_DISC_07
28V_DISC_13
Output
Input
Input
Input
Terrain Display Select #2 Discrete
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
Not Defined in this ID (Note 3).
7.4.4
Configuration Data
Lamp Format
Flashing Lamps
Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Flaps Up
<+4.4V = Not Flaps Up
Gnd = Flaps Up
Gnd = Not Flaps Up
>+17V = Inhibit
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Engaged
<+4.4V = Not Engaged
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
Gnd = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Selected
Gnd = Not Selected
7.4.3
7.4.9
7.4.1
7.4.7.2
7.4.1
7.4.7.1
7.4.7.3
Possible States
Type 1,Type 2
True, False
Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
State
Type 2
False
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting
Note 3: This discrete may be used in another category.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 268
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
5.3.14 Category 14, Audio Output Level
The following table provides identification of the Audio Output Level Select. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to
a particular nominal alert output level selection (Max, -6 dB, -12 dB, -18dB and –24dB). The nominal “Max” output is 4
W(rms) for the 8-ohm output and 100 mW(rms) for the 600-ohm output. The Audio Output Level can be additionally
reduced by 6dB with the Mode 6 Low Volume discrete (see Category 13). The output power level will be the nominal
maximum output (4W or 100mW) reduced by the volume selection from Table 5.3.14 and the Mode 6 Low Volume
discrete.
Table 5.3.14: Audio Output Level
ID
0
1
2
3
4
Software
Effectivity
Volume Select
-020
-020
-020
-020
-020
Nominal (Equivalent to classic MK VI MAX)
-6 dB
-12 dB
-18 dB
-24 dB
5.3.15 Category 15, Undefined for this software release
The following table provides identification for a future undefined input select category. The entry in the following
undefined Type corresponds to a table that will provide detailed information on the configuration. The details for
Undefined Type #0 are not detailed.
Table 5.3.15: Undefined Type
ID
Undefined
Type
0
N/A
Description
Software
Effectivity
-020
EGPWS
MKVI
MKVIII
X
X
5.3.16 Category 16, Undefined for this software release
The following table provides identification for a future undefined input select category. The entry in the following
undefined Type corresponds to a table that will provide detailed information on the configuration. The details for
Undefined Type #0 are not detailed.
Table 5.3.16: Undefined Type
ID
Undefined
Type
0
N/A
Description
Software
Effectivity
-020
EGPWS
MKVI
MKVIII
X
X
5.3.17 Category 17, Undefined for this software release
The following table provides identification for a future undefined input select category. The entry in the following
undefined Type corresponds to a table that will provide detailed information on the configuration. The details for
Undefined Type #0 are not detailed.
Table 5.3.17: Undefined Type
ID
0
Undefined
Type
Description
Software
Effectivity
N/A
-020
EGPWS
MKVI
MKVIII
X
X
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 269
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6
CONFIGURABLE INPUT DATA DEFINITION
This section defines the EGPWS input signal characteristics or data word formats for input signals commonly used in
MK VI and VIII EGPWS applications. See Section 5 for specific information on signal usage.
6.1 Analog Input Data
6.1.1 ARINC 552 Radio Altimeter
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Value
Radio Altitude, ARINC 552
ARINC 552A Radio Altitude
–100 to +3566 Feet
–30 to +2800 Feet
–50 Feet
None
None
For Radio Altitude ≤ 480 feet:
Voltsin = (0.02 * RALT (ft)) + 0.4
For Radio Altitude > 480 feet:
Voltsin = 10 × (1 + Ln (
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
RALT
(ft) + 20
500
))
(+) = J1-64, (–) = J1-45
None
D1 (DC1)
J1-29
0.25 Feet
0000200C
Discrete Validity
6.1.2 ALT 55 Radio Altimeter
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Radio Altitude, ALT 55
DC Absolute
–100 to +3200 Feet
–30 to +2800 Feet
–50 Feet
None
None
For Radio Altitude ≤ 500 Feet (≤ 10.4 VDC):
Voltsin = (0.02 * RALT) + 0.4 or
RALT (ft) = 50 ft/VDC * Voltsin – 20 ft
For Radio Altitude > 500 feet (> 10.4 VDC):
Voltsin = 0.003 * (RALT –500) + 10.4 or
RALT (ft) = 333.3333 ft/VDC * Voltsin – 2966.7
(+) = J1-64, (–) = J1-45
None
D1 (DC1)
J1-29
0.25 Feet
0000200C
Discrete Validity
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 270
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.1.3 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Uncorrected Baro Altitude, DC Voltage
DC Absolute
–19,334 to +31,166 Feet
–1500 to +30,000 Feet
–3000 Feet
None
None
Altitude (Feet) = 3150 Feet/VDC * Volts – 17250 Feet
(+) = J1-62, (–) = J1-43
None
D2 (DC2)
J1-9
2 Feet
0000200F
Discrete Validity
6.1.4 Outside Air Temperature (500 ohm probe)
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Outside Air Temperature, DC Signal
DC Absolute
–85 to +60 °C
–70 to +60 °C
–80 °C
None
None
VOAT
OAT (in °C)
< 0.43448
525.50676* VOAT – 268.805
>= 0.43448 and < 0.49212
545.64369* VOAT – 277.560
>= 0.49212 and < 0.54816
566.02357* VOAT – 287.594
>= 0.54816
581.96990* VOAT – 296.270
(+) = J1-63, (–) = J1-44
(see section 5.3.2 for hookup)
None
D5 (DC5)
None
0.03125 °C
0000200F
None
6.1.5 Outside Air Temperature (Internal Constant)
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
Value
Outside Air Temperature, DC Signal
DC Absolute
Constant, no external connection
Constant, no external connection
None
None
None
OAT (in °C) = 25°C Constant
(no external connection)
None
None
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 271
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
None
0.03125 °C
00000000
None
6.1.6 ARINC 547/578-4 Low Level Glideslope Deviation with Discrete Valid
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Low Level Glideslope Deviation, DC Signal
DC Absolute
±16 Dots
±12 Dots
–15 Dots
None
None
GS Deviation (Dots) = 13.333333 Dots/VDC * Voltsin – (Positive =
Fly Down) (75 mV per DOT, 0 Volts = 0 DOT)
NOTE: To be consistent with the ARINC 429 definition G/S scaling
inverts sign of input signal such that positive numbers are fly down.
(+) = J1-65 (above beam), (–) = J1-46 (below beam)
None
D3 (DC3)
J1-11 (+28 VDC discrete)
0.00048828 Dots
0000200C
Discrete Validity
6.1.7 ARINC 547/578-4 Low Level Glideslope Deviation with Low Level Valid
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Low Level Glideslope Deviation, DC Signal
DC Absolute
±16 Dots
±12 Dots
–15 Dots
None
None
GS Deviation (Dots) = 13.333333 Dots/VDC * Voltsin – (Positive =
Fly Down) (75 mV per DOT, 0 Volts = 0 DOT)
NOTE: To be consistent with the ARINC 429 definition G/S scaling
inverts sign of input signal such that positive numbers are fly down.
(+) = J1-65 (above beam), (–) = J1-46 (below beam)
None
D3 (DC3)
(+) = J1-30, (–) = J1-10 (GS low level validity see 6.1.21)
0.00048828 Dots
0000200C
Low Level Validity
6.1.8 Roll Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC )
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Value
Roll Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro
3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC)
±90° Synchro Angle (15.5 VAC max)
±80° Synchro Angle
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 272
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC FIFO LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
None
None
None
Roll Angle (deg) = 1 deg/deg
(X) = J1-1, (Y) = J1-21, (Z) = J1-2
None
S1 (Synchro #1)
None
0.00549316°
0000010F
None
6.1.9 Magnetic Heading, 5 Wire Synchro
The Magnetic Heading will be corrected with the internal Magnetic Variable Table.
Data Item
Value
Signal Name:
Magnetic Heading, 5 Wire Synchro
AIC Algorithm:
5 Wire Synchro (11.8V)
Signal Dynamic Range:
±180° Synchro Angle (15.5 VAC max)
Signal Reasonable Range:
±180°
Signal Open Wire Threshold
None
Reference Dynamic Range:
17 - 34 VAC
Reference Reasonable Range:
None
Scale:
Mag Hdg (deg) = 1 deg/deg
Input Signal Connection:
(X) = J1-22, (Y) = J1-23, (Z) = J1-3
Input Reference Connection:
(H) = J1-4, (C) = J1-24
AIC Name:
S2 (Synchro #2)
External Validity Flag Connection: J1-28
AIC FIFO LSB:
0.00549316°
AIC Status Mask:
0000070F
External Validity Type:
Discrete Validity, +28VDC
6.1.10 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (ADS-65)
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Uncorrected Baro Altitude, DC Voltage
DC Absolute
–5514 to +128,080 Feet
–1500 to +46,000 Feet
–3000 Feet
None
None
Altitude (Feet) = 8333.33 Feet/VDC * Volts
(+) = J1-62, (–) = J1-43
None
D2 (DC2)
J1-9
2 Feet
0000200F
Discrete Validity
6.1.11 RT-221/300 Radio Altimeter
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Value
Radio Altitude, RT-221/300
DC Absolute
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 273
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
–100 to +3200 Feet
–30 to +2800 Feet
–50 Feet
None
None
RALT (ft) = 250 ft/VDC * Voltsin
(+) = J1-64, (–) = J1-45
None
D1 (DC1)
J1-29
0.25 Feet
0000200C
Discrete Validity
6.1.12 Pitch Synchro Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC )
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC FIFO LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Pitch Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro
3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC)
±90° Synchro Angle (15.5 VAC max)
±80° Synchro Angle
None
None
None
Pitch Angle (deg) = 1 deg/deg
(X) = J1-5, (Y) = J1-7, (Z) = J1-6
None
S3 (Synchro #3)
J1-68 (Common Validity with Roll Attitude 6.1.15)
0.00549316°
0000010F
Discrete Validity
6.1.13 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (CIC 02702)
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
AIC Name:
Input Reference Connection:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Uncorrected Baro Altitude, DC Voltage
DC Absolute
–3713 to +62,017 Feet
–1000 to +40,000 Feet
–3000 Feet
None
None
Altitude (Feet) = 4100 Feet/VDC * Volts – 1000 Feet
(+) = J1-62, (–) = J1-43
D2 (DC2)
None
J1-9
2 Feet
0000200F
Discrete Validity
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 274
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.1.14 ARINC 547/578-4 Low Level Glideslope Deviation Validity
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Low Level Glideslope Validity, DC Signal
DC Absolute
–1.1 to +1.5 VDC
–0.5 to +1.5 VDC
–1 VDC
None
None
GS Validity (VDC) = Voltsin
(+) = J1-30, (–) = J1-10
None
D4 (DC4)
None
0.0012207 VDC
0000200C
None
6.1.15 Roll Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC ) with Validity
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC FIFO LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
Roll Attitude, 3 Wire Synchro
3 Wire Synchro (11.8 VAC)
±90° Synchro Angle (15.5 VAC max)
±80° Synchro Angle
None
None
None
Roll Angle (deg) = 1 deg/deg
(X) = J1-1, (Y) = J1-21, (Z) = J1-2
None
S1 (Synchro #1)
J1-68
0.00549316°
0000010F
Discrete Validity
6.1.16 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (AZ-241, AZ-800)
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
AIC Name:
Input Reference Connection:
External Validity Flag Connection:
Value
Uncorrected Baro Altitude, DC Voltage
DC Absolute
–3750 to +52,750 Feet (0.0 Vdc to +11.30 Vdc)
–1000 to +50,000 Feet (+0.55 Vdc to +10.75 Vdc)
–1950 Feet (+0.36 Vdc)
None
None
Altitude (Feet) = 5000 Feet/VDC * Volts – 3750
(0.2 mVdc/foot, 0.75 Vdc = 0 feet)
(+) = J1-62, (–) = J1-43
D2 (DC2)
None
J1-9
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 275
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
2 Feet
0000200F
Discrete Validity, 28V
6.1.17 ARINC 547 Localizer Deviation with Discrete Valid
Data Item
Signal Name:
AIC Algorithm:
Signal Dynamic Range:
Signal Reasonable Range:
Signal Open Wire Threshold
Reference Dynamic Range:
Reference Reasonable Range:
Scale:
Input Signal Connection:
Input Reference Connection:
AIC Name:
External Validity Flag Connection:
AIC LSB:
AIC Status Mask:
External Validity Type:
Value
LocalizerDeviation, DC Signal
DC Absolute
±16 Dots
±12 Dots
–15 Dots
None
None
Loc Deviation (Dots) = 13.333333 Dots/VDC * Voltsin
Positive = Fly Right 75 mV per DOT, 0 Volts = 0 DOT
(+) = J1-30 (fly right), (–) = J1-10 (fly left)
None
D4 (DC4)
J1-48 (+28 VDC discrete)
0.00126 Dots
0000200C
Discrete Validity
6.2 Digital Input Data, ARINC 429
The MK VI/VIII EGPWC supports 8 ARINC 429 digital receivers used to monitor broadcast data from other LRUs and to
support interactive protocols. Each receiver channel follows the characteristics of reference document Digital Information
Transfer System (DITS), ARINC Characteristic 429.
Transmission System Interconnect. Each 429 receiver shall be connected to an ARINC 429 transmitter by means of a
single twisted and shielded pair of wires. The shield shall be grounded at both ends and at all production breaks in the
cable to an aircraft ground close to the rack connector.
Receiver Bus Frequency. Receivers are capable of operating at both Low and High speed and are determined by
configuration selection. The following table identifies the bus speed characteristics.
Bus Speed
High
Low
Bus Frequency
100 KBPS +/- 1%
12.0 KBPS to 14.5 KBPS
ARINC Receiver Bus Identification. Each ARINC Receiver Channel is identified with two identifiers, one for each leg
of the twisted wire pair. The identifier is formed as follows:
429RX[Channel Id][Leg] where Channel Id ranges [1-8], and Leg is A for the positive leg and B for the negative leg (see
channel 1 exception in following paragraph). An example of a channel identifier would be 429RX-2A, which identifies
leg A of ARINC 429 channel 2.
In addition, one of the ARINC 429 channels is connected to an UART to provision for RS422 operation. In this case the
channel identifier has been defined as 429_422RX_1A and 429_422RX_1B
SIGN/STATUS Matrix The number of BITS, and the meaning of these BITS, varies depending on the type of data in the
ARINC word.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 276
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
BIT 31
0
0
1
1
BINARY (BNR) DATA
DEFINITION
Failure Warning
No Computed Data (NCD)
Functional Test
Normal Operation
BIT 30
0
1
0
1
BIT 29
DEFINITION
Plus, North, East,
Right, To, Above
Minus, South, West,
Left, From, Below
0
1
BINARY CODED DECIMAL (BCD) DATA
BIT 30
DEFINITION
0
Plus, North, East, Right, To, Above
1
No Computed Data (NCD)
0
Functional Test
1
Minus, South, West, Left, From, Below
BIT 31
0
0
1
1
Unless identified as using the Honeywell Discrete definition all data indicated as ‘Discrete’ uses the following SSM
definition. (Note that PWS uses a non-standard SSM format as described in section 6.2.21)
BIT 31
0
0
1
1
DISCRETE DATA
BIT 30 DEFINITION
0
Normal Operation
1
No Computed Data NCD
0
Functional Test
1
Not Used
Data identified as Honeywell Discrete uses the SSM definition below.
HONEYWELL DISCRETE DATA
BIT 31 BIT 30 DEFINITION
0
0
Normal Operation
0
1
No Computed Data NCD
1
0
Functional Test
1
1
Failure Warning
ISO 5 ALPHABET
Some ARINC 429 labels transmit data using the ISO 5 alphabet as defined in the following table.
B4
0
B3
0
B2
0
B1
0
0 0 0
NUL
0 0 1
0 1 0
SP
0 1 1
0
1 0 0
1 0 1
P
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
CNTRL
STX
ETX
EOT
ENQ
ACK
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
NAK
SYN
!
“
#
%
&
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
E
F
Q
R
S
T
U
V
0
1
1
1
‘
7
G
W
1
0
0
0
CLEAR
(
8
H
X
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
EVENT
)
*
9
:
I
J
Y
Z
LOGOFF
1 1 0
MCDU
MENU
PROG
PERF
INIT
DATA
FPLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEL
F-PLN
SPARE
1 1 1
SEL1
SEL2
SEL3
SEL4
SEL5
SEL6
NEXT
PAGE
SER1
SER2
SER3
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 277
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
B4
1
1
B3
0
1
B2
1
0
B1
1
0
0 0 0
0 0 1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
DEGREE
SYMBOL
BOX
↓
1
1
1
1
0 1 0
+
,
0 1 1
;
<
1 0 0
K
L
1 0 1
[
\
.
=
>
M
N
]
↑
/
?
O
←
→
1 1 0
1 1 1
SER4
SER5
SER6
TRIANGLE
DIAMOND
6.2.1 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (203)
Source: ARINC 706 DADC or IOC
UNCORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE
LABEL (Octal) 203
Units: Feet
Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
Max. Range: ± 131,072 Feet
Data Bits: 12 to 28 = 17
+ = Above Sea Level (ASL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11
Transmit Interval (mSec): 31.3 to 62.5
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
(50 if DAU)
6.2.2 Static Air Temperature (213)
Source: ARINC 706 DADC or IOC
STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE
LABEL (Octal) 213
Units: Degrees Celsius Max. Range: 512 Degrees C.
Approx. LSB: 0.25 Degree
Data Bits: 18 to 28 = 11
+ = Above ZERO
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): 250 to 500
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.3 Barometric Altitude Rate (212)
Source: ARINC 706 DADC or IOC
BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE RATE
LABEL (Octal) 212
Units: Feet/Minute
Approx. LSB: 16 Ft/Min
Max. Range: ± 32,768 Ft/Min
Data Bits: 18 to 28 = 11
+ = Ascent
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): 31.3 to 62.5
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.4 Altitude (076) - GPS (MSL)
ALTITUDE – GPS (MSL)
LABEL (Octal) 076
Units: Feet
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20
+ = Up
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
Max. Range: 131,072 Feet
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: None
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: None
6.2.5 Horizontal Integrity Limit (130) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPS
GPS Horizontal Integrity Limit
LABEL (Octal) 130
Units: Nautical Miles
Max. Range: 16
Approx. LSB: 0.00012207
Data Bit: 12 - 28 (see table below) = 17
+ = always positive
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 ms
Data Type: BNR + discrete
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Bit
11
12 –
28
BIT ASSIGNMENT GPS HIL
Definition
Set to 1 whenever the receivers RAIM detects a non-isolatable
satellite failure (NISF), set to 0 otherwise
Integrity limit in nautical miles
6.2.6 Ground Speed (112) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
Ground Speed – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 112
Units: Knots
Max. Range: 4,096 Knots
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Knot
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Forward
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 278
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.2.7 Latitude (110) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
LATITUDE – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 110
Units: Degrees
Approx. LSB: 0.000172 Deg
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20
+ = North
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.8 Longitude (111) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
LONGITUDE – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 111
Units: Degrees
Approx. LSB: 0.000172 Deg
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20
+ = East
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.9 Track Angle (103) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
TRACK ANGLE – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 103
Units: Degrees
Approx. LSB: 0.0055 Deg.
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 15 to 29 = 15
+ = Clockwise from North
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 14
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.10 Horizontal Figure Of Merit (247) – GPS (ARINC 743A)
Source: ARINC 743A GPSSU
HORIZONTAL FIGURE OF MERIT - GPS
LABEL (Octal) 247
Units: Nautical Miles
Max. Range: 16 NM’s
Approx. LSB: 0.000061035
Data Bits: 11 to 28 = 18
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.11 Horizontal Figure Of Merit (247) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
HORIZONTAL FIGURE OF MERIT - GPS
LABEL (Octal) 247
Units: Meters
Max. Range: 1,024
Approx. LSB: 0.03125
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.12 Horizontal Figure Of Merit from HDOP (101) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
HORIZONTAL FIGURE OF MERIT – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 101
Units: Meters
Max. Range: 16,384*
Approx. LSB: 0.5*
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
* The HDOP scaling is multiplied by 16 to produce HFOM values required by the EGPWS
6.2.13 Vertical Figure Of Merit (136) – GPS (ARINC 743A)
Source: ARINC 743A GPSSU
VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 136
Units: Feet
Max. Range: 32,768 ft
Approx. LSB: 0.125
Data Bits: 11 to 28 = 18
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.14 Vertical Figure Of Merit (136) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 136
Units: Meters
Max. Range: 1,024
Approx. LSB: 0.03125
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.15 Vertical Figure Of Merit from VDOP (102) – GPS (ARINC 743)
Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 102
Units: Meters
Max. Range: 16,384*
Approx. LSB: 0.5*
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
* The VDOP scaling is multiplied by 16 to produce VFOM values required by the EGPWS
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 279
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.2.16 Sensor Status (273) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
SENSOR STATUS – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 273
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: 11 to 29 = 19 See TABLE
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: 9, 10
SENSOR STATUS BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
MSB of Satellites Visible (16 to 31)
DADS Status (*)
Present = ‘0’
Not Present = ‘1’
DADS Source (*)
Primary = ‘0’
Secondary = ‘1’
IRS/FMS Status
Present = ‘0’
Not Present = ‘1’
IRS/FMS Source
Primary = ‘0’
Secondary = ‘1’
Number of Satellites Visible (0 to 15)
Number of Satellites Tracked (0 to 15)
Current System in Use 00 = GPS
10 = GLONASS
11 = GPS/GLONASS
01 = Spare
26 - 28
Operational Mode 000 = Self Test Mode
001 = Initialization Mode
010 = Acquisition Mode
011 = Navigation Mode
100 = Altitude/Clock Aiding Mode
101 = Differential Mode
110 = Direction/Speed Aiding Mode
111 = Fault
29
MSB of Satellites Tracked (16 to 31)
DADS Input is NOT required if ALTITUDE Data to GPSSU Sensor is Received from IRS/FMS Inputs.
Bit No.
11
12
13
14
15
16 - 19
20 - 23
24 - 25
(*) =
6.2.17 Universal Time Correlation (125) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
UNIVERSAL TIME CORRELATION (UTC) (BCD)
LABEL (Octal) 125
Units: Hours:Minutes
Max. Range: See NOTE 1
Approx. LSB: 0.1 Minute
Data Bits: See NOTE 2
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: BCD
SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: Maximum value = 23:59.9
NOTE 2: BCD BIT Assignments per Table below:
BIT NO.
11 - 14
15 - 18
19 - 22
23 - 26
27 - 29
UNIVERSAL TIME CORRELATION BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION (CFDS/GPS)
DEFINITION (CAIMS)
Tenths of Minutes
UNITS of Minutes
UNITS of Minutes
TENS of Minutes
TENS of Minutes
UNITS of Hours
UNITS of Hours
TENS of Hours
TENS of Hours
N/A
6.2.18 Date (260) - GPS
Source: [AIRBUS] - ARINC 604 CFDS/ CMC/ [GPS] - ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
DATE
LABEL (Octal) 260
Units: Day:Month:Year
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: 1 Day
Data Bits: 11 to 29 = 19 See NOTE 1
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: BCD
SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1:
BITS 11 to 14 (4) = UNITS of the YEAR (0 to 9)
BITS 15 to 18 (4) = TENS of the YEAR (0 to 9)
BITS 19 to 22 (4) = UNITS of the MONTH (0 to 9)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 280
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
BIT 23 (1) = TENS of the MONTH (0 or 1)
BITS 24 to 27 (4) = UNITS of the DAY (0 to 9)
BITS 28 to 29 (2) = TENS of the DAY (0 to 3)
6.2.19 Control Word (154) - MFD
CONTROL WORD – MFD
LABEL (Octal) 154
Units: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 ms
Bit No.
11 – 13
14
15 – 29
Source: MFD
Max. Range: N/A
+ = N/A
Data Type: Discrete
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
SDI Bits: N/A
DAU WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Not Used by EGPWC
Terrain Display Overlay Active
Not Used by EGPWC
6.2.20 Control Word 2 (271/273)
Source: WXR Control Panel/Nav Display
CONTROL WORD 2 – WXR
DISPLAY WD 1 – NAV DISPLAY BUS
LABEL (Octal) 271
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
For FDS-255 display the label is 273.
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 to 120 ms
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: N/A
Bit No.
11
12
13
14 – 23
24 – 29
CONTROL WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Special Function, Not Used by EGPWC
Anticlutter, Not Used by EGPWC
Windshear, Not Used by EGPWC
Spares
Display Range as specified in the table below
BITS 24 to 29 = Display Range (5 to 320NM, format as follows)
Bit 29
Bit 28
Bit 27
Bit 26
Bit 25
Bit 24
RANGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
320 NM
0
0
0
0
0
1
5 NM
0
0
0
0
1
0
10 NM
0
0
0
1
0
0
20 NM
0
0
1
0
0
0
40 NM
0
1
0
0
0
0
80 NM
1
0
0
0
0
0
160 NM
Note: The range bits are additive; e.g., if bits 24 and 26 = 1 then the range would be 25 NM.
6.2.20.1
Control Word 2 (271/273) Type 2
Source: IOC Bus
CONTROL WORD 2 – WXR (Type 2)
DISPLAY WD 1 – NAV DISPLAY BUS
LABEL (Octal) 271
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
For FDS-255 display the label is 273.
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: N/A
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 281
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Bit No.
11–22
23
24 – 29
CONTROL WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Spares
Display Range Divide by 20
Display Range as specified in the table below
BITS 24 to 29 = Display Range (5 to 320NM, format as follows)
Bit 29
Bit 28
Bit 27
Bit 26
Bit 25
Bit 24
RANGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
320 NM
0
0
0
0
0
1
5 NM
0
0
0
0
1
0
10 NM
0
0
0
1
0
0
20 NM
0
0
1
0
0
0
40 NM
0
1
0
0
0
0
80 NM
1
0
0
0
0
0
160 NM
Note: The range bits are additive; e.g., if bits 24 and 26 = 1 then the range would be 25 NM.
6.2.21 Discrete Word (155 or 176) - MFD
Source: MFD or IOC #1 & IOC #2
DISCRETE WORD – MFD
LABEL (Octal) 155 or 176
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 ms
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: N/A
Bit No.
11 - 17
18 - 24
25 - 29
DAU WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Not Used by EGPWC
Terrain Display Range as specified in the table below
Not Used by EGPWC
BITS 18 to 24 = Display Range (5 to 640 NM, Format as follows)
DISPLAY RANGE BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bits 24-18 DEFINITION
Bits 24-18
All 7 bits zero: 640 NM
Bit 21 set:
Bit 18 set: 5 NM
Bit 22 set:
Bit 19 set: 10 NM
Bit 23 set:
Bit 20 set: 20 NM
Bit 24 set:
DEFINITION
40 NM
80 NM
160 NM
320 NM
6.2.22 Hazard Range Output (077)
Hazard Range Output - Wx RADAR
LABEL (Octal) 077
Units: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 ms
Bit No.
11
12
13
14
15
Source: Wx Radar
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A
Pad Bits: 9, 10
Data Type: Discrete (non-standard SSM, see below)
SDI Bits: N/A
HAZARD RANGE OUTPUT BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Event Number LSB, Not Used by EGPWC
Event Number, Not Used by EGPWC
Event Number MSB, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (Start), 0.0625 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (Start), 0.125 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 282
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Range (Start), 0.25 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (Start), 0.5 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (Start), 1 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (Start), 2 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (Start), 4 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (End), 0.0625 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (End), 0.125 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (End), 0.25 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (End), 0.5 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (End), 1 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (End), 2 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Range (End), 4 NM, Not Used by EGPWC
Alert level
Alert level
BITS 28 & 29 = Alert Level, format as follows
Bit 28
Bits 29
DEFINITION
0
0
No Alert
1
0
Level 1 (Advisory)
0
1
Level 2 (Caution)
1
1
Level 3 (Warning)
BITS 30 & 31 = SSM as follows
BIT 31
BIT 30
DEFINITION
0
0
Normal Operation
0
1
Invalid (fault)
1
0
Functional Test
1
1
NCD
6.2.23 Range (050) - Multifunction Signal Generator (MG) or IC600
RANGE – MG
LABEL (Octal) 050
Units: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word containing both
left and right ranges, see below
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms
Source: MG
Max. Range: N/A
+ = N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: N/A
Note: Data format identical to EPGWC output label 050.
BITS 11 to 14 = Left Terrain Display Range (0.5 to 2000NM, Format as follows)
BITS 15 to 18 = Right Terrain Display Range (0.5 to 2000NM, Format as follows)
MG Note: Range is on one of two buses depending on whether MG is backing up right side.
Bits 14-11
Bits 18-15
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
DISPLAY RANGE BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Bits 14-11
Bits 18-15
0.5 NM
1000
1.0 NM
1001
2.5 NM
1010
5.0 NM
1011
10 NM
1100
25 NM
1101
50 NM
1110
100 NM
1111
DEFINITION
150 NM
200 NM
300 NM
500 NM
1000 NM
2000 NM
600 NM
6.2.24 Query / Continuous Response (011) - KCPB
QUERY / CONTINUOUS RESPONSE
LABEL (Octal) 011
Units: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word
Transmit Interval: Prompted Response or
Continuous Response, 2-30 words/sec
Max. Range: N/A
+ = N/A
Data Type: Discrete
Source: KCPB Display
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: None
SDI Bits: N/A
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 283
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Label 011 communicates the response to the KCPB Query / Setup Label (KCPB Label 027) or on a continuous basis. For
a detailed description of the Query / Continuous Response Label 011 definition see the EGPWS Interface Methodology,
060-4303-000.
6.2.25 Key Press Data (012) – KCPB
KEY PRESS DATA
LABEL (Octal) 012
Units: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word
Transmit Interval (mSec): 180
Source: Honeywell TDU/FMS
Max. Range: N/A
+ = N/A
Data Type: Discrete
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: None
SDI Bits: 0
TDU/FMS key press data will be transmitted using Label 012. The state of the front panel keys will be transmitted
nominally every 180 ms. Keys which are being pressed will be represented as logic “1” in the appropriate bit while non
pressed keys will be registered as logic “0”. For a detailed description of the Key Press / Display Mode Label 012
definition see the EGPWS Interface Methodology, 060-4303-000.
KEY PRESS DATA
LABEL (Octal) 012
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word
+ = N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): at least 200 msec
Data Type: Discrete
Source: KCPB Display
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: None
SDI Bits: 0
Key press / Display Mode data will be transmitted using Label 012. This is an optional label for KCPB displays. The state
of the front panel keys will be transmitted nominally every 200 ms. Keys which are being pressed will be represented as
logic “1” in the appropriate bit while non pressed keys will be registered as logic “0”. For a detailed description of the Key
Press / Display Mode Label 012 definition see the EGPWS Interface Methodology, 060-4303-000.
6.2.26 Control Word 1 (270)
CONTROL WORD 1 – WXR
LABEL (Octal) 270
Units: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms
Bit No.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Max. Range: N/A
+ = N/A
Data Type: Discrete
Source: WXR Control Panel
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
SDI Bits: N/A
CONTROL WORD 1 BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Scan, Not Used by EGPWC
Anticlutter, Not Used by EGPWC
Stabilization, Not Used by EGPWC
Mode
Mode
Mode
Tilt, +0.25 degrees
Tilt, +0.5 degrees
Tilt, +1.0 degrees
Tilt, +2.0 degrees
Tilt, +4.0 degrees
Tilt, +8.0 degrees
Tilt, -16.0 degrees (sign)
Gain, Bit –1
Gain, Bit –2
Gain, Bit –4
Gain, Bit –8
Gain, Bit –16
Gain, Bit –32
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 284
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Bits 14 to 16 = Mode, format as follows
Bit 16
Bit 15
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
Bit 14
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
MODE
Standby
Weather Only
Map Only
Windshear Hazard Factor
Test
Windshear and Turbulence
Weather and Turbulence
Windshear Icon
6.2.27 Discrete Word (273) – Bendix Weather Radar Vertical Profile Mode
Source: EFIS/Weather Radar
Discrete Word
LABEL (Octal) 273
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bit: 11
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Some display systems support a vertical profile WXR display where the radar scans up and down. This mode can not
support a terrain display. Therefore when this mode bit is set (indicating that the profile mode is active) the EGPWS is to
treat this as a non-displayable mode.
Mode
bit 11
Displayable
Vertical Profile On
1
No
Vertical Profile Off
0
Yes
6.2.28 Discrete Word (275) – IC600 only
Source: IC
Discrete Word - (IC600 Packed Discrete Word 4)
LABEL (Octal) 275
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: Bit 17: See TABLE
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 500 ms
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: 9, 10
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Discrete Data
Bit Definition
IC outputting MFD format
Bit 17 = 1: IC Driving Display
(its range is displayed)
Bit 17 = 0: IC not Driving Display
6.2.29 Radio Altitude (164)
Source: ARINC 707 LRRA or IOC
RADIO ALTITUDE
LABEL (Octal) 164
Units: Feet
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Max. Range: ± 8,192 Feet
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16
+ = Above Ground Level (AGL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11, 12
Transmit Interval (mSec): 25 to 50
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.30 Glideslope Deviation (174 or 117)
Source: ARINC 710 ILS or IOC
GLIDESLOPE DEVIATION
LABEL (Octal) 174 or 117
Units: See NOTE Max. Range: ± 0.8 DDM
Approx. LSB: 0.000195 DDM
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12
+ = Fly Down = Above Beam C/L
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 33.3 to 66.6
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: Units = Difference in Depth of Modulation (DDM) 0.0875 DDM = 1 ‘Dot’.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 285
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.2.31 Roll Angle (325)
Source: ARINC 704 INU / IRS/ AHRS / FMS or IOC
ROLL ANGLE
LABEL (Octal) 325
Units: Degrees/180
Approx. LSB: 0.01099 Deg
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 15 to 28 = 14
+ = Right Wing Down
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 14
Transmit Interval (mSec): 10 to 36
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.32 Magnetic Heading (320)
Source: ARINC 704 INU / IRS / AHRS / FMS or IOC
MAGNETIC HEADING
LABEL (Octal) 320
Units: Degrees/180
Approx. LSB: 0.00549 Degrees
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Clockwise from North
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 10 to 50
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.33 Localizer Deviation (173 or 116)
Source: ARINC 710 ILS or IOC
LOCALIZER DEVIATION
LABEL (Octal) 173 or 116
Units: See NOTE Max. Range: ± 0.4 DDM
Approx. LSB: 0.0000977 DDM
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12
+ = Fly RIGHT = Left of Beam C/L
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 33.3 to 66.6
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
115 ms max for IAC
100 ms max for IOC
NOTE: Units = Difference in Depth of Modulation (DDM) 0.0775 DDM = 1 ‘Dot’.
6.2.34 Pitch Angle (324)
Source: ARINC 704 INU / IRS/ AHRS / FMS or IOC
PITCH ANGLE
LABEL (Octal) 324
Units: Degrees/180
Approx. LSB: 0.01099 Deg
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 15 to 28 = 14
+ = Nose Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 14
Transmit Interval (mSec): 10 to 36
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.35 Range (271) - KCPB
Source: KCPB Display
RANGE
LABEL (Octal) 271
Units: NM
Max. Range: 1023.5 Approx. LSB: 0.5
Data Bits: 19 to 29 = 11
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11-18
Transmit Interval (mSec): at least 200 msec.
Data Type: Binary
SDI Bits: 9,10
6.2.36 DSU Status Word (350)
Source: DSU
DSU STATUS WORD
LABEL (Octal) 350
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 maximum
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: 9,10
Bit No.
11
12
13
15-14
16
17
18
DSU STATUS WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
Power Up Program Memory Test (ROM_FAIL)
Power Up External RAM Test (RAM_FAIL)
Power Up UDI Video Dual Port RAM Test (UDIVM_FAIL)
Unused (always 0)
Continuous ARINC 453 Inactive Test (A453INACT_FAIL)
Continuous Display Range Validity Test (DISPRING_FAIL)
Continuous Unused Interrupts Test (UNUSEDINT_FAIL)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 286
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
23-19
24
25
26
27
28
29
Unused (always 0)
Program Pin A Status
Program Pin B Status
Program Pin C Status
Program Pin D Status
Program Pin E Status
Unused (always 0)
6.2.37 True Heading (314)
Source: IRS/AHRS/IOC
TRUE HEADING
LABEL (Octal) 314
Units: Degrees/180
Max. Range: +/- 180 Degrees
Approx. LSB: 0.00549 Degrees
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Clockwise from North
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 25 to 50
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.38 Corrected Barometric Altitude (204)
Source: ARINC 706 DADC or IOC
CORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE
LABEL (Octal) 204
Units: Feet
Max. Range: 131,072 Feet
Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
Data Bits: 12 to 28 = 17
+ = Above Sea Level (ASL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11
Transmit Interval (mSec): 31.3 to 62.5
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.39 Computed Airspeed (206)
Source: ARINC 706 DADC or IOC
Max. Range: 1,024 Knots
Approx. LSB: 0.0625 Knot
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 14
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
COMPUTED AIRSPEED
LABEL (Octal) 206
Units: Knots
Data Bits: 15 to 28 = 14
+ = Forward
Transmit Interval (mSec): 62.5 to 125(100 if DAU)
6.2.40 True Airspeed (210)
Source: IOC
Max. Range: 2,048 Knots
Approx. LSB: 0.0625 Knot
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
TRUE AIRSPEED
LABEL (Octal) 210
Units: Knots
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Forward
Transmit Interval (mSec): 62.5 to 125
6.2.41 Decision Height (370) – IOC Scaling
DECISION HEIGHT
LABEL (Octal) 370
Units: Feet
Source: IOC
Max. Range: ±8192 FT
See NOTE 1
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16
+ = Above Ground Level (AGL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11,12
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 to 200
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: Some IOC configurations may only provide positive ranges (0 to 8192 Feet), however the EGPWS supports
both positive and negative ranges (+/- 8192 Feet) for all configurations.
NOTE 2: This label may be provided in a configuration with a single DH input or in conjunction with a selected MDA
input. For those configurations which provide DH and MDA on separate labels, Format 3 applies (Format 1 is
0/0 SDI, Format 2 is Left SDI used and Format 3 is No SDI.)
6.2.42 Normal Acceleration (333)
Source: IOC
NORMAL ACCELERATION
LABEL (Octal) 333
Units: g’s
Max. Range: +/-4.0 g’s
Approx. LSB: 0.000977 g’s
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12
+ = Up See NOTE
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 10 to 20
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: Output reads 0 g’s nominal when aircraft is on the ground, or during unaccelerated flight.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 287
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.2.43 Longitudinal Acceleration (331)
Source: IOC
LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION
LABEL (Octal) 331
Units: g’s
Max. Range: +/-4.0 g’s
Approx. LSB: 0.000977 g’s
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12
+ = Forward
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 10 to 20
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.44 Left Body Angle of Attack (224)
Source: IOC
Body Angle of Attack
LABEL (Octal) 224
Units: degrees
Max. Range: +/-180 degrees
Approx. LSB: 0.0439 degrees
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12
+ = Nose Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 to 100
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.45 Right Body Angle of Attack (225)
Source: IOC
Body Angle of Attack
LABEL (Octal) 225
Units: degrees
Max. Range: +/-180 degrees
Approx. LSB: 0.0439 degrees
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12
+ = Nose Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 to 100
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.46 VOR/ILS Frequency (034)
Source: ARINC 710 ILS
VOR/ILS Frequency
LABEL (Octal) 034
Units: MHz
Max. Range: 108 - 117.95MHz
Approx. LSB: 10 kHz
Data Bits: See NOTE
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 167 to 333
Data Type: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD)
SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: This input is used to indicate if the VOR/ILS receiver is tuned to an ILS frequency, or to a VOR frequency.
BIT #14 will be set to a ‘0’ for all VOR frequencies, and to a ‘1’ for all ILS frequencies, by the tuning information source.
6.2.47 PFD Mode Select Word (163)
Source: PFD via IOC
PFD MODE SELECT WORD – Type 4
LABEL (Octal) 163
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: See NOTE 2 and 3
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE 1
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: N/A
NOTE 1: Transmit Interval for data from PFD via IOC is 250 mSec Maximum.
NOTE 2: BITS 25 to 28 contain Binary Code for Displayed Data Source, as listed below.
NOTE 3: BITS 19/20 indicate MDA selection status and BIT 21 indicates DH selection status, as listed below.
BIT NO.
19, 20
21
PFD Mode Select Word
DEFINITION
MDA Display Selection
Bit 19 Bit 20
0
0
MDA not selected
1
0
MDA selected
X
1
Not used
DH Display Selection
0
DH Not Selected
1
DH Selected
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 288
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
25 – 28
Navigation data source currently displayed on the
Primary Flight Display (PFD). The table below
show decimal values with bit 25 the LSB
* = Values currently used by EGPWC
00 = Not Used
* 08 = MLS #1
01 = Not Used
* 09 = MLS #2
* 02 = VOR/LOC #1
* 10 = ILS #1
* 03 = VOR/LOC #2
* 11 = ILS #2
04 = FMS #1
12 = NOTE 1
05 = FMS #2
13 = NOTE 1
06 = FMS #3
14 = Not Used
07 = Not Used
15 = Not Used
NOTE 1: Code 12 and Code 13 are currently assigned to TACAN Data source. Neither of these states are used
by the EGPWC to select or evaluate input data.
6.2.48 FWC & GP Discrete Word (171)
Source: FWC or GP (#1 & #2)
DISCRETE WORD – FWC & GP
Max. Range: N/A
LABEL (Octal) 171
Units: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A
Pad Bits: none
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: 9, 10
See below
Note: Several formats exist for this label. Format 1: is the default format. Format 2: will be specified if required in the
Display Input Control Group.
FWC or GP WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS (Format 1)
Bit No.
DEFINITION
Note: Not all of the following bits are necessarily used on a given aircraft, but all will be
processed. The usage depends on the aircraft avionics. For example, Steep
Approach is only supported in a limited number of installations, however, the bits
for Steep Approach are always monitored.
9, 10
SDI: 1/0 = Left Display Range; 0/1 = Right Display Range; 0/0 & 1/1 = No Range
11-14
Self Test command codes
BIT
11
12
13
14
0
0
0
0 = No Test command
0
0
1
0 = Short Level 1 Test command
0
1
0
0 = Long Level 1 Test command
0
1
1
0 = Level 2 Test command
1
0
0
0 = Level 3 Test command
1
0
1
0 = Level 4 Test command
1
1
0
0 = Level 5 Test command
1
1
1
0 = Level 6 Test command
0
0
0
1 = Self Test Cancel command
0
0
1
1 = Skip command
15
Glideslope Cancel (momentary)
16
Flap Override (alternate action)
17
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit
18
Auto Range confirm (alternate action)
19
Landing Gear Down
20
Weight on Wheels
21
Low Altitude (momentary)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 289
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
22
23
24
25-28
29
Timed Audio Inhibit (momentary)
Reserved for EGPWS Test command Bit
Steep Approach activated (alternate action)
Terrain Display Range (as specified in the table below)
Not Used
BITS 25 to 28 = Terrain Display Range (0.5 to 2000 NM) format as follows:
DISPLAY RANGE BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bits 28-25
DEFINITION
Bits 28-25
DEFINITION
0000
0.5 NM
1000
150 NM
0001
1.0 NM
1001
200 NM
0010
2.5 NM
1010
300 NM
0011
5.0 NM
1011
500 NM
0100
10 NM
1100
1000 NM
0101
25 NM
1101
2000 NM
0110
50 NM
1110
600 NM
0111
100 NM
1111
1200 NM
6.2.49 Body Pitch Rate (326)
Source: AHRS / IOC
Body Pitch Rate
LABEL (Octal) 326
Units: Deg/Sec
Max. Range: +/-128 Degrees/Sec
Approx. LSB: 0.0156 Deg/Sec
Data Bits: 16 to 28 = 13
+ = Nose Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 15
Transmit Interval (mSec): 10 to 20
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.50 Body Roll Rate (327)
Source: AHRS / IOC
Body Roll Rate
LABEL (Octal) 327
Units: Deg/Sec
Max. Range: +/-128 Degrees/Sec
Approx. LSB: 0.0156 Deg/Sec
Data Bits: 16 to 28 = 13
+ = Right Wing Down
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 15
Transmit Interval (mSec): 10 to 20
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.51 Minimum Descent Altitude (170) – IOC Scaling
Source: IOC
Minimum Descent Altitude
LABEL (Octal) 170
Units: Feet
Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
Max. Range: ± 65,536 Feet 1
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16
+ = Above Sea Level (ASL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 9 to 12
Transmit Interval (mSec): 200
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: N/A 2
Note 1: Some IOC configurations may only provide positive ranges (0 to 65536 feet), however the EGPWS supports both
positive and negative ranges (±65,536 feet) for all configurations.
Note 2: This label may be provided in a configuration with a single DH input or in conjunction with a selected MDA
input. For those configurations which provide DH and MDA on separate labels format 3 applies (Format 1 is 0/0
SDI, Format 2 is Left SDI used and Format 3 is no SDI.)
6.2.52 Normal Angle of Attack (236)
Source: IOC
Normal Angle of Attack
LABEL (Octal) 236
Units: N/A
Max. Range: 0 to 1
Approx. LSB: 0.000031
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A
Pad Bits: 11 to 13, 29
Transmit Interval (mSec): 80
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 290
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.2.53 North/South Velocity (166) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
NORTH/SOUTH VELOCITY – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 166
Units: Knots
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Knots
Max. Range: ± 4,096 Knots
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = North
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.54 East/West Velocity (174) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
EAST/WEST VELOCITY – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 174
Units: Knots
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Knots
Max. Range: ± 4,096 Knots
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = East
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.55 Discrete Word (017) - KMD 550/850
Source: KMD 550/850 display
Discrete Word
LABEL (Octal) 017
Units: N/A
Max. Range: N/A
Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: 11
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 200
Data Type: Discrete
SDI Bits: 9, 10
BIT NO.
11 - 16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 - 29
DISCRETE WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
COMMENTS
Spares
Self Test
Momentary
Terrain Awareness Inhibit
Latched
Low Altitude Mode Select
Momentary
Timed Audio Inhibit
Momentary
G/S Cancel
Momentary
Steep Approach
Momentary
Flap Override
Momentary
Spares
6.2.56 Inertial Vertical Speed (365)
Source: ARINC 704 IRS/AHRS
Inertial Vertical Speed
LABEL (Octal) 365
Units: FPM
Max. Range: +/-32768 FPM
Approx. LSB: 1 FPM
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Ascent
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 to 40
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.57 Inertial Altitude (361)
Source: ARINC 704 IRS/AHRS
Inertial Altitude
LABEL (Octal) 361
Units: Feet
Max. Range: +/-131,072 feet
Approx. LSB: 0.125 feet
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20
+ = Above Sea Level (ASL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 to 40
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: None
6.2.58 Vertical Velocity (165) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743A GPSSU
Vertical Velocity – GPS
LABEL (Octal) 165
Units: FPM
Max. Range: +/-32,768 FPM
Approx. LSB: 1 FPM
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Ascent
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 291
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.2.59 Latitude Fine (120) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
Latitude Fine - GPS
LABEL (Octal) 120
Units: Degrees
Max. Range: +/-0.000172 Deg
Approx. LSB: 8.38E-8 Deg
Data Bits: 18 to 28 = 11
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.60 Longitude Fine (121) - GPS
Source: ARINC 743(A) GPSSU
Longitude Fine - GPS
LABEL (Octal) 121
Units: Degrees
Max. Range: +/-0.000172 Deg
Approx. LSB: 8.38E-8 Deg
Data Bits: 18 to 28 = 11
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.61 Selected Course (100) - IOC
Source: IOC
Selected Course (BNR)
LABEL (Octal) 100
Units: Degrees/180
Max. Range: +/-180 Degrees
Approx. LSB: 0.8789 Degrees
Data Bits: 18 to 28 = 11
+ = Clockwise from North
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 to 500
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.2.62 DH/MDA Selected (170) – DAU Scaling
Source: DAU
Max. Range (for DH):
Max. Range (for MDA): Approx. LSB: 1 foot
+/-4096 feet
+/-16384 feet
Data Bits (for DH): Data Bits (for MDA): + = Above Ground Level (ASL) Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11
17 to 28 = 12
15 to 28 = 14
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary / Discrete
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Note: If Signal Displayed bit 13=1, MDA Selected is mapped to bit 14. SSM for this word uses the discrete word format.
DH/MDA Selected
LABEL (Octal) 170
Units: Feet
6.3 Digital Data, ARINC 575
ARINC 575 data is very similar to the low speed ARINC 429 data described in the previous sections, but is one
generation earlier in the aircraft serial data definition. As such, there is NO SDI Field, and the SIGN/STATUS Matrix for
2’s Complement Binary data is different, and is given below for reference.
SIGN/STATUS Matrix: The number of BITS, and the meaning of these BITS, varies depending on the type of data in
the ARINC 575 word.
ARINC 575 BINARY (BNR) DATA
BIT 31
0
0
1
1
BIT 30
0
1
0
1
DEFINITION
Plus, North, East, Right, To, Above
Failure Warning
No Computed Data (NCD)
Minus, South, West, Left, From, Below
6.3.1 Static Air Temperature (213)
Source: ARINC 575 ADC
STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE
LABEL (Octal) 213
Units: Degrees Celsius Max. Range: 512 Degrees C.
Approx. LSB: 0.5 Degree
Data Bits: 20 to 29 = 10
+ = Above ZERO
Sign Bit: Part of SSM
Pad Bits: 9 to 19
Transmit Interval (mSec): 500 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: N/A
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 292
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.3.2 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude (203)
Source: ARINC 575 ADC
UNCORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE
LABEL (Octal) 203
Units: Feet
Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
Max. Range: ± 131,072 Feet
Data Bits: 13 to 29 = 17
+ = Above Sea Level (ASL)
Sign Bit: Part of SSM
Pad Bits: 9 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): 62.5 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: N/A
6.3.3 Barometric Altitude Rate (212)
Source: ARINC 575 ADC
BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE RATE
LABEL (Octal) 212
Units: Feet/Minute
Approx. LSB: 10 Ft/Min
Max. Range: ± 20,480 Ft/Min
Data Bits: 19 to 29 = 11
+ = Ascent
Sign Bit: Part of SSM
Pad Bits: 9 to 18
Transmit Interval (mSec): 62.5 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: N/A
6.3.4 Computed Airspeed (206)
Source: ARINC 575 ADC
COMPUTED AIRSPEED
LABEL (Octal) 206
Units: Knots
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Knot
Max. Range: ± 1024 Knots
Data Bits: 17 to 29 = 13
+ = Forward
Sign Bit: Part of SSM
Pad Bits: 9 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 125 Maximum
Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary
SDI Bits: N/A
6.4 Digital Data, RS-232
RS-232 data can be received and transmitted from an internal GPS Pxpress card in a TTL voltage level for use as a GPS
source. This data can also be received from a simulator in a TIA/EIA RS-232 format, which will be emulating the GPS
data format of the GPS Pxpress card. The characteristics of the GPS Pxpress data is 9600 baud, 1 stop bit, 8 bit data, odd
parity.
6.4.1 Xpress GPS Packets ID 15: Lat/Lon/Estimated Horizontal Position Error
Byte
Data
Type
Units
0
Valid Flag
Byte
Valid = 1, Invalid = 0
1-4
Latitude
Real
Radians (WGS 84)
5-8
Longitude
Real
Radians (WGS 84)
9-12
Horizontal Position Error (*)
Real
Meters
(*) Horizontal position error = 2 * standard deviation of horizontal position.
6.4.2 Xpress GPS Packets ID 16: Altitude/Estimated Vertical Position Error
Byte
Data
Type
Units
0
Valid Flag
Byte
Valid = 1, Invalid = 0
1-4
Altitude (*)
Real
Meters (MSL = WGS 84 - Geoid)
5-8
Vertical Position Error (**)
Real
Meters
(*) Altitude is MSL Altitude, which is computed from WGS 84 altitude by adding the geoid correction.
(**) Vertical position error = 2 * standard deviation of vertical position.
6.4.3 Xpress GPS Packets ID 17: Ground Speed/Track Angle
Byte
0
1-4
5-8
Data
Valid Flag
Ground Speed
Track Angle
Type
Byte
Real
Real
Units
Valid = 1, Invalid = 0
Meters/Second
Degrees (0..360)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 293
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.4.4 Xpress GPS Packets ID 18: East/North/Up Velocity
Byte
0
1-4
5-8
9-12
Data
Valid Flag
East Velocity
North Velocity
Up Velocity
Type
Byte
Real
Real
Real
Units
Valid = 1, Invalid = 0
Meters/Second
Meters/Second
Meters/Second
6.4.5 Xpress GPS Packets ID 1C: GPS State
This packet contains information concerning the current state of the receiver subsystem.
Byte
Data
Type
Units
0
State
Byte
Discrete (*)
1
Integrity State
Byte
Bit Field (**)
2
Masked Integrity Warning
Byte
True = 1, False = 0 (***)
3
Bad Coverage
Byte
True = 1, False = 0 (****)
4
Altitude Aiding In Use
Byte
True = 1, False = 0
5
Nav Mode
Byte
Discrete (*****)
6-7
Error Status
Integer
Bit Field (******)
(*) State (binary)
00
initialization
01
search the sky
02
acquisition
03
transition
04
navigation
05
navigation with possible data collection
06
navigation with position degradation
07
dead reckoning
(**) Integrity State (true if set; false otherwise)
0
HDOP > 4.0
Set in approach mode when RAIM is not available and the computed
HDOP exceeds 4.0
1
RAIM unavailable
Set when RAIM is not available in the current navigation mode
2
integrity warning
Set when a RAIM error is detected
3
RAIM unavailable (masked) Set when RAIM is not available in the current navigation mode and a
turn is not in progress
4
approach RAIM unavailable Set when RAIM is unavailable in approach mode. This flag allows a
"host" to do a crosscheck on the RAIM prediction result before it
switches into approach mode. However, if the system is not currently
using altitude aiding, this flag could be unnecessarily set and contradict
with the RAIM prediction result, which may assume altitude aiding.
Consequently, the “host” should disregard this flag when the predicted
approach RAIM is available, the current NAV mode is not approach,
altitude aiding is not in effect, and all satellites in the XPRESS
visibility list are in a tracking state.
5
FDE unavailable
Set when FDE is not available in the current navigation mode. If the
FDE becomes unavailable because of shading during a turn, it will be
masked for the duration of the turn.
6
FE active
Set when FDE excludes a tracking satellite.
7
Pseudo integrity warning
Set when a RAIM error is detected whether or not RAIM is available
in the current navigation mode.
(***) Masked Integrity Warning
True when there is a RAIM detected error or when RAIM is not available and a turn is not in progress
(****) Bad Coverage
True when there is insufficient satellite coverage for RAIM or NAV
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 294
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
(*****) NAV Mode (binary)
0
en route
1
terminal
2
approach
3
oceanic
(******) Error Status (true if set; false otherwise)
0
not used
1
ROM failure
2
RAM failure
3
Nonvolatile RAM lost
4
RF failure
5
not used
6
not used
7
BaseBand ASIC failure
8
BaseBand ASIC timeout
9
not used
10
RS-232 channel 1 receiver timeout
11
EEPROM failure
12
RS-232 channel 2 fail
13
1 millisecond underflow
14
not used
15
1 millisecond overflow
6.5 Digital Data, RS-422
The MK VI and MK VIII EGPWC supports up to 3 RS-422 digital receivers (with 2 receivers having transmit capability
also) used to monitor broadcast data from other LRUs and to support interactive protocols. Each receiver channel follows
the characteristics of reference document EIA 422.
Transmission System Interconnect. Each RS-422 receiver shall be connected to an RS-422 transmitter by means of a
single twisted and shielded pair of wires. The shield shall be grounded at both ends and at all production breaks in the
cable to an aircraft ground close to the rack connector.
Receiver Bus Frequency. Receivers are capable of operating up to 38.4K baud and are determined by configuration
selection.
6.5.1 Honeywell RS-422 Serial Control Interface (SCI) Mode/Range Word
The Serial Control Interface is transmitted on an RS-422 data bus. The data stream consists of 13 words (a label byte
followed by two data bytes) transmitted within 47 milliseconds. Each character consists of one bit (Low), 8 data bits with
least significant bit first; an ODD parity bit and one stop bit (high). The most significant bit of the character is a label or
data flag bit. The data rate of the SCI bus is 12 KBS ±0.01%. Channel 429_422RX_1 (J2-36/37) and 422RX_2 (J2-10/11)
can be configured for this input. Only two of the words on the bus are decoded, Label 80 Mode/Range Word 1 and Label
FF Status Word 1.
6.5.1.1 Serial Control Interface (SCI) Mode/Range Word 1 (80)
Mode/Range Word 1
LABEL (Hex) 80
Units: N/A
Data Bit: 1 – 8
Transmit Interval (mSec): See above
Max. Range: N/A
+ = N/A
Data Type: Discrete
Source: Map Electronics Unit (MEU)
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
SDI Bits: N/A
Note this is an RS-422 serial data stream not ARINC 429 so SDI and SSM for this word are not applicable.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 295
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
DISPLAY RANGE BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bits 4 - 7
Range
Bits 4 - 7
Range
0100
0.5 NM
0110
150 NM
0010
1.0 NM
1100
200 NM
1111
2.5 NM
1010
300 NM
1011
5.0 NM
0001
500 NM
1101
10 NM
0101
1000 NM
1001
25 NM
0011
2000 NM
1110
50 NM
0000
spare
1000
100 NM
0111
spare
DISPLAY MODE BIT ASSIGNMENTS 1
Bits 1-3
Display Mode
Displayable
000
STBY
NO
001
WX
YES
010
MAP
NO
011
FLIGHT PLAN
NO
100
TEST
NO
101
WX/T
YES
110
CYC
NO
111
TRB
NO
1
Display Mode used for “bolt-on” EDZ displays only.
6.5.1.2 Serial Control Interface (SCI) Status Word 1 (FF)
Status Word 1
LABEL (Hex) FF
Units: N/A
Data Bit: 1 – 8
Transmit Interval (mSec): See above
Max. Range: N/A
+ = N/A
Data Type: Discrete
Source: Map Electronics Unit (MEU)
Approx. LSB: N/A
Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
SDI Bits: N/A
STATUS WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS
BIT
DEFINITION
1
SECTOR SCAN *
2
TARGET ENABLE
3
P-450
4
ERASE
5
VAR GAIN
6
SLAVE
7
RIGHT
8
0
(Always zero in data word)
* Sector Scan used for “bolt-on” EDZ displays only.
6.5.2 Honeywell RS-232 Serial Control Interface for DC811 Up/Down Range
The DC811 controller transmits a 6 byte data packet with spacing between bytes of 16.67 mSec. Each byte consists of one
start bit (low), 8 data bits with least significant bit (LSB) first; an EVEN parity bit and one stop bit (high). The LSB of the
first packet byte is set to 1 to indicate the start of the packet (the other 5 bytes will have the LSB set to 0). The data rate for
this bus is 7.8125 KBS ± 0.01%. Depressing the Up or Down Range button will cause an Up or Down Range bit to be set
for 1 packet period (approximately 100 mSec). After an Up or Down transition no additional changes will be allowed for
approximately ½ second.
EGPWS Up/Down Ranges Supported
DC811 Data Packet
in Nautical Miles
2.5
BYTE
BIT
DESCRIPTION
1
0
1=Start of packet flag
5
2
10
3
25*
4
6
1=Range increment
50
5
1
1=Range decrement
100
6
* (default on power up)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 296
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.6 Discrete Inputs
This section contains a brief description of each input discrete is used in the EGPWS.
There are 28 possible discrete inputs each have one of the following input characteristics
1) 15 Open/Ground two state discretes
2) 13 Open/28VDC two state discretes
The EGPWS supports the following inputs in discrete form. The Level 6 audio information specifies the voice issued when
a state change occurs on the input discrete during level 6 self test. Refer to the Product Specification for self test
description.
6.6.1 Analog Radio Altitude Validity Flags
A Radio Altitude Validity Flag is used by the EGPWS for analog Radio Altimeter inputs.
Type:
Validity from ARINC 552, ALT 55 Radio Altimeter or RT-200/300 (analog).
Signal Status:
Valid or Invalid
Level 6 Audio readout
Valid => “Radio Altimeter 1 Valid”
Invalid => “Radio Altimeter 1 Invalid”
Radio Altitude Validity Discrete #1
6.6.2 GND Landing Gear Discrete
Type:
Supplied by landing gear or landing gear selector handle position-sensitive switch. This input can be paralleled
with, or used exclusively by a Gear Override Switch if an alternate source of Gear Position is used.
Signal Status:
Landing Gear Down or Landing Gear Up
Fault monitoring: Indication of landing gear selected for more than 60 seconds at airspeeds above 290 (200 for GA Slow)
knots will result in a gear switch fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Note: This can be caused by either a gear switch fault or by the Gear Override switch being left in the on position.
Level 6 Audio readout
Landing Gear Down => “Landing Gear Down”
Landing Gear Up => “Landing Gear Up”
Landing Gear Discrete
or Gear Override
6.6.3 +28V Landing Gear Discrete
Type: Supplied by landing gear or landing gear selector handle position-sensitive switch. This input can be paralleled
with, or used exclusively by a Gear Override Switch if an alternate source of Gear Position is used.
Signal Status:
Landing Gear Down or Landing Gear Up
Fault monitoring: Indication of landing gear selected for more than 60 seconds at airspeeds above 290 (200 for GA Slow)
knots will result in a gear switch fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Note: This can be caused by either a gear switch fault or by the Gear Override switch being left in the on position.
+28 V Landing Gear Discrete
Level 6 Audio readout
Landing Gear Down => “28 Volts Landing Gear Down”
Landing Gear Up => “28 Volts Landing Gear Up”
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 297
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.6.4 GND Landing Flap Discrete
Type:
Supplied by Flap or Flap selector handle switch.
Signal Status:
Landing Flaps or Not Landing Flaps
Fault monitoring: Indication of landing flaps selected for more than 60 seconds at airspeeds above 250 (180 for GA Slow)
knots will result in a flap switch fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Note: This can be caused by either a flap switch fault or by the Flap Override switch being left in the on position.
Level 6 Audio readout
Landing Flaps => “Landing Flaps”
Not Landing Flaps => “Not Landing Flaps”
GND Landing Flaps Discrete
or Flap Override
6.6.5 +28V Landing Flap Discrete
Type:
Supplied by Flap or Flap selector handle switch.
Signal Status:
Landing Flaps or Not Landing Flaps
Fault monitoring: Indication of landing flaps selected for more than 60 seconds at airspeeds above 250 (180 for GA Slow)
knots will result in a flap switch fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Note: This can be caused by either a flap switch fault or by the Flap Override switch being left in the on position.
Level 6 Audio readout
Landing Flaps => “Landing Flaps”
Not Landing Flaps => “Not Landing Flaps”
+28 V Landing Flaps Discrete
or Flap Override
6.6.6 Momentary Flap Override Discrete
Type:
Supplied by a momentarily actuated cockpit switch.
Signal Status:
Fault Monitoring:
Flap Override activated if not active or Flap Override canceled if currently active.
Activation of this input continuously for more than 15 seconds will result in the ‘Momentary Flap
Override Invalid” fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Level 6 Audio readout
Flap Override Selected => “Flap Override”
Flap Override Not Selected => “Not Flap Override”
Momentary Flap Override
6.6.7 Self-Test Discrete
Type:
Supplied by a momentarily actuated cockpit self-test switch.
Signal Status:
Fault Monitoring:
Self Test or Normal
Activation of this input continuously for more than 60 seconds will result in the ‘Self Test Invalid”
fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Note: This input is used to start and stop the Level 6 self test, there is no audio output for this discrete in Level 6.
6.6.8 GND ILS Tuned Discrete #1
Type:
Supplied by ILS/VOR Mode Selector.
Signal Status:
ILS tuned or VOR tuned
GND ILS Tuned Discrete #1
Level 6 Audio readout
ILS Tuned => “ILS 1 Tuned”
ILS Not Tuned => “ILS 1 Not Tuned”
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 298
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.6.9 +28V ILS Tuned Discrete #1
Type:
Supplied by ILS/VOR Mode Selector.
Signal Status:
ILS tuned or VOR tuned
+28 V ILS Tuned Discrete #1
Level 6 Audio readout
ILS Tuned => “28 Volts ILS 1 Tuned”
ILS Not Tuned => “28 Volts ILS 1 Not Tuned”
6.6.10 Glideslope Validity Discrete #1
A Glideslope Validity Discrete may be used by EGPWS, for the ARINC 547 Glideslope Receiver input.
Type:
Validity from ARINC 547 Glideslope receiver.
Signal Status:
Valid or Invalid
Note: Analog Glideslope monitoring requires that this input discrete (or the Analog Low Level Glideslope Validity
Discrete) is always true whenever ILS is not tuned . In other words that the flag is biased out of view.
Level 6 Audio readout
Valid => “Glideslope 1 Valid”
Invalid => “Glideslope 1 Invalid”
Glideslope Validity Discrete #1
6.6.11 GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
Type:
Switch for inhibit of Glideslope mode
Signal Status:
Glideslope Inhibit or Not Inhibit
Mode 5 will be disabled and “Glideslope” will not be enunciated during cockpit Self Test and the long vocabulary test if
inhibited.
Level 6 Audio readout
Inhibit => “Glideslope Inhibit True”
Not Inhibit => “Glideslope Inhibit False”
Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.12 +28 V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
Type:
Supplied by an alternate action latching cockpit switch for inhibit of Glideslope mode.
Signal Status:
Glideslope Inhibit or Not Inhibit
Mode 5 will be inhibited and “Glideslope” will not be enunciated during cockpit Self Test and the long vocabulary test if
inhibited.
Level 6 Audio readout
Inhibit => “28 Volts Glideslope Inhibit True”
Not Inhibit => “28 Volts Glideslope Inhibit False”
+28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
6.6.13 Glideslope Cancel Discrete
Type:
Supplied by a momentary actuated cockpit Glideslope mode manual inhibit switch.
Signal Status:
Glideslope is canceled if Glideslope function is active
Fault monitoring: Activation of this input for more than 15 seconds will result in the ‘Glideslope Cancel Invalid’ fault
which will cause a GPW INOP indication. Typically the Glideslope cancel can only be selected below
2000 feet AGL.
Level 6 Audio readout
Cancel => “Glideslope Canceled”
Normal => “Glideslope Enabled”
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 299
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.6.14 Decision Height Discrete
Type:
Decision Height Bug switch
Signal Status:
Less than Decision Height or Greater than Decision Height
Level 6 Audio readout
Less Than DH => “Below DH”
Greater Than DH => “Above DH”
DH Discrete
6.6.15 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
Type:
Mode 6 low volume select switch
Signal Status:
Low Volume Select or Normal Volume
“Low Volume” in this case refers to the -6db volume level used during Self-Test. “Normal Volume” refers to the audio
output level selected per Category 14 (5.3.14).
Level 6 Audio readout
Low Volume => “Mode 6 Low Volume”
Normal => “Mode 6 Normal Volume”
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
6.6.16 GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
Type:
Analog discrete input from a flight deck mounted switch
Signal Status:
Audio Suppress enabled or disabled/All Modes Inhibit enable or disable
Fault Monitoring: Activation of this input will result in the “External EGPWS Inhibited”.
Level 6 Audio readout
Inhibit => “Audio Inhibit”
Not Inhibit => “Audio Not Inhibit”
GND Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.17 +28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
Type:
Analog discrete input from a flight deck mounted switch
Signal Status:
Audio Suppress enabled or disabled/All Modes Inhibit enable or disable
Fault Monitoring: Activation of this input will result in the “External EGPWS Inhibited”.
Level 6 Audio readout
Inhibit => “28 Volts Audio Inhibit”
Not Inhibit => “28 Volts Audio Not Inhibit”
+28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.18 Display Select Discrete #1
Type:
Supplied by momentarily actuated cockpit manual switch.
Signal Status:
Terrain Awareness Display (TAD) activated if not active or TAD canceled if currently active.
Level 6 Audio readout
True => “Display Discrete 1 True”
False => “Display Discrete 1 False”
Display Select Discrete #1
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 300
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.6.19 Display Select Discrete #2
Type:
Supplied by momentarily actuated cockpit manual switch.
Signal Status:
Terrain Awareness Display (TAD) activated if not active or TAD canceled if currently active.
Level 6 Audio readout
True => “Display Discrete 2 True”
False => “Display Discrete 2 False”
Display Select Discrete #2
6.6.20 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit Discrete
Type: Supplied by an alternate action (latching) and self indicating cockpit switch for inhibit of Terrain Awareness &
TCF functions
Signal Status:
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit or Not Inhibit
“Terrain Inhibited” will be enunciated during cockpit Self Test if inhibited.
Level 6 Audio readout
Inhibit => “Terrain Off”
Not Inhibit => “Terrain On”
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit
6.6.21 Autopilot Engaged Discrete #1
An Autopilot Engaged Discrete may be used by EGPWS for the Bank Angle mode computation.
Type:
Discrete from the Autopilot system.
Signal Status:
Engaged or Not Engaged
Level 6 Audio readout
Engaged => “Autopilot On”
Not Engaged => “Autopilot Off”
Autopilot Engaged Discrete
6.6.22 Barometric Altitude Validity Discrete
A Barometric Altitude Validity Discretes may be used by EGPWS for the barometric rate sensor.
Type:
Validity from barometric altitude sensor.
Signal Status:
Valid or Invalid
Valid =>
Invalid =>
Barometric Altitude Validity Discrete
Level 6 Audio readout
“Altitude Valid”
“Altitude Invalid”
6.6.23 Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete
A Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete may be used by EGPWS for the Mag Heading sensor.
Type:
Validity from Magnetic Heading sensor.
Signal Status:
Valid or Invalid
Level 6 Audio readout
Valid => “Magnetic Heading Valid”
Invalid => “Magnetic Heading Invalid”
Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete
6.6.24 Attitude Validity Discrete
A Attitude Validity Discretes may be used by EGPWS for the Pitch and Roll signals.
Type:
Validity from vertical gyro or attitude computer.
Signal Status:
Valid or Invalid
Valid =>
Invalid =>
Attitude Validity Discrete
Level 6 Audio readout
“Attitude Valid”
“Attitude Invalid”
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 301
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
6.6.25 Steep Approach Discrete #2
Activates steep approach biasing if Steep Approach Enabled is true (see Category 7, Section 5.3.7).
Alt. Action Type: Supplied by an alternate action (latching) and self indicating cockpit switch .
Momentary Type: Supplied by a momentary (non-latching) switch with switch lamp driven by EGPWS Steep Approach
Discrete output.
Signal Status:
Steep Approach Selected or not Selected
Fault monitoring: None if Steep Approach Enabled is false. EGPWS Self-Test is inhibited if Steep Approach Enabled is
true and Steep Approach Discrete #2 is “Selected” on the ground. For momentary switch inputs,
activation of this switch input for more than 15 seconds will result in the “Steep Approach Invalid”
fault which will cause a GPWS INOP indication.
Level 6 Audio readout
Selected => “Steep Approach Selected”
Not Selected => “Steep Approach Not Selected”
Steep Approach Discrete #2
6.6.26 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete
Type:
Supplied by a momentary action (internally latching) and indicating cockpit switch for inhibit of audio functions.
Signal Status:
Audio Inhibit or not Inhibit
Fault monitoring: The Audio Inhibit function does not inhibit Self Test, therefore, “Timed Audio Inhibited Fault” will be
enunciated during cockpit Level 2 Self Test.
Level 6 Audio readout
Selected => “Timed Audio Inhibit”
Not Selected => “Timed Audio Not Inhibit”
Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete
6.6.27 GPWS Inhibit Discrete
This discrete inhibits all audio and visual except for Windshear, Terrain Awareness and TCF.
Type:
Supplied by an alternate action (latching) and self indicating cockpit switch.
Signal Status:
GPWS enabled or disabled
Fault monitoring: Activation of this input for more than 5 seconds will result in the ‘GPWS Inhibit’ fault which will
cause a GPWS INOP indication.
Level 6 Audio readout
Selected => “GPWS Inhibit”
Not Selected => “GPWS Not Inhibit”
GPWS Inhibit Discrete
6.6.28 Localizer Validity Discrete #1
A Localizer Validity discrete may be used by the EGPWS for localizer input from an ARINC 547 Nav Receiver.
Type:
Validity from ARINC 547 Nav Receiver
Signal Status:
Valid or Invalid
Level 6 Audio readout
Valid => “Localizer 1 Valid”
Invalid => “Localizer 1 Invalid”
Localizer Validity Discrete #1
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 302
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7
OUTPUT DATA DEFINITION
7.1 ARINC 429 Output Data
The MK VI and VIII EGPWC provides one or two ARINC 429 low or high-speed output channels per section 5.3.6.3.
The output consist of internal parameters that can be used for display selection, test purposes, and discrete outputs that can
be used for discrete outputs, test and recording. During LRU Self-Test the SSM of each output label is set to the
Functional Test status code. The output types can be summarized as follows.
1) Internal data: Some internal data is output for test purposes only such as Radio Altitude, Computed Airspeed,
Geometric Altitude, etc.
2) Alert status: Each type of Voice and Lamp activity is mapped to a specific label/BIT. This can be used to provide
inputs to display systems and flight recorders.
3) Internal Mode status: Various internal EGPWC mode logic is transmitted for test purposes.
4) Terrain Display messages for TAD cockpit integration.
The ARINC 429 bus transmits both discrete and BNR labels. In the event of catastrophic computer failure, or 429
transmitter failure, outputs will not be transmitted. During Self-Test, the SSM will be set to functional test on all outputs
(bits 31/30 = 1/0). During all other conditions of computer or input failures, the 429 outputs will continue to be
transmitted as actual valid data. For valid status the standard discrete SSM format is used (00) except for data indicated as
being in 2’s complement format where the standard BNR SSM format is used (11). The SDI bits (9/10) will always be set
to “00”.
Note: Label 067 includes an indication of parameter inaccuracy that is not tied to the above discussion of SSM settings.
The following table identifies those outputs that are transmitted. Note that the outputs are segregated by functional
groups. Refer to the subsections following the table for specific format information for each output. The subsections are
in the same order as the table.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 303
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
TABLE 7.1-1: ARINC 429 DITS OUTPUTS
270
271
272
273
274
300
7.1.1.1
7.1.1.2
7.1.1.3
7.1.1.4
7.1.1.5
7.1.1.6
135
164
261
067
310
311
223
224
242
331
332
362
364
375
376
7.1.2.1
7.1.2.2
7.1.2.3
7.1.2.4
7.1.2.5
7.1.2.6
7.1.2.7
7.1.2.8
7.1.2.9
7.1.2.10
7.1.2.11
7.1.2.12
7.1.2.13
7.1.2.14
7.1.2.15
OPERATIONAL OUTPUTS
NAME
DESCRIPTION
DISCRETE OUTPUT WORDS
EGPWS ALERT DISCRETE #1
EGPWS ALERT INDICATION
EGPWC LOGIC DISCRETES
INTERNAL LOGIC BOOLEANS
MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #1
MODE 6 CALLOUT INDICATION #1
MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #2
MODE 6 CALLOUT INDICATION #2
EGPWS ALERT DISCRETE #2
LAMP OUTPUT WORD
EGPWC ALERT DISCRETE #3
INOP INDICATIONS OF THE MK VI AND VIII EGPWC
FUNCTIONS
The internal data output labels are lowest priority.
INTERNAL DATA OUTPUTS
GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE VFOM
COMPUTED GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE VFOM
TERRAIN CLEARANCE
RADIO ALTITUDE FILTERED BY MK VI AND VIII EGPWC
GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE
COMPUTED GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE
COMPUTED TERRAIN CLEARANCE
TERRAIN CLEARANCE COMPUTED BY EGPWS
LATITUDE
PRESENT POSITION EGPWS SELECTED LATITUDE
LONGITUDE
PRESENT POSITION EGPWS SELECTED LONGITUDE
BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK – RIGHT
COMPUTED BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK – RIGHT VANE
BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK – LEFT
COMPUTED BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK – LEFT VANE
CORRECTED AIRSPEED
COMPUTED CORRECTED AIRSPEED
WINDSHEAR WARNING THRESHOLD
WINDSHEAR WARNING THRESHOLD COMPUTED BY EGPWS
CORRECTED LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION COMPUTED CORRECTED LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION
RAW TOTAL SHEAR
RAW TOTAL SHEAR COMPUTED BY EGPWS
CORRECTED NORMAL ACCELERATION
COMPUTED CORRECTED NORMAL ACCELERATION
CORRECTED FLIGHT PATH ANGLE
COMPUTED CORRECTED FLIGHT PATH ANGLE
SCALED TOTAL SHEAR
SCALED TOTAL SHEAR COMPUTED BY EGPWS
050
051
052
053
054
055
7.1.3.1
7.1.3.2
7.1.3.3
7.1.3.4
7.1.3.5
7.1.3.6
TERRAIN DISPLAY OUTPUTS
DISPLAYED RANGE
TERRAIN DISPLAY STATUS WORD
MESSAGE WORD #1
MESSAGE WORD #2
MESSAGE WORD #3
MESSAGE WORD #4
TERRAIN DISPLAY #1 AND #2 RANGE
TERRAIN DISPLAY STATUS INFORMATION
COLOR OF DISPLAY MESSAGE
FIRST TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE
SECOND TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE
LAST TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
377
7.1.4.1
EQUIPMENT ID
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
PROVIDES ARINC 429 DEFINED EQUIPMENT ID NO. (023)
3
350
351
355
7.1.5.1
7.1.5.2
7.1.5.3
FAULT SUMMARY WORDS
FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #1
FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #2
FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #3
PROVIDES FAULT STATUS
PROVIDES FAULT STATUS
PROVIDES FAULT STATUS
5
5
5
011
012
7.1.6.1
7.1.6.2
PEAKS ELEVATION BINARY
PEAKS UPPER ELEVATION
PEAKS LOWER ELEVATION
UPPER ELEVATION VALUE AND COLOR
LOWER ELEVATION VALUE AND COLOR
6,7,8
6,7,8
LABEL Reference
NOTES:
NOTES
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
5
5,6
5,
5,
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1) Update rate 100 ms ± 10%
2) Update rate 200 ms ± 10%
3) Update rate 500 ms ± 10%
4) Transmitted only if Terrain Awareness function enabled
5) Update rate 1000 ms ± 10%
6) NCD and Failure Warning Indications Provided
7) Transmitted only if Peaks enabled
8) Update rate 500 ms ± 10% for each SDI
9) Update rate 100 ms ± 20% (Labels only used for testing)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 304
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.1 Discrete Output Words
The discrete output words transmit the status of all MK VI, and VIII EGPWC discrete and audio outputs. Label 274 is
typically used to drive EFIS and/or EICAS displays. The other discrete labels are typically only used for flight recording
and test purposes.
7.1.1.1 EGPWS Alert Discrete #1 (270)
Data:
Discrete
Label:
270 Octal
Significant Bits:
(see table below)
Sign Bit:
N/A
Transmit Interval:
100 msec ± 10%
Bit No.
ASSIGNED WARNING MESSAGE (1 = voice on)
11
SINKRATE-PAUSE-SINKRATE
12
PULL UP
13
TERRAIN OR TERRAIN-TERRAIN
14
DONT SINK-PAUSE-DONT SINK
15
TOO LOW GEAR
16
TOO LOW FLAPS
17
TOO LOW TERRAIN
18
GLIDESLOPE
19
MINIMUMS MINIMUMS
* 20
TERRAIN PULLUP
21
CAUTION TERRAIN
* 22
TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP or OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP
* 23
(SIREN) WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR
* 24
CAUTION WINDSHEAR
* 25
ENGINE FAIL
* 26
VEE ONE
* 27
CAUTION TERRAIN or TERRAIN AHEAD
28
CAUTION OBSTACLE or OBSTACLE AHEAD
29
OBSTACLE OBSTACLE
NOTE (*): Bits 23 through 26 will be set to zero when unsupported. Bit 22, This bit is used for the alternate terrain and obstacle warning voice
message. The basic terrain warning message is mapped to bits 13 and 12 and obstacle warning voice mapped to bits 29 and 12. Bits 23 & 24, are
supported by MKVIII EGPWS only, provided that WS is included in configuration. Bits 20, 25 & 26, are Not supported. Bit 27, is the alternate Terrain
Caution voice.
7.1.1.2 EGPWC Logic Discretes (271)
Data:
Discrete
Label:
271 Octal
Significant Bits:
(see table below)
Sign Bit:
N/A
Transmit Interval:
100 msec ± 10%
BIT No.
DEFINITION
* 11
GPW INHIBIT (by Windshear)
* 12
WS ALERT INHIBIT
13
TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR ALERT
14
ENVELOPE MOD IN PROGRESS
15
ENVELOPE MOD SNAPSHOT LATCH SET
* 16
WINDSHEAR TAKE-OFF
* 17
WINDSHEAR MASTER VALID
18
TAKE-OFF MODE
19
MODE 1 SINKRATE
20
MODE 1 PULL UP
21
MODE 2 TERRAIN
22
MODE 2 PULL UP
23
MODE 3 VISUAL
24
MODE 4 VISUAL
25
MODE 5 VISUAL
* 26
MODE 7 VISUAL ALERT
27
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION
28
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING
* 29
MODE 7 VISUAL WARNING
NOTE (*): Bits 11, 12, 16, 17, 26 and 29 will be set to zero when Not Supported. Supported by MKVIII EGPWS only, provided that WS is included in
configuration.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 305
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.1.3 Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #1 (272)
Data:
Discrete
Label:
272 Octal
Significant Bits:
(see table below)
Sign Bit:
N/A
Transmit Interval:
100 msec ± 10%
BIT NO
WARNING MESSAGE (1 = voice on)
11
MINIMUMS
* 12
DECISION HEIGHT
* 13
APPROACHING MINIMUMS
* 14
APPROACHING DECISION HEIGHT
* 15
ZERO (Not supported)
16
TEN
17
TWENTY
18
THIRTY
19
FORTY
20
FIFTY
* 21
SIXTY
* 22
EIGHTY
23
ONE HUNDRED
24
TWO HUNDRED
25
THREE HUNDRED
* 26
MINIMUM
* 27
PLUS HUNDRED
* 28
DECIDE
* 29
FIFTY ABOVE
NOTE (*): Bits 12 - 15, 21, 22 and 26 - 29 will be set to zero, Not supported.
7.1.1.4 Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #2 (273)
Data:
Discrete
Label:
273 Octal
Significant Bits:
(see table below)
Sign Bit:
N/A
Transmit Interval:
100 msec ± 10%
BIT NO
DEFINITION (1 = voice on)
11
FOUR HUNDRED
12
FIVE HUNDRED (NORMAL, SMART or ABOVE FIELD)
13
ONE THOUSAND
* 14
700 HZ TONE
* 15
960 HZ TONE
* 16
1400 HZ TONE
* 17
2800 HZ TONE
18
BANK ANGLE (pause) BANK ANGLE
* 19
THIRTY FIVE
* 20
TWENTY FIVE HUNDRED
* 21
RADIO ALTIMETER
* 22
FIVE
23
FIVE HUNDRED ABOVE (ABOVE FIELD)
* 24
(SPARE)
* 25
(SPARE)
* 26
(SPARE)
* 27
FLAPS (pause) FLAPS
* 28
AUTOPILOT
* 29
SPEED BRAKE (pause) SPEED BRAKE
NOTE (*): Bits 14 - 17, 19 – 22, and 24 - 29 will be set to zero. Not supported.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 306
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.1.5 EGPWS Alert Discrete #2 (274)
Data:
Discrete
Label:
274 Octal
Significant Bits:
(see table below)
Sign Bit:
N/A
Transmit Interval:
50 to 100 msec
Bit No.
ASSOCIATED DISCRETE PIN
DEFINITION (1 = ON)
11
J1-76
(TYPICALLY GLIDESLOPE CANCEL)
12
J1-77
GPWS ALERT
13
J1-78
GPWS WARNING
14
---GPWS INOP
* 15
---WINDSHEAR WARNING
16
J1-69
AUDIO ON
* 17
---WINDSHEAR INOP
* 18
---WINDSHEAR CAUTION
* 19
---CALLOUTS INOP
* 20
---VEE ONE INOP
* 21
---ENGINE FAIL INOP
22
---TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING or OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
23
---TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION or OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
24
---TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP
25
FRONT PANEL LED
EXTERNAL FAULT
26
FRONT PANEL LED
COMPUTER FAIL
27
---TERRAIN AWARENESS NOT AVAILABLE
28
J1-54
TERRAIN DISPLAY DISCRETE #1
* 29
J1-49
TERRAIN DISPLAY DISCRETE #2
NOTE (*): Bits 15, 17- 21 and 29 will be set to zero when Not Supported. Bits 15, 17, & 18 are supported by MKVIII EGPWS only, provided that WS
is included in configuration. Bits 20 & 21 are Not supported.
7.1.1.6 EGPWC Alert Discrete #3 (300)
Data:
Discrete
Label:
300 Octal
Significant Bits:
(see table below)
Sign Bit:
N/A
Transmit Interval:
50 to 100 msec
BIT No.
DEFINITION
11
MODES 1-4 INOP
12
MODE 5 INOP
13
MODE 6 INOP
14
BANK ANGLE INOP
* 15
MODE 7 INOP
16
TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR INOP or RUNWAY FIELD CLEARANCE FLOOR INOP
17
TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP
18
ENVELOPE MODULATION INOP
* 19
SPEED BRAKE INHIBIT
* 20
SPEED BRAKE ALERT
* 21
TCAS INHIBIT
* 22
(SPARE)
* 23
(SPARE)
* 24
(SPARE)
* 25
(SPARE)
* 26
(SPARE)
* 27
FLAP OVERRIDE LATCH
28
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
29
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
NOTE (*): Bits 15 and 19 - 27 will be set to zero when Not Supported. Bit 15 is supported by MKVIII EGPWS only, provided that WS is included in
configuration. Bits 19 - 27 are Not supported.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 307
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.2 Internal Data Outputs
Internal data outputs are only used for test purposes. Tables 7.1.2.1 through 7.1.2.6 are available for both MKVI and
MKVIII EGPWS. Tables 7.1.2.7 through 7.1.2.15 are are only output when the Honeywell Windshear Algorithm is
enabled (available only on the MKVIII EGPWS) and are only used for test purposes.
7.1.2.1 Geometric Altitude VFOM (135)
LABEL (Octal) 135
Units: Feet
Max. Range: 32,768 Ft
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 11 to 28 = 18
+ = N/A
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: N/A
Data
Type:
2’s
Compliment
Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (msec): 1000 ± 10%
7.1.2.2 Terrain Clearance (164)
LABEL (Octal) 164
Units: Feet
Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Max. Range: ± 8,192 Feet
Data Bits: 16 to 28 = 13
+ = Above Ground Level (AGL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 15
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 10%
7.1.2.3 Geometric Altitude (261)
LABEL (Octal) 261
Units: Feet
Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Max. Range: ± 131,072 Ft
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20
+ = Above Sea Level (ASL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: N/A
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (msec): 1000 ± 10%
7.1.2.4 Computed Terrain Clearance (067)
LABEL (Octal) 067
Units: Feet
Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Max. Range: ±131,072 Ft
Data Bits: 12 to 28 = 17
+ = Above Ground Level (AGL)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: N/A
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (msec): 1000 ± 10%
Bit
11
12 -28
Definitions
Set to 1 when Computed Terrain Clearance low accuracy is indicated
Computed Terrain Clearance
7.1.2.5 Latitude – Selected EGPWS (310)
LABEL (Octal) 310
Units: Degrees
LSB: 0.00017166137695
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20
+ = North
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: N/A
Data
Type:
2’s
Compliment
Binary
SDI
Bits: used for data
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 ± 10%
7.1.2.6 Longitude – Selected EGPWS (311)
LABEL (Octal) 311
Units: Degrees
LSB: 0.00017166137695
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20
+ = East
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: N/A
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: used for data
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 ± 10%
7.1.2.7 Body Angle of Attack—Right (223) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: Degrees/180
LABEL (Octal) 223
Approx. LSB: 0.00549 Degree
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Nose Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 308
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.2.8 Body Angle of Attack—Left (224) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: Degrees/180
Approx. LSB: 0.00549 Degree
LABEL (Octal) 224
Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Nose Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data
Type:
2’s
Compliment
Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
7.1.2.9 Corrected Airspeed (242) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: Feet/Second
LABEL (Octal) 242
Max. Range: 2048 Ft/Sec
Approx. LSB: 0.0625 Ft/Sec
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Forward
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
7.1.2.10 Windshear Warning Threshold (331) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: g’s
LABEL (Octal) 331
Max. Range: 0.0 40 -4.0 g’s
Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 g’s
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = N/A (always negative)
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
7.1.2.11 Corrected Longitudinal Acceleration (332) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: g’s
LABEL (Octal) 332
Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 g’s
Max. Range: ± 4.0 g’s
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Forward
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
Note: Longitudinal Acceleration is corrected by Cosine of Body Angle of Attack.
7.1.2.12 Raw Total Shear (362) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: g’s
Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 g’s
LABEL (Octal) 362
Max. Range: ± 4.0 g’s
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Headwind/Updraft
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
7.1.2.13 Corrected Normal Acceleration (364) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: g’s
LABEL (Octal) 364
Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 g’s
Max. Range: ± 4.0 g’s
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
Note: Normal Acceleration is corrected by Sine of Body Angle of Attack.
7.1.2.14 Computed Flight Path Angle (375) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: Radians
LABEL (Octal) 375
Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 Radians
Max. Range: ± 4.0 Radians
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Nose Up
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data
Type:
2’s
Compliment
Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
7.1.2.15 Scaled Total Shear (376) – MKVIII EGPWS w/ Windshear only
Units: g’s
Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 g’s
LABEL (Octal) 376
Max. Range: ± 4.0 g’s
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15
+ = Headwind/Updraft
Sign Bit: 29
Pad Bits: 11 to 13
Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary
SDI Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ± 20%
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 309
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.3 Terrain Display Outputs
The following ARINC 429 outputs support the Terrain Display function.
7.1.3.1 Displayed Range (050)
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
11 – 14
15 – 18
19 - 29
Label (Octal): 050
Transmit Interval: 200 msec ± 10%
DEFINITION
TERRAIN DISPLAY RANGE #1 (0.5 to 2000 NM format)
TERRAIN DISPLAY RANGE #2 (0.5 to 2000 NM format)
UNDEFINED
NOTE: Bits contain left and right side Terrain Display Ranges (0.5 to 2000 NM, format as follows)
(Bits 14-11) & (Bits 18-15)
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
DISPLAY RANGE BIT ASSIGNMENTS
DEFINITION
(Bits 14-11) & (Bits 18-15)
0.5 NM
1000
1.0 NM
1001
2.5 NM
1010
5.0 NM
1011
10 NM
25 NM
50 NM
100 NM
1100
1101
1110
1111
DEFINITION
150 NM
200 NM
300 NM
500 NM
1000 NM
2000 NM
600 NM
1200 NM
7.1.3.2 Terrain Display Status Word (051)
Data: Discrete
Label (Octal): 051
Transmit Interval: 200 msec ± 10%
BIT NO DEFINITION
11
POP UP BOOLEAN #1
12
POP UP BOOLEAN #2
13
TERRAIN DISPLAY VALID (cleared when TERRAIN AWARENESS NOT AVAILABLE or TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP are true)
14
SPARE
15
SPARE
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
FLAP OVERRIDE (Only from ARINC 429 FWC discrete word label 171, not from discrete switch)
TERRAIN AWARENESS & TCF INHIBIT
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
23
24
25
26
27
28
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
TERRAIN DISPLAY CAUTION
TERRAIN DISPLAY WARNING
STEEP APPROACH ACTIVATED
29
SPARE
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 310
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.3.3 Message Word #1 (052)
This label contains the color to be displayed on the 6-character terrain display window.
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
9 - 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Label (Octal): 052
DEFINITION
SDI (00)
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Character Color
Character Color
Character Color
Character Color
Character Color
Character Color
Character Color
Transmit Interval: 200 msec ± 10%
BIT Coding
COLOR Code (Hex)
LSB (7 bit Hex)
000 0001 = Red
000 0010 = Amber
000 0011 = Yellow
000 0100 = Green
000 0101 = Cyan
000 0110 = Magenta
000 0111 = White
MSB (7 bit Hex)
7.1.3.4 Message Word #2 (053)
This label contains the first 2 characters to be displayed on the 6-character terrain display window.
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
9,10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Label (Octal): 053
DEFINITION
SDI (00)
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6
Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6
Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6
Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6
Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6
Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6
Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6
Transmit Interval: 200 msec ± 10%
BIT Coding
LSB (7 bit Hex)
MSB (7 bit Hex)
LSB (7 bit Hex)
TEXT Code (Hex)
TEXT Code (Hex)
20 = (space)
21 = !
22 = “
23 = #
24 = %
25 = $
26 = &
27 = ‘
28 = (
29 = )
2A = *
2B = +
2C = ,
2D = 2E = .
2F = /
30 = 0
31 = 1
32 = 2
33 = 3
34 = 4
35 = 5
36 = 6
37 = 7
38 = 8
39 = 9
3A = :
3B = ;
3C = <
3D = =
3E = >
3F = ?
Continued at
LABEL 054 Below
MSB (7 bit Hex)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 311
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.3.5 Message Word #3 (054)
This label contains the second 2 characters to be displayed on the 6 character terrain display window.
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
9,10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Label (Octal): 054
DEFINITION
SDI (00)
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Transmit Interval: 200 msec ± 10%
BIT Coding
TEXT Code (Hex)
TEXT Code (Hex)
Continued from
LABEL 053 Above
40 = ° (Deg Sign)
41 = A
42 = B
43 = C
44 = D
45 = E
46 = F
47 = G
48 = H
49 = I
4A = J
4B = K
4C = L
4D = M
4E = N
4F = O
LSB (7 bit Hex)
MSB (7 bit Hex)
LSB (7 bit Hex)
MSB (7 bit Hex)
50 = P
51 = Q
52 = R
53 = S
54 = T
55 = U
56 = V
57 = W
58 = X
59 = Y
5A = Z
5B = [
5C = \
5D = ]
5E = ^
5F = _ (underscore)
00 = (Null)
NOTE: Text code for degree sign is non-standard ASCII for 40HEX.
7.1.3.6 Message Word #4 (055)
This label contains the last 2 characters to be displayed on the 6-character terrain display window.
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
9,10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Label (Octal): 055
DEFINITION
SDI (00)
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
Transmit Interval: 200 msec ± 10%
BIT Coding
LSB (7 bit Hex)
MSB (7 bit Hex)
LSB (7 bit Hex)
MSB (7 bit Hex)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 312
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.4 Equipment Identification
Provides equipment identification for maintenance reporting.
7.1.4.1 Equipment Identification Word (377)
Data: Discrete
Label (Octal): 377
BIT NO DEFINITION
11 - 22 ID Code
23 - 29 Spare (set to zero)
Transmit Interval: 500 msec ± 10%
Equipment ID code = 023 Hex for EGPWC.
7.1.5 Fault Summary Words (for Proline 4/21)
Provides fault diagnosis information.
7.1.5.1 Fault Diagnostic Word #1 (350)
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Label (Octal): 350
DEFINITION (1= Failed)
ARINC 429 INPUT #1 FAILED
ARINC 429 INPUT #2 FAILED
ARINC 429 INPUT #3 FAILED
ARINC 429 INPUT #4 FAILED
ARINC 429 INPUT #5 FAILED
ARINC 429 INPUT #6 FAILED
ARINC 429 INPUT #7 FAILED
ARINC 429 INPUT #8 FAILED
ANALOG DC INPUT #1 FAILED
ANALOG DC INPUT #2 FAILED
ANALOG DC INPUT #3 FAILED
ANALOG DC INPUT #4 FAILED
ANALOG DC INPUT #5 FAILED
ANALOG DC INPUT #6 FAILED
ANALOG DC INPUT #7 FAILED
ANALOG SYNCHRO INPUT #1 FAILED
ANALOG SYNCHRO INPUT #2 FAILED
ANALOG SYNCHRO INPUT #3 FAILED
ANALOG SYNCHRO INPUT #4 FAILED
Transmit Interval: 1000 msec ± 10%
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
7.1.5.2 Fault Diagnostic Word #2 (351)
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Label (Octal): 351
DEFINITION (1= Failed)
ANALOG SYNCHRO INPUT #5 FAILED
AC REFERENCE #1 FAILED
AC REFERENCE #2 FAILED
DC REFERENCE #1 FAILED
ADC RS232/RS422 INPUT FAILED
ADC RS232/RS422 OUTPUT FAILED
GPS RS232/RS422 INPUT FAILED
GPS RS232/RS422 OUTPUT FAILED
SUPPORT TASK FAILED
NVM FAULT
WATCHDOG TIMER FAULT
A/D FAIL FAULT
VOICE FAIL
DITS OUTPUT FAIL
TERRAIN DATABASE FAULT
FLASH FILE SYSTEM WRITE FAULT
DITS INPUT FAIL
VOICE DATABASE FAULT
SYSTEM OR MODE TASK FAULT
Transmit Interval: 1000 msec ± 10%
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
(future)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 313
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.5.3 Fault Diagnostic Word #3 (355)
Data: Discrete
BIT NO
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Label (Octal): 355
Transmit Interval: 1000 msec ± 10%
DEFINITION (1= Failed)
ENVELOPE MODULATION DATABASE FAULT
EXCESSIVE WATCHDOG TIMEOUTS FAILURE
AIRCRAFT DATABASE FAULT ‘OR’ CRC FAULT
IMAGE DSP FAULT
INTERNAL GPS FAULT
CONFIGURATION MODULE FAILED
GLIDESLOPE CANCEL DISCRETE FAILED
AUDIO INHIBIT DISCRETE INPUT FAILED
SELF TEST DISCRETE INPUT FAILED
FLAP INPUT FAILED
GEAR INPUT FAILED
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
7.1.6 Peak Binary Labels
The following ARINC 429 outputs are used to provide Peak Elevations and color information for integrated displays
where the EFIS outputs stroke written Peaks Elevation information on the display. This label set consists of 2 labels
containing upper and lower elevation, color, and display blanking data. Each label is transmitted with two different SDI
values for the captain’s and first officer’s display values.
7.1.6.1 Peaks Upper Elevation (011)
Data: See Below
BIT NO
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Label (Octal): 011
Transmit Interval: 500 msec ± 10%
DEFINITION
SDI
0 Not Used
1 Captain
0 F/O
1 Not Used
SDI
0
0
1
1
COLOR BIT 1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
COLOR BIT 2
0 Black
0 Green
1 Yellow 1 Red
0 Magenta 0 Blue
1 Cyan
COLOR BIT 3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
BLANK PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY
0 Normal Display
1 Blank Display
DASH PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY
0 Normal Display
1 Display Dashes
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
100 Ft
200 Ft
NOTE: Elevation bits are
400 Ft
additive; e.g., bits 20 & 21 = 1
800 Ft
indicates 300 Ft.
1600 Ft
Upper Peaks Elevation
3200 Ft
6400 Ft
12800 Ft
25600 Ft
SIGN
0 = 0 (Plus)
1 = - 51200 Ft
SSM
0 Failure
1 No Computed
SSM
0 Warning
0 Data
PARITY (Odd)
0 Functional Test
1
1
1 White
1
1 Normal
1 Operation
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 314
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.1.6.2 Peaks Lower Elevation (012)
Data: See Below
BIT NO
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Label (Octal): 012
Transmit Interval: 500 msec ± 10%
DEFINITION
SDI
0 Not Used
1 Captain
0 F/O
1 Not Used
SDI
0
0
1
1
COLOR BIT 1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
COLOR BIT 2
0 Black
0 Green
1 Yellow 1 Red
0 Magenta 0 Blue
1 Cyan
COLOR BIT 3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
BLANK PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY
0 Normal Display
1 Blank Display
DASH PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY
0 Normal Display
1 Display Dashes
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
100 Ft
200 Ft
NOTE: Elevation bits are
400 Ft
additive; e.g., bits 20 & 21 = 1
800 Ft
indicates 300 Ft.
1600 Ft
Lower Peaks Elevation
3200 Ft
6400 Ft
12800 Ft
25600 Ft
SIGN
0 = 0 (Plus)
1 = - 51200 Ft
SSM
0 Failure
1 No Computed
SSM
0 Warning
0 Data
PARITY (Odd)
0 Functional Test
1
1
1 White
1
1 Normal
1 Operation
7.2 ARINC 708A Output
Two channels of ARINC 708A or KCPB (453) data is provided to drive terrain displays for installations that use the
Terrain Awareness display function. Refer to document 060-4303-000, EGPWS Interface Methodology for further KCPB
information. See Category 6 for more details on individual displays.
7.3 Audio Output
Mode computation outputs generally result in an audio voice alert unless inputs are invalid or one of the audio suppression
discretes is active. The actual output message, or intended message during audio suppression, is sent to the alert lamp
logic for proper output activation.
The audio outputs consist of an 8 ohm amplifier and a transformer isolated 600 ohm output. Additional automatic volume
control lowers both outputs a fixed 6 dB below the nominal level on command. Refer to section 4.2.12 and Category 14
for information on volume levels.
Selectable sets of voice alert messages can be defined. Each set is selected by the Voice Menu option in Category 5.
7.4 Discrete Outputs
Outputs from the various alert mode computations are first processed to determine which lamp outputs to produce. All of
the lamp outputs are driven by solid state switches to ground. These outputs can also be used as discrete drivers for other
devices. All monitor lamp outputs are normally a steady state switch to ground. Various formats of discrete outputs can be
provided as defined in Category 13.
7.4.1 Ground Proximity Alerts Discrete (Lamp) Outputs
Two Lamp formats are defined as a function of the selected I/O Discrete Type of section 5.3.13. For Lamp Format type 1,
only Mode 5 “Glideslope” message will activate the alert lamp output (amber). All other messages will activate the
warning lamp output (red). Note that Mode 6 does not activate any lamp outputs, only voices.
With Lamp Format 2, only the messages containing the phrase “Pull Up” will activate the warning lamp output (red). All
other messages will activate the alert lamp output (amber).
The Glideslope Cancel Input Discrete controls the output of the Mode 5 “Glideslope” message. If the Glideslope Cancel
Input Discrete is activated then the caution lamp (amber) and the voice annunciation will be inhibited for the Mode 5
“Glideslope” message.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 315
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.4.2 Audio On Discrete
The Audio On discrete goes true whenever any voice message is being enunciated. It will stay true until the voice is
completed. This output can be used to inhibit other audio systems (e.g., TCAS) during EGPWS audio or used to drive the
audio key line input provided on some aircraft audio systems.
7.4.3 Monitor Discretes (GPWS INOP & Terrain INOP or Terrain Not Available)
The EGPWC produces two discrete monitor outputs. These discretes reflect the GPWS INOP and Terrain INOP / Terrain
Not Available functions. These discretes activate with loss of EGPWC power. The status of these two discretes is also
contained on an ARINC 429 output word.
Note: Some display systems provide one message area for both warning and associated INOP annunciation. There are
conditions where GPW INOP and a GPWS warning can exist at the same time (e.g., Sinkrate warning can occur even if a
Ground Airspeed input fault exists.) For these installations a configuration item INOP & Warning Annunciation in Same
Window is provided which causes the INOP annunciation to extinguish whenever a valid warning annunciation is
required. Various formats of monitor outputs can be provided as defined in Category 13.
7.4.4 Terrain Display Switching Discretes (WxR/EGPWS Display Select)
The EGPWC produces two discrete outputs for controlling the terrain display(s). They can be used either to control
picture bus switching relay(s) or connected directly to the symbol generator(s).
7.4.5 Flap Override Discrete
The MK VI EGPWC Flap Override function can be selected by the pilot to desensitize the alert and warning modes. The
Flap Override discrete output is active (Gnd) whenever the Flap Override has been selected and is typically used to drive a
lamp.
7.4.6 Glideslope Cancel Discrete
The Glideslope Cancel discrete is active whenever Glideslope Cancel has been selected and is typically used to drive a
lamp in the Glideslope Cancel switch.
7.4.7 Terrain / Obstacle Awareness Alert Discretes
Terrain Awareness provides discrete alert outputs for Terrain / Obstacle Cautions and Warnings. These outputs can drive
cockpit lamps or act as discrete inputs to other aircraft systems.
7.4.7.1 Terrain / Obstacle Caution
Terrain and Obstacle Cautions can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on configuration, the
Caution discretes will typically activate either the GPWS Warn Lamp, the GPSW Alert Lamp, or will drive their own
output lamps.
7.4.7.2 Terrain / Obstacle Warning
Terrain and Obstacle Warnings can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on configuration, the
Warning discretes will typically activate either the GPWS Warn Lamp or will drive their own output lamps.
7.4.8 Terrain Pop Up
The Terrain and Obstacle Caution and Warning are combined (Or’d) on one discrete to make a Terrain Pop Up indication
for an integrated display system. The Pop Up discrete can be used by a display system to differentiate between a manual
selection or one due to a Terrain/Obstacle Caution or Warning event.
7.4.9 Windshear INOP Monitor Discretes
The MK VIII EGPWC also produces an additional discrete monitor output for Windshear. This discrete reflects the
WINDSHEAR INOP functions. The status of this discrete is also contained on an ARINC 429 output word.
7.4.10 Windshear Warning
The MK VIII EGPWC Windshear Warnings can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on
configuration, the Warning discrete will typically drive its own output lamp or provide a discrete output to other aircraft
systems.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 316
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.4.11 Windshear Caution
The MK VIII EGPWC Windshear Cautions can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on
configuration, the Caution discrete will typically drive its own output lamp or provide a discrete output to other aircraft
systems.
7.4.12 Steep Approach Discrete
The Steep Approach discrete is active whenever Steep Approach has been selected via the pilot (or an Envelope
Modulation steep approach case is active) and is typically used to drive a lamp in the Steep Approach switch. For standard
steep approach selection method (alternate action switch) this discrete is not provided as the switch must be self lighting.
For Discrete I/O category IDs that supply a momentary Steep Approach Switch this lamp driver output is provided to light
the switch.
7.5 System Configuration Status
The EGPWC indicates the current hardware, software, databases, Category states and input discretes detected by the system.
Each configuration item has an associated configuration message. This is the message that will be read out during Present
Status on the RS-232 interface or voice output during Self Test Level 3 to inform the user of the current configuration.
TABLE 7.5-1: CONFIGURATION OPTIONS AND MESSAGES
Selected Option/Condition
Category 4 (Smart Callout Selected)
Category 6 (TA&D Disable)
Category 7 (Flap Reversal Select)
Category 7 (Bank Angle Enable)
Category 7 (TA&D Alternate Pop Up)
Category 7 (Obstacle Awareness Enabled)
Category 7 (Peaks Mode Enabled)
Category 7 (WGS84 Reference Selected)
Category 7 (MSL Reference Selected)
Category 7 (Steep Approach Enabled)
Alternate Action Steep Approach Discrete #2 input discrete
activated
Category 7 (Steep Approach Enabled) AND Alternate Action
Steep Approach Discrete #2 input discrete activated
Category 7 (Steep Approach Enabled) AND Momentary Steep
Approach switch configured and Steep Approach (latch)
activated
Glideslope Inhibit input discrete activated
Mode 6 Volume Control Discrete Selected
GND Audio Suppress (Inhibit)/All Modes Inhibit Discrete
Selected OR +28 V Audio Suppress (Inhibit)/All Modes Inhibit
Discrete Selected
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit input discrete activated
GPWS Inhibit input discrete activated
Configuration Message
SMART CALLOUT SELECTED
TERRAIN AWARENESS DISABLED
TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR DISABLED
FLAP WOW REVERSAL SELECTED
BANK ANGLE SELECTED
ALTERNATE POP UP SELECTED
OBSTACLE AWARENESS ENABLED
PEAKS MODE ENABLED
GPS ALTITUDE REFERENCE WGS 84 SELECTED
GPS ALTITUDE REFERENCE MSL SELECTED
STEEP APPROACH ENABLED
STEEP APPROACH SELECTED
STEEP APPROACH ACTIVATED
STEEP APPROACH ACTIVATED
GLIDESLOPE INHIBITED
MODE 6 LOW VOLUME SELECTED
EXTERNAL EGPWS INHIBITED
Note: Will only occur for present status as this condition
inhibits self tests
TERRAIN AWARENESS AND TCF DISABLED
GPWS INHIBITED
Note: Will only occur for present status as this condition
inhibits self tests
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 317
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
7.5.1 System Status Messages
System Status Messages provide additional information beyond Internal and External Current Faults in order to help isolate
the reason for certain EGPWC INOP situations. These messages will be read out during Present Status on the RS-232
interface or voice output during Self-Test Level 2. The table below defines the System Status Messages.
TABLE 7.5.1-1: EGPWC SYSTEM STATUS MESSAGES
System Level Event
Bank Angle INOP
Envelope Mod INOP
Mode 1 INOP
Mode 2 INOP
Mode 3 INOP
Mode 4 INOP
Mode 5 INOP
Mode 6 INOP
TAD Deselected 1
Terrain Awareness INOP 2
Terrain Clearance Floor
INOP 3
Terrain Not Available 4
Windshear INOP 5
INTERNAL INDICATIONS
BAINOP TRUE
EMINOP Exists and set TRUE
M1INOP TRUE
M2INOP TRUE
M3INOP TRUE
M4INOP TRUE
M5GPWINOP TRUE
M6INOP TRUE
System Status Message
Bank Angle INOP
Envelope Modulation INOP
Mode 1 INOP
Mode 2 INOP
Mode 3 INOP
Mode 4 INOP
Mode 5 INOP
Mode 6 INOP
Terrain Awareness – No Valid Latitude
Terrain Awareness - No Valid Longitude
Terrain Awareness - No Valid True Heading
Terrain Awareness - No Valid Corrected Altitude
Terrain Awareness - No Valid Altitude Rate
Terrain Awareness - No Valid Roll
Terrain Awareness - Display Mode 1 Invalid
Terrain Awareness - Display Mode 2 Invalid
Terrain Awareness - Range 1 Invalid
Terrain Awareness - Range 2 Invalid
Terrain Awareness - No Valid Runway
Terrain Awareness: No Valid Obstacle
Terrain Awareness INOP
Latitude Invalid
Longitude Invalid
True Heading Invalid
Corrected Altitude Invalid
Barometric Altitude Rate Invalid
Roll Invalid
Wx Mode 1 Invalid
Wx Mode 2 Invalid
Range 1 Invalid
Range 2 Invalid
Runway Distance invalid
Obstacle Database Invalid
TAINOP TRUE
TCFINOP TRUE
(Always Created)
Terrain Clearance Floor INOP
Position Error AND TCFINOP TRUE
TAD Position Error AND TAINOP FALSE
Terrain Clearance Floor - Position Error
Terrain Awareness - Position Error
Outside Regional Database TRUE (MK VI
ONLY)
WSINOP TRUE
Terrain Awareness – Outside Regional Terrain
Database
Windshear INOP
1
The following preconditions apply: a) The signal must not be faulted since if faulted, signal fault message will exist,
b) TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete is NOT selected, c) TAD Disable program pin is NOT selected, d) The signal condition
must NOT be masked via the configuration database and both On-Ground and In-Air masks must be taken into account,
e) The associated input signal must exist for the current aircraft configuration.
2
TAD INOP Preconditions: a) TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete NOT selected, and b) TAD Disable configuration NOT
selected.
3
TCF INOP Precond itions: a) TCF Disable configuration NOT selected (TRUE causes TCF INOP).
4
TAD INOP Preconditions: a) TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete NOT selected, and b) TAD Disable configuration NOT
selected.
5
Windshear INOP Precondition: The windshear algorithm has been defined within the current aircraft configuration
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 318
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
8
CONNECTOR INTERFACE
8.1 Pinout for Front Connectors sorted by pin number
Table 8.1-1: Pin Assignment For Front Connectors Sorted by Pin Number
Connector Pin
Channel
Designation
Reference
J1-01
J1-02
J1-03
J1-04
J1-05
J1-06
J1-07
J1-08
J1-09
J1-10
SYN_1X
SYN_1Z
SYN_2Z
26REF_1H
SYN_3X
SYN_3Z
SYN_3Y
28V_DISC_09
28V_DISC_08
J1-11
J1-12
J1-13
J1-14
J1-15
J1-16
J1-17
J1-18
J1-19
J1-20
J1-21
J1-22
J1-23
J1-24
J1-25
J1-26
J1-27
J1-28
J1-29
J1-30
28V_DISC_06
GND_DISC_09
GND_DISC_08
GND_DISC_07
GND_DISC_06
GND_DISC_05
GND_DISC_04
GND_DISC_03
GND_DISC_02
GND_DISC_01
SYN_1Y
SYN_2X
SYN_2Y
26REF_1L
OAT_REF
J1-31
J1-32
J1-33
J1-34
J1-35
J1-36
J1-37
J1-38
J1-39
J1-40
J1-41
J1-42
J1-43
J1-44
J1-45
J1-46
J1-47
J1-48
GND_DISC_13
GND_DISC_12
GND_DISC_11
GND_DISC_10
28V_DISC_05
28V_DISC_04
28V_DISC_03
28V_DISC_02
28V_DISC_01
PWR_H
PWR_L
GND
ALT_L
OAT_L
RALT_L
GSDEV_L
GS_VAL_L
28V_DISC_10
28V_DISC_07
GS_VAL_H
28V_DISC_11
Signal Usage Summary
Roll Attitude Synchro (X leg)
Roll Attitude Synchro (Z leg)
Magnetic Heading Synchro (Z leg)
26VAC Reference #1 (H)
Pitch Synchro (X leg)
Pitch Synchro (Z leg)
Pitch Synchro (Y leg)
Autopilot Engaged Discrete (+28VDC)
Barometric Altitude Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (-) or
Localizer Deviation (+ left)
Glideslope Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Terrain Awareness and TCF Inhibit Discrete (Ground)
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete (Ground)
Flap Override Discrete (Ground)
Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Ground)
Landing Gear Discrete (Ground)
Audio Inhibit Discrete (Ground)
Landing Flaps Discrete (Ground)
Glideslope Inhibit Discrete (Ground)
ILS Tuned Discrete (Ground)
Roll Attitude Synchro (Y leg)
Magnetic Heading Synchro (X leg)
Magnetic Heading Synchro (Y leg)
26VAC Reference #1 (L)
Air Temperature Reference (+5VDC)
(Spare)
(Spare)
Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Radio Altitude Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (+) or
Localizer Deviation (+ right)
Display Selected Discrete #2 (Ground)
Display Selected Discrete #1 (Ground)
DH Discrete (Ground)
Self Test Discrete (Ground)
Landing Gear Discrete (+28VDC)
Audio Inhibit Discrete (+28VDC)
Landing Flaps Discrete (+28VDC)
Glideslope Inhibit Discrete (+28VDC)
ILS 1 Tuned Discrete (+28VDC)
Power Input: 28 VDC (+)
Power Input: 28 VDC (return)
Chassis Ground
Barometric Altitude (-)
Air Temperature (-)
Radio Altitude: ARINC 552 or ALT 55 (-)
Glideslope Deviation - Low Level (+ down)
(Spare)
Localizer Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 319
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Connector Pin
J1-49
J1-50
J1-51
J1-52
Channel
Designation
Reference
DISC_OUT_9
MON_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_8
DISC_OUT_7
J1-53
J1-54
J1-55
J1-56
J1-57
J1-58
J1-59
J1-60
J1-61
J1-62
J1-63
J1-64
J1-65
J1-66
J1-67
J1-68
J1-69
J1-70
J1-71
J1-72
J1-73
GND
DISC_OUT_6
MON_OUT_2
453TX_2A
453TX_2B
453TX_1A
453TX_1B
PWR_H
PWR_L
ALT_H
OAT_H
RALT_H
GSDEV_H
J1-74
J1-75
J1-76
J1-77
J1-78
AUD_LL_L
AUD_LL_H
DISC_OUT_3
DISC_OUT_2
DISC_OUT_1
J2-01
J2-02
J2-03
J2-04
J2-05
J2-06
SYN_4X
SYN_4Y
SYN_5Z
429RX_5B
429RX_6B
429RX_7B
J2-07
J2-08
J2-09
J2-10
J2-11
J2-12
J2-13
J2-14
J2-15
J2-16
J2-17
J2-18
J2-19
J2-20
J2-21
J2-22
429RX_8B
429RX_4B
429TX_2B
ADC_RXB
ADC_RXA
GPS_RXB
429TX_GPS_B
GND
28V_DISC_13
GND
SC_PWR
SYN_4Z
SYN_5X
SYN_5Y
429RX_5A
429RX_6A
GND_DISC_14
28V_DISC_12
DISC_OUT_5
AUD_HL_H
AUD_HL_L
MON_OUT_1
DISC_OUT_4
Signal Usage Summary
Terrain Select Relay Output #2
Windshear INOP Lamp Output (monitor)
Spare Lamp Output
Steep Approach (momentary) Lamp Output or
Windshear Caution Lamp Output
Temperature Probe GND
Terrain Select Relay Output #1
TAD / TCF INOP Output (monitor)
Terrain Display Output Data #2 (A leg)
Terrain Display Output Data #2 (B leg)
Terrain Display Output Data #1 (A leg)
Terrain Display Output Data #1 (B leg)
Power Input: 28 VDC (+)
Power Input: 28 VDC (return)
Barometric Altitude (+)
Air Temperature (+)
Radio Altitude: ARINC 552 or ALT 55 (+)
Glideslope Deviation - Low Level (+ up)
(Spare)
GPWS Inhibit Discrete (Ground)
Attitude Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
Audio On (GND) Output
High Level Audio Output - 8Ω (+)
High Level Audio Output - 8Ω (-)
GPWS INOP Output (monitor)
Flap Override Output (Gnd) or
Windshear Warning Output
Low Level Audio Output - 600Ω (-)
Low Level Audio Output - 600Ω (+)
Glideslope Cancel Output
Glideslope Alert Output
GPWS Warning Output
Configurable Synchro #1 (X leg)
Configurable Synchro #1 (Y leg)
Configurable Synchro #2 (Z leg)
Radio Altitude ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
ILS ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
AHRS ARINC 429 Input B leg
GPS #2 ARINC 429 Input B leg
Spare ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
GPS ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #2 (B leg)
SCI Display Range #2 RS-422 Receive B leg (port 2)
SCI Display Range #2 RS-422 Receive A leg (port 2)
GPS RS-422 Receive B leg (port 3)
Spare Discrete Input
Configuration Module Power Return (Ground)
Configuration Module Power (+5VDC)
Configurable Synchro #1 (Z leg)
Configurable Synchro #2 (X leg)
Configurable Synchro #2 (Y leg)
Radio Altitude ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
ILS ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 320
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Connector Pin
Channel
Designation
Reference
J2-23
429RX_7A
J2-24
J2-25
J2-26
J2-27
429RX_8A
429RX_4A
429TX_2A
ADC_TXA
J2-28
J2-29
GND
GPS_RXA
J2-30
J2-31
J2-32
J2-33
J2-34
J2-35
J2-36
429TX_GPS_A
GND_DISC_15
SPICLK
SPIMISO
26REF_2H
26REF_2L
429/422RX_1B
J2-37
429/422RX_1A
J2-38
J2-39
J2-40
429RX_2B
429RX_2A
Signal Usage Summary
AHRS ARINC 429 Input A leg
GPS #2 ARINC 429 Input A leg
Spare ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
GPS ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #2 (A leg)
RS-232 Transmit (port 2)
RS-422 Transmit A leg (port 2)
GPS RS-232 Common (port 2&3)
GPS RS-232 Receive (port 3)
GPS RS-422 Receive (A leg) (port 3)
J2-42
J2-43
J2-44
J2-45
429TX_1B
429TX_1A
ADC_TXB
GPS_TXA
J2-46
J2-47
J2-48
J2-49
J2-50
GPS_TXB
Steep Approach Discrete #2 (Ground)
Configuration Module Serial Clock
Configuration Module Serial Input
26VAC Reference #2 (H)
26VAC Reference #2 (L)
Display Range #1 ARINC 429 Input B leg
SCI Display Range #1 RS-422 Input A leg (port 1)
IOC #1 ARINC 429 Input B leg
Display Range #1 ARINC 429 Input A leg
SCI Display Range #1 RS-422 Input B leg (port 1)
IOC #1 ARINC 429 Input A leg
Air Data ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
Air Data ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
Display Range #2 ARINC 429 Input B leg
IOC #2 ARINC 429 Input B leg
Display Range #2 ARINC 429 Input A leg
IOC #2 ARINC 429 Input A leg
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #1 (B leg)
EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #1 (A leg)
RS-422 Transmit B leg (port 2)
GPS RS-232 Transmit (port 3)
RS-422 Transmit (A leg) (port 3)
RS-422 Transmit (B leg) (port 3)
SPISEL_CM#
SPIMOSI
Configuration Module Serial Select
Configuration Module Serial Output
J3-01
J3-02
J3-03
J3-04
J3-05
J3-06
J3-07
J3-08
J3-09
J3-10
J3-11
J3-12
J3-13
J3-14
J3-15
GND
CARD_PRES#
RS232RXD_MON
RS232TXD_MON
SmartCable Power Return (Ground)
PCMCIA Card Present
EGPWS Monitor Port (RS232 Receive)
EGPWS Monitor Port (RS232 Transmit)
Reserved
SmartCable Power (+5VDC)
SmartCable Serial Clock
SmartCable Serial Input
SmartCable Serial Output
SmartCable Serial Select
GSE Present
Ground
Ground
Ground
Reserved
J2-41
GPS ANT
429RX_3B
429RX_3A
SC_PWR
SPICLK
SPIMISO
SPIMOSI
SPISEL_SC#
GSE_PRES#
GND
GND
GND
COAX
GPS COAX connection
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 321
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Figure 8.1-1, Front Panel Connector Orientation - J1, J2, J3, GPS ANT
Note: The GPS ANT connector only applies to the 965-1190-0xx and the 965-1220-0xx. MK VI EGPWS shown.
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 322
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Figure 8.1-2, Connector Pin References - J1, J2, J3
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 323
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
9
DEFINITIONS
The following acronyms are provided for use with this document:
Acronym
Interpretation
AAAS
ADC
ADS
AGC
AGL
AHRS
AIC
AIMS
ASA
AOA
ASL
ATP
BCD
BIST
BIT
BITE
BNR
C/O
CAA
CAIMS
CFDS
CFIT
CFM
CISRD
CMC
COTS
CP
CRS
CW
DAA
DADC
DAU
DC
DDM
DEVN
DH
DITS
DME
DO
DSP
DSU
DSWC
EEPROM
EFCP
EFIS
EGPWC
EGPWD
EGPWS
EICAS
EMI
ENB
EPROM
F/T
F/W
Alternate Audio Alert Select
Air Data Computer
Air Data System
Automatic Gain Control
Above Ground Level
Attitude Heading Reference System
Analog Input Controller
Airplane Information Management System
AlliedSignal Aerospace
Angle of Attack
Above Sea Level
Acceptance Test Procedure
Binary Coded Decimal
Built in Self Test
Built In Test
Built In Test Equipment
Binary
Callouts
Civil Aviation Authority
Central Aircraft Information/Maintenance System
Centralized Fault Display System
Controlled Flight Into Terrain
Cubic Feet per Minute
CFDS Interface System Requirements Document
Central Maintenance Computer
Commercial Off the Shelf
Control Panel
Course
Clockwise
Digital/Analog Adapter
Digital Air Data Computer
Data Acquisition Unit
Digital Command
Difference in Depth of Modulation
Deviation
Decision Height
Digital Information Transfer System
Distance Measuring Equipment
Discrete Output
Digital Signal Processor
Display Switching Unit
Digital Stall Warning Computer
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EFIS Control Panel
Electronic Flight Instrument System
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning Computer
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning Display
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
Engine Indication and Crew Alert System
Electromagnetic Interference
Enabled
Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
Functional test
Fail/Warning
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 324
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Acronym
Interpretation
FAA
FCC
FDR
FIAS
FMC
FMS
FPM
FSEU
FWC
G/S
GMT
GPS
GPW
GPWS
GT
H/W
HDG
HDOP
HFOM
HSID
I/O
IAC
ICD
ILS
INOP
IOC
IRS
ISO
IVS
KT
KTS
LED
LRRA
LRU
LSB
LT
MCP
MDA
MFD
MKII
MKV
MKVI
MKVII
MKVIII
MLS
MMU
MSB
MSL
N/A
NCD
ND
NVM
OMS
P/N
PAR
PC
PCMCIA
PFD
Federal Aviation Administration
Flight Control Computer
Flight Data Recorder
Flight Inspection Aircraft System
Flight Management Computer
Flight Management System
Feet per Minute
Flaps/Slats Electronic Unit
Fault Warning Computer
Glideslope
Greenwich Mean Time
Global Position System
Ground Proximity Warning
Ground Proximity Warning System
Greater Than
Hardware
Heading
Horizontal Dilution of Position
Horizontal Figure of Merit
Hardware/Software Interface Document
Input/Output
Integrated Avionics Computer
Interface Control Document
Instrument Landing System
Inoperative
Input/Output Concentrator
Inertial Reference System
International Standards Organization
Inertial Vertical Speed
Knots
Knots
Light Emitting Diode
Low Range Radio Altimeter
Line Replaceable Unit
Least Significant Bit
Less Than
Mode Control Panel
Minimum Barometric Altitude
Multi-Functional Display
Mark Two Warning Computer
Mark Five Warning Computer
Mark Six Warning Computer
Mark Seven Warning Computer
Mark Eight Warning Computer
Microwave Landing System
Memory Management Unit
Most Significant Bit
Mean Sea Level
Not Applicable
No Computed Data
Navigation Display
Non Volatile Memory
Onboard Maintenance System
Part Number
Parity
Personal Computer
Personal Computer Memory Card Industry Association
Primary Flight Display
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 325
Honeywell
MK VI MK VIII EGPWS Installation Design Guide
Acronym
Interpretation
PMAT
PP
PVM
PWS
QFE
QNH
RA
RAM
RDOP
ROM
RTCA
RTS
RWY
S/T
S/W
SDI
SDRD
SIG
SPC
SRD
SSM
ST
SWC
TA&D
TACAN
TAD
TBD
TCAS
TCF
TERPS
TK
TLB
TSO
TTL
UART
USM
UTC
UUT
VDC
VDOP
VFOM
VHF
VLSI
VOR
W/S
WC
WGS-84
WX
Portable Maintanence Access Terminal
Program Pin
Processor/Voice/Memory
Predictive Windshear System
Corrected Baro Alt relative to field elevation
Corrected Baro Alt relative to sea level
Radio Altitude
Random Access Memory
Radar Display Output Processing
Read Only Memory
Requirements and Technical Concepts for Aviation
Ready to Transmit Signal
Runway
Self Test
Software
Source/Destination Identifier
Software Design Requirements Document
Significant
Stall Protection Computer
System Requirements Document
Sign Status Matrix
Self Test
Stall Warning Computer
Terrain Awareness & Display
Tactical Air Navigation
Terrain Awareness Display
To Be Determined
Traffic Collision Avoidance System
Terrain Clearance Floor
United States’ Standards for Terminal Instrument Procedures
Track
Translation Lookaside Buffer
Technical Standing Order
Tuned To Localizer
Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
Unsigned Magnitude
Universal Time Correlation
Unit Under Test
Volts, DC
Vertical Dilution of Precision
Vertical Figure of Merit
Very High Frequency
Very Large Scale Integrated Circuit
VHF Omni-directional Range
Windshear
Warning Computer
World Geodetic System 1984 (ICAO Standard)
Weather Radar
Proprietary notice on title page applies
CAGE CODE: 97896
SCALE: NONE
SIZE: A
DWG NO: 060-4314-150
REV:
SHEET 326
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Copy, Annotate, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Modify Date : 2003:07:17 10:54:52-06:00 Subject : MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS Class A TAWS Create Date : 2003:07:14 05:37:54Z Page Count : 326 Creation Date : 2003:07:14 05:37:54Z Mod Date : 2003:07:17 10:54:52-06:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0 (Windows) Author : L. Matter Metadata Date : 2003:07:17 10:54:52-06:00 Creator : L. Matter Title : INSTALLATION DESIGN GUIDE -020 Description : MK VI / MK VIII EGPWS Class A TAWS Page Mode : UseOutlines Has XFA : NoEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools